Home

Core Entities user manual

1. RR uus 4 8 4 2 3 A NOG ON Readjustmeht e cette pter e te ue Eo Lee depu vene 4 11 4 2 4 Converting a Readjustment Account to Nominal Account eerte 4 14 4 2 5 Specifying your Preferences for Account Class eese ener nee eee nre 4 17 4 2 6 Maintaining Cheque Book Preferences eese eene enne nnne neen trennen eren ene 4 22 4 2 7 Maintaining Tax on Cheque Book Issue 2 nennen nennen ene 4 23 4 2 8 Specifying Liquidation Preferences for Debit Interest and Charges ee 4 24 4 2 9 Maintaining Details for Free Banking eese eerte enne nennen trente 4 25 4 2 10 Specifying Initial Funding Preferences essen eene nre rene 4 25 4 2 11 Maintaining Provisioning Details eese ener neen retener enne 4 25 42 12 Maintaining Escrow Details ee eere eg E EEE EEEE Deed E Re eur Eee ku Re eye yeu 4 26 4 2 13 Maintaining Status Codes for Account Class eene een eene nenne 4 27 4 2 14 Specifying Reporting line Details esses nennen rennen nnne 4 28 4 2 15 Specifying Account Status Details 4 29 4 2 16 Maintaining Auto Deposits sess rs sess een nnne trennen nest nest ersten rennen nnne 4 32 4 2 17 Maintaining Rules for Automatic Status Change eee eene rene eem eene 4 34 4 2 18 Maintaining Sequence for Funds Allocation
2. _ Linked Account Resut Customer Number Branch Code AccountNo Currency Facility Identifier Liability Number Payable Balance Uncoll Funds You can view the following information in this screen e Customer Number e Account Branch e Account Number e Account Currency e Facility Identifier e Liability Number e Payable Balance Linked Customer Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all the Overdrawn Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers Linked Account Check Linked Account and provide Account Number and click Query to view all Overdrawn Account Numbers of the customer of the account The displayed values are based on the query fields provided 7 18 ORACLE 7 2 16 Uncollected Funds Query 7 3 Invoke the Uncollected Funds Query screen by typing ACDFUNCO in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Uncollected Funds Query Account Linked Account From Date Total Uncollected Funds To Date Query Uncollected Funds Available Date Transfer Reference Bank Code Amount Account Number E You can view the following information in this screen e Available Date e Transfer Reference Number e Bank Code e Amount e Amount Number Linked Account Check Linked Account and provide Account Number and clic
3. Nominee Minor Not Required OResident ONon Resident Q Male O Female Domicile Address Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Country Passport Details Passport Number Issue Date Expiry Date Permanent Address Country Line 1 Communication Mode Mobile Email ID Line2 Line 3 croup ms ee ones rni xs Reatichons rio oomen Tresor issuer caras Tee accom Maker Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Date Time In this screen you can maintain generic personal details of a customer In addition you can also maintain the domestic and professional details of the individual type customer You can do this by invoking the relevant screens by clicking on the respective buttons The information that you capture in these screens forms more a part of a credit line questionnaire Whenever you are deciding on a credit limit for an individual customer you can use these details for verification You have to maintain the following parameters for every individual type of customer Prefix 1 2 and 3 Specify the title prefixed to the name of the customer whose code is input against Customer Code in the Main section The title could be Mr Mrs Ms Dr Prof etc The academic titles like Prof Dr etc of the
4. eese ener eene 4 40 4 2 19 Maintaining Details of Account Statements Generation eese eene 4 43 4 2 20 Requesting Account Closure eese eene enne eene nennen trennen trennen rennen rennen nnne 4 48 42 21 Closing A LOC ACCOUNE uiii ier beber e cet etr ned deg trice Pere iR Eben ss 4 50 42 22 Closing Current ACCOUNT sisser geriadenn REEE EE entire ria ebat adeb Reemi Ebr 4 51 4 2 23 Specifying Regulation D Applicability for Account Class eese 4 52 ORACLE 4 2 24 Assigning Preferred Branches Currencies and Customers eese 4 53 4 2 05 Maintaining Branch Preferences eese sees eene eene tnnt nennen 4 54 4 2 26 Maintaining Currency Preferences esses eee neen nennen rennen enne 4 54 4 2 27 Maintaining Customer Preferences eese eene nenne nennen 4 55 4 2 28 Maintaining Notice Preferences eese eene nennen rene eene nnne 4 57 4 2 29 Maintaining Additional Preferences for Account Class eese eene eene 4 59 4 2 80 Maintaining LOC Recovery Details for LOC Account Class eese 4 62 4 2 31 Maintaining Dormancy Parameter for Account Class eese eene eem eene 4 64 4 2 32 Maintaining Account Class Transfer eese eene nennen nennen rennen enne 4 69 4 2 33 Processing Account Class Transfer enne nnne 4 87 4 2 34 Viewing Account Class
5. Others Transaction Type Transaction Type Count TotalAmount Single Amount Purpose Country Fund Transfer Purpose Within Country Here you can specify the following details Customer and Sponsors Information You can specify the information of customers and sponsors in the following fields Groups Name Specify the name of the group Parent Company s Country of Inc Specify the country of Parents Company The adjoining option list displays all valid countries maintained in the system s ORACLE Type of Company Specify the type of the company The adjoining option list displays all valid company types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Others If you wish to provide additional information on customer and sponsors use this field KYC Amounts Ccy Specify the currency in which KYC amount is maintained Reason of Account You can specify the reasons for opening the account in the following fields Purpose of Account Opening Specify the reason for opening an account The adjoining option list maintains all valid reasons maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Others If you wish to provide additional information and reasons use this field Nature of Business You can specify the nature of business in the following fields Nature of Business Specify the nature of business The adjoining option list displa
6. Product Code Credit GL Debit GL Product Internal Rate Tenor In Days Technical Reserve Days Rate Code Notary Charge For UDE 101 s OPS Notary Charge Applicable m You can specify the following details Withdrawal Count Details Maximum Number of Withdrawals Per Day Specify the maximum number of withdrawals allowed per day for the accounts that fall under this account class You can specify this limit only for Savings type of accounts The system will restrict the number of withdrawal transaction for the account to the value specified here If the customer attempts to do a new withdrawal transaction after reaching this limit on a given day the system will reject it em ORACLE Maximum Withdrawal count for Principal Readjustment System specifies maximum withdrawal count for principal readjustment Maximum Withdrawal Count for Interest System specifies maximum withdrawal count for Interest Readjustment Preferences Readjustment Required Check this box to indicate that readjustment benefits will be applied to the accounts created using the account class This box is checked automatically in the account during account creation Readjustment Currency Specify the readjustment currency from the adjoining option list Specify the readjustment currency from the adjoining option list Readjustment Currency should be Principal Readjustment Eligibility Day
7. eese tenente enne 2 26 2 2 10 Capturing UDF Values for Customers esses eene nennen eene 2 27 2 2 11 Special Customer Grouping ie eerte ee Ho ee Ego a ve exu re Fo es ever deed 2 28 2 2 12 Other Basic Customer Information eese eee nennen nennen nennen ren rennen nnne 2 29 2 2 13 Viewing Debit Card Details etii tette te ee tI Eee THER per PE eg 2 31 2214 Viewing OFAC Check Response iere eret trei etti te cette atate let l cedet ere eR EVE e EON 2 32 2215 Viewing Details ME 2 33 2 2 16 Maintaining Joint Venture Details eene nnne 2 40 2 2 17 Maintaining Transaction Tax Details essent rennen nne nnne 2 41 2 2 18 Maintaining Employer Details eie eret treat en ore eR Ee eO 2 43 2 2 19 Maintaining Employment Details eese eene eene tnnt 2 43 2 2 20 Maintaining Waiver for Customer Tax Group eese nennen nennen rennen ennt 2 44 2 2 21 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit for Customers eese nennen emen 2 46 2 3 MAINTAINING AUTHORIZATION RULE 5 ne en nen nnne 2 48 2 3 1 Supervisory Control of Specific Transactions eese eene nennen entrent 2 49 2 3 2 Amendment ER 2 50 2 3 3 Specifying Details for Generation of MT920 2 53 2
8. Maker Date Time Checker Date Time In this screen specify the following details Maximum Accounts Allowed For Exemption Specify the maximum number of accounts for employment that would be exempted at account level Monthly Transaction Limit Specify the accumulated monthly debit transaction limit that would be exempted from tax for the employment This is validated whenever GMF tax is limit based Employment Specify the employment type from the adjoining option list 2 2 20 Maintaining Waiver for Customer Tax Group You can maintain waiver related information for Customer Tax Group Tax Category combination Invoke this screen by typing STDTAXW Y in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button aoe ORACLE The screen is as shown below Tax Waiver Maintenance Customer Group Customer Group Description Customer No Customer Name Tax Category Tax Category Description Tax Currency Description Prod or Acct Class Description From Date To Date Waiver Percentage Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Customer Group You need to specify the Customer Group for which you wish to maintain Tax waiver Select a customer group from the option list provided Customer Number All customers who have been maintained under the selected customer tax group will appear for selection I
9. customer Issuer In case of an issuer customer you can capture issuer details Cards Through this screen you can view cards details of the customer OFAC Check Through this button you can call the OFAC service and view the response from the OFAC system Details This button invokes the KYC Details screen where you can view the KYC details of the customer Joint Venture Through this screen you can maintain the joint venture details Transaction Tax This invokes the Transaction Tax screen 2 2 13 Viewing Debit Card Details Click Cards button to view details about debit cards issued to a customer Cards Summary Screen Branch Code undefined Customer No undefined AccountNumber undefined 101 Authorization Status Status Branch Code Request Reference Number Number Here you can view the following details Branch Code The branch code is displayed from the main Customer Information Maintenance screen das ORACLE 2 2 14 Customer No The customer identification code CIF is displayed from the main Customer Information Maintenance screen Account No The system displays the account number against which you have maintained debit card details Authorisation Status Indicate the authorisation status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values e Authorised e Unauthorised Record Status Indica
10. Account Class Products Account Class Description Product Code Description Module External Account Types Module Code Description AccountType Description After having captured all the required details save the CIF record It becomes valid only after a user other than you authorizes it Check the Linked Customer check box and provide the Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details Select a customer from the details and click Fetch button to perform a query operation on the selected customer The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided 2 2 12 Other Basic Customer Information You will notice the following buttons in the Customer Maintenance screen Group Through this screen you can associate the customer code with a group Mes ORACLE MIS Through this you can define the MIS details of a customer for future use Joint Through this you can capture details of joint customers Standing Instructions Through this screen you can view the details of all standing instructions associated with respective the customer code Linked Entities Through this screen you can link different customers to the specific customer whose details you are capturing and specify the relation shared by the two customers For details about linked ent
11. Algorithm Id LE FT Accounting as of Check Digit Validation Required Additional Fields Labels Additional Fields Values CORPORATE CUSTOMER ID CREDIT RATING AML RISK RATING WS8BENSIGNED DATE Trade Collateral Margin Trade Collateral Margin vont nites Ter tts T mooe cx s Domest proressionar aver caras se ccoon Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status AML Reporting As a CIF level parameter you can specify whether AML Reporting is required for the customer You can check the box positioned next to this field to indicate that AML reporting should be done for the customer whose details you are maintaining Required Check this box to indicate that AML Reporting is required Acode assigned to the customer whose details you are maintaining is defaulted to the Customer Group field since the system recognizes each customer code as a customer group You can choose to either categorize the customer under the same group or choose another customer group If you leave the box unchecked the system will suppress the generation of AML reports for the customer Consolidated Certificate Required Check this box to indicate whether a consolidated tax certificate is required for all transactions done for
12. BANK LIMITED Reporting Currency GBP Repo ris Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events its Payments Is Deposis Is Financing is Treasury External Produc Branch Code Contract Reference Product Description Bil Currency BilAmount Maturity Date Outstanding Amount _ Our Letter of Credit Reference Contract Status Bills Other Details Islamic Letter of Credits Currency Contract Amount Current Available Amount Liability Beneficiary ContractStatus Expiry Date L 1 Branch Code Contract Reference Product Description 1 Islamic Bills Detail Here you can view the following bills details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Counter party e Product e Product Type e Product Description e Beneficiary e Bill Currency e Bil Amount e Maturity date e Outstanding Amount e Discrepancy Flag System will derive this flag based on the availability of discrepancies of bill e Exception Flag System will derive this flag based on exception data e Our LC Reference Number e Contract Status 8 85 ORACLE Islamic Letter of Credit Details Here you can view the following details relating to Letters of credits Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code Product Type Product description Currency Contract Amount Cus
13. Code Account Number Due Date Curency Overdue Amount Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated C code Deposit Reference Number Currency TermDeposit Amount Maturity Date Refer the section titled Viewing Alerts Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 10 Viewing Limits Details Click Limits tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the limits and collaterals of the customer The screen is as shown below Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Branch Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Limit Details Customer Group Id Limit Currency Limit Amount Short Name Full Name Schemes Alerts Utilisation Amount Available Revision Date EU M Payments Reporting Currency is Treasury External Products Line Details Line identification Main Line Limit Currency m Amount Available Amount Line Line Start Date Line Expiry Date Collateral Details C colaterat code Colateral Description Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Limit Contribution Start Date End Date L 1of1 8 78 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Limits Details under Viewing 360 D
14. Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance screen where you can specify the applicable provisioning percentage and discount percentage for each status Invoke this screen by typing L DDPRVMN the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Exposure Category status Description Provisioning Percentage Discount Percentage Fields Cancel You can view the summary of the provisioning details in the Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance Summary screen Invoke this screen by typing LDSPRVMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 6 ORACLE L2 Corporate Deposits Exposure Category Provisioning Percent Maintenance Authorization Status Exposure Category zs Record Status M Search Advanced Search Reset Export Records per 15 per Authorization Status Record Status Exposure Category Authorization Status Record Status A Authorized C Closed U Unauthorized O Open a Go to Page For contracts and accounts involving a customer whose exposure is being tracked under the exposure category the applicable provisioning percentage as well as the discount percentage is picked up from this maintenance if not specified at contract input or in the
15. To ensure the line account functionality you will have to maintain the following T9 ORACLE In the Customer Account Maintenance screen you will have to create new customer accounts with Account Class type as Line Account and ensure the following parameters for every new line associated with a liability e CIF of the account in the Customer Account Maintenance screen will have to be the same as the liability to which the line will be linked in the Limits screen e currency of the account in the Customer Account Maintenance screen will have to be the same as the currency of the line that will be attached in the Limits screen e interest calculation account maintained in the Interest and Special Conditions Maintenance screen will have to be the same as in the Limits screen However the Interest Booking Account maintained in the Interest and Special Conditions Maintenance screen can be some other account belonging to other account class types Since accounts can be of different types you need to indicate the type of account for which you are defining an account class It could belong to any one of the types mentioned above Account Code As per your bank s requirement you can choose to classify account classes into different account codes The bank can decide the manner in which the account classes are to be assigned to different account codes An account code can consi
16. You can view the following details here e Number of Allowed Withdrawals e Number of Withdrawals done e Number oP ORACLE e Accrued Readjustment Amount e Accrued Interest Amount 8 4 3 Viewing Deposits Details Click Deposits tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer deposits The screen is as shown below ShotName ACE BANK LIMITED Reportes Currenc GBP full Name ACE BANK LIMITED Repons Summary Profile Oeposts Loans Trade Treasury Everts Schemes Alets Limes Payments 19 isFinancing ls Trade ts Treasury Exteenat Products CASA Deposits Usxodected Amo Balance Descnpton Currency Current Balance o ACE BANK UNITED CU GEP 1 ACE BANK LIMITED NO USO 90 180 70 90 329 70 00 a Ga BANKUMITED 000 0 00 e Summary of CASA Deposit To enter Period ai Credit Amount 1 518 00 From Date gy Total Debit Amount 8 27723 Oxe n ONECUTUTTTCTTIUNEM NN m Jaca Jona Rotat Deposa Oetats 1 i M 4 1 ODE m Currency Term Deposit Amount Matunty D ate interest Start Date Tenor in Days Last interest Efective Date 08 Granch Code Account Description M Refer the section titled Viewing Deposit Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 1 Viewing Account Signatory Click Account Signatory button to
17. e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily 80 ORACLE Select a month a date a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level Secondary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for secondary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement half yearly e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly Select this option if you need to generate the s
18. joe ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments is Deposits ESI Eu External Products Account Number Amount Disbursed Product Description Currency Amount Financed Outstanding Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Oo Branch Code Islamic Financing Total 0 00 Component Details Cancel Here you can view the following details e Branch code e Account Number e Customer ID e Product Code e Product Type e Description e Currency e Amount financed e Amount Disbursed e Amount outstanding e Book Date e Value date e Maturity Date e Account Status e User defined Status oe ORACLE 8 3 11 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Component Details 10f1 m ComponentName Component Currency Expected Out Standing m lt Component Schedule Details 101 m ComponentName Schedule Due Date Setteled Amount EMI amount A Refer the section titled Viewing Components Details under View
19. 3 12 ORACLE Minimum Tenor Specify here the minimum tenor possible for the contract The tenor can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Tenor Specify here the maximum tenor possible for the contract The tenor can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Units Select the unit of tenor from the drop down list and the available options are e Days e Months e Years Minimum Moratorium Period Specify here the minimum moratorium period possible for the contract It can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Moratorium Period Specify here the maximum moratorium period possible for the contract It can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Units Select the unit of moratorium period from the drop down list and the available options are e Days e Months e Years Schedules Payment Date Specify the method by which the payment date is arrived at You can specify either Fixed or Derived If you select Fixed method then you must specify the Payment Day next If you select Derived method then the Payment Date Rule expression s ID must be entered next ate ORACLE Payment Day For
20. 8 22 ORACLE Cheque Details cheque Book Number Cheque Number Status Presentation Date Here you can view the following details Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Status Presentation Date 8 3 3 6 Viewing Statement Generation Click Statement Generation button to view the Account Statement Report screen In this screen you can generate adhoc statement for an account The screen is as shown below 8 23 ORACLE Account Statement Report Account Selection Type One Account Statement Type Q Brief Multiple Account Detailed Range Date Range From Date To Date Single Account Account Number Account Currency Charge v Booking Dated Show linked Account Details Value Dated Print Options View 10 Account Number Server Spool From Account Number From Account Currency To Account Number To Account Currency Refer the section Account Statement Report under Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 3 3 7 Viewing Cards Details Click Cards button to view the Debit Card Details screen In this screen you can view details about active debit cards which are issued during given period for an account Debit Card Details x 1011 Go to Page Here you ca
21. Account Class Transaction Code Currency Minimum Required Balance Cluster Identification Break Deposits First Det Rate Code Def Rate Type Sweep Mode Break Method Provide Interest On Broken Deposit Exit You have to specify the following fields in this screen Account Class Specify the deposit type of account class for the auto deposit account Transaction Code Specify the transaction code DPN New deposit account for the book event to trigger at the time of creation of auto deposit account Currency Specify the currency in which the deposit account has to 4 32 created ORACLE Minimum Required Balance Specify the balance that is required to be maintained at the linked savings account If any balance exists beyond this balance in the account then the system creates an auto deposit account as part of batch process Cluster ID The system displays the cluster ID linked with the deposit account class linked to the saving account class Def Rate Code Select the code of the differential rate whether Mid or Standard Def Rate Type Select the type of differential rate code whether Mid or Buy or Sell Sweep Mode Select the mode of sweep from the following options e Automatic For the deposit to be created as part of the batch e Manual For the deposit to be created manually Break Method Select the method in which the break o
22. Customer Account Message 0 a Signature id Signatory Name Signatory Type Approval Lint 1011 Signatory Message 8 19 ORACLE Refer the section Specifying Account Signatory Details under the Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 3 3 2 Viewing Standing Instruction Click Standing Instruction button to view the Standing Instruction Details screen In this screen you can view the standing instructions which have debit account as account selected from multiple block Standing Instruction Details Oo Instruction Number 51 First Execution Date Next Execution Date 51 Date ProcessingTime Credit Account Here you can view the following details e Instruction Number e SI Type e First Execution date e Next Execution Date e SI Expiry Date e Processing Time e Credit Account e Credit Account Branch e Sl Amount Currency e Sl Amount e Product Code 8 3 3 3 Viewing Periodic Instructions Click Periodic Instructions button to view the Periodic Instructions screen In this screen you can view the period instructions which have debit account as account selected from multiple block 9780 ORACLE Periodic Instructions 1011 Instruction Reference Number Product Code Product Category Customer Account Branch Cpty Account Number Cpty Name gt Here y
23. Customer Categories Customer Catageory x In this screen you define the following e Alist of allowed or disallowed customer categories e Alist of disallowed customers if any under the allowed category For an account class you need to specify the customer categories that should be linked to it and also customers within a category who should not be allowed to be linked to this account class Example Requirement You are capturing the features of a Nostro account class called NostroLCY you would like to e Associate the customer category called Banks with NostroLCY e Disallow a customer called Midas Bank associated with the customer category called Banks from using the features of this class e Grant your customer Morgan Stanley linked to the customer category called Financial Institutions all rights associated with NostroL CY Procedure In the Selection Indicator field click on Allowed since your allowed list is smaller and therefore easier to indicate 1 Highlight and select the Customer Categories called Banks and Financial Institutions in the Available Categories list and click the adjoining arrow 2 Next highlight Financial Institutions and click adjoining arrow against Customers It will display the entire list of customer accounts maintained under the customer category Financial Institutions 3 Select Morgan Stanley It will be listed in the first row To allow this customer the parameters as
24. Element Name The relevant field that can be amended On choosing a field its type gets defaulted in the Element Type field It can be one of the following Element These ultimate leaf elements occur directly under the parent node of an amendment request It is displayed as an F Node This is a child node of a main amendment request It has its own child elements and nodes It is displayed as an N Processing for Element If such a field is sent as part of an amendment request and is maintained in this screen then a value for that field is expected when the request comes in from the external system In case no value is passed Oracle FLEXCUBE updates the field to a null value If any value is passed the same is taken as the new value for that field 2 3 2 2 Processing for Node If the field selected is of type Node a check box called Full Amend gets enabled This pertains to only the Node type elements and not for the Element type Checking against Full Amend indicates that the external system always has to send the complete set of records for the subsystem whether amendment of that node is done or not By default the Full Amend field is unchecked In case Full Amend is checked system overwrites the details during amendment even if all field values pertaining to a particular subsystem are not sent In such a scenario Oracle FLEXCUBE updates the fields with the avail
25. External Bank Account Details Account Details Account Branch Currency External Account Ext_Account Name Clearing Bank Beneficiary Netting Installment Date Non Payment Reason Code Demand Draft Details Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status The following operations are allowed in the above screen e Amend e Delete e Authorize You can modify the following details for LPT mode e Amount e Exchange Rate e Partial Non Payment Reason For more details on Changing Payment File details refer the chapter titled Maintaining Information Specific to the PC Module in the Payments and Collections module manual 3 5 4 Auto Credit Back of Excess Amount After the Loan payment process if there is an excess amount it is credited automatically back to the account maintained at the Massive Payment Agreement Agreements Maintenance screen s ORACLE Agreement Maintenance Agreement Id Description E Active Customer No 28 Customer Number Account Payment Type 18 Executive Code Company Credit Method pH Allow Payment Without Funding 7 Notice Generation Required 7 Extension Of NonPayment Waiting Period Allowed 7 Extension Of Maturity Allowed Tax Rule RUL
26. John Doe o John Doe Building Contractor Jane Doe E Mary Bloggs Jack Black Builders e Joe Green Builders Since you can link loans to a single customer only the following pairs should also be maintained as customers John and Jane Doe John Doe and Mary Bloggs e John Doe and Jack Black Builders John Doe Joe Green Builders The linkage between the above individuals will be as follows Customer 1 Customer 2 John Doe John Doe Building Contractor John Doe John and Jane Doe ics ORACLE Customer 1 Customer 2 Jane Doe John and Jane Doe John Doe John Doe and Mary Bloggs Mary Bloggs John Doe and Mary Bloggs John Doe John Doe and Jack Black Builders Jack Black Builders John Doe and Jack Black Builders John doe John Doe and Joe Green Builders Joe Green Builders John Doe and Joe Green Builders Depending on the type of loan availed and the Customer involved in it the exposure report will display the accounts of the individuals as depicted in the table below Customer Account John Jane Jack Mary Joe Doe OR Doe Black Bloggs Green John Doe Builder John Doe Personal Y Car Loan John Doe Commercial Y Building Loan Y Contractor Current Y Account Equipment Lease John and Home Loan Y Y Jane Doe John Doe Home Loan Y Y and Mary Bloggs John Doe Commercial Y Y and Jack Loan
27. Transactions are sequenced in the manner in which they were processed in the system 10 3 Minimum Withdrawal Advice Reports This advice is sent to all customers approaching the minimum distribution age The advice contains information about all the plans held by the customer under the plan type Since it is not generated automatically you have to invoke the advice generation screen and identify the Plan Type and the Reference Number of the plan involving the plan type for which the minimum distribution age advice is to be generated 10 3 1 Contents of the Report Apart from the header the following details are printed for the report Body of the Report Customer The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the Information customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Plans Held This information includes Plan Number Plan Balances current year only Plan Balance Total Contributions Excess Contributions Total Distributions Total Employer Contributions where applicable Excess Employer Contributions Plan Remarks if any 10 4 Charge Advice Reports 10 3 ORACLE This advice is sent to all customers on whom you are levying a charge as a result of the IRA Charge set up The system generates this advice automatically as part of the EOD processes on the day the charge liquidation takes place 10 4 1 Contents of the Report Apart fro
28. You can specify the following details Branch Code Specify the branch for the customer account which has to be closed The adjoining option list contains all the valid branches maintained in the system Select the required one Account Specify the customer account number The adjoining option list contains the relevant accounts maintained Select the required one Sequence Number System generates the sequence number for the closure request of account or agreed OD Account Class System displays the account class to which account belongs to Request for Closure Select the Account or Agreed OD facility you want to close The selected facility will be closed during EOD batch oe ORACLE Sequence Number System generates a unique sequence number for the account closer request Closure Details You can specify the following closure details here Reason Code Select the reason code for which the account is closing from the drop down list The available options are e Customer initiated e Bank initiated closure Closure Days You can specify the number of days after which the account should be closed At the time provisional closure this will be defaulted to Closure Date Specify the closure date on which the account should be closed Closer Remarks You can provide the brief closer remarks here 4 2 20 1 Closing a Savings Account You can close a Savings account in either of the following cases e Re
29. screen Tu ORACLE Statement Primary A c Statement Type None Summary Detailed Cycle mE v Secondary A c Statement Type None Summary Detailed Tertiary A c Statement Type None Summary Detailed v FR Exclude Same Day Reversal trns from stmt Cancel Specify the following parameters for each of the valid account type Primary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for primary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement half yearly e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly Select this option if you need to generate the statement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly
30. BAL MAXINTCNT DAYS AND INTRATE READJACC YEAR 0 SDEs e User defined SDE MON DR ONT which will have the total count of debit withdrawals done for the current period e SDE MAXINTCNT which will hold the maximum number of withdrawals allowed for the account class to which the account belongs e DLY NET VD BAL which will fetch the credit balance of the net account balance in account currency e SDE INTREADJ which will hold the readjustment interest calculation for readjustable accounts and will be computed as shown below INTREADJ Account balance in index currency Current UF rate The readjustment accrual and liquidation for both principal and interest are done on the basis of the parameters specified at the product level Interest accrual and liquidation will be done for all deposits in the current interest liquidation period However if the number of withdrawals exceeds the withdrawal count specified for the particular interest calculation period the readjustment accrued interest benefit is fully reversed and only the usual interest paid You can also have a situation where the liquidation frequencies for principal and interest readjustment differ In such a case interest readjustment benefit is calculated up to the last principal readjustment date Example Consider an account where principal readjustment happens on a quarterly basis and interest readjustment happens annually Till the third quarter principal adjus
31. Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Group Code Specify the group code The adjoining option list displays all the group codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description The system displays a brief description of group code Exposure Category This field indicates the exposure category under which total exposure due to loans issued to customers within the customer group you are defining would be tracked The exposure category for a group is derived from the logic maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance for the group type and is displayed in this field by the End of Day batch program If so you cannot specify the exposure category in this field The type of the group indicates the type of customers that belong to the group retail or corporate If no logic has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage for the group type you can indicate the applicable exposure category for the group by selecting it from the drop down list Group Type You could use this section to indicate whether the customer group you are defining is e Corporate ia ORACLE e Retail e Charge e Clearing e Tax e Bank You can select the appropriate option Creating Customer Groups for Tracking Exposure You may wish to track exposure due to loans issued to a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as the status of
32. a Customer Cash Flow To view the settlement balance for the selected customer for a particular future date enter a date in the date field and click the Q button The system displays details of all the unsettled transactions which have occurred until the date indicated in the Date field Total indicates the sum total of all unsettled transactions in local currency for the selected customer number Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided Double clicking a record in this screen invokes the contract summery screen for the selected contract The current balance of the selected customer is displayed at the bottom of this screen The current balance denotes the sum total of balances in all the accounts of the selected customer 7 16 ORACLE 7 2 14 Viewing Accounting Entries You can view all the accounting entries passed for a selected Customer Account in the Accounting Entry Retrieval screen To invoke this screen select a customer account and a date range in the Customer Position screen and then click Accounting button The Accounting Entry Retrieval screen is displayed with all the accounting entri
33. instructions Standing instructions Linked Entities REG Account satus Restrictions Currency Limits wis Statement Limits Joint Holders Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Notice Cards Statistics Additional Preferences Cheque Parameter Change Log Maker Checker Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Date Time Date Time Exit Once the Convenio is attached to the Customer Account the system will default the Account Statement Preferences that are maintained for the Convenio 3 4 Active and Blocked Convenios 3 4 1 An active Convenio Customer Agreement can be blocked manually or may get blocked automatically The system will keep the history of all the dates when the Convenio was active closed blocked unblocked You can view this history in the Status Change Details screen Manual Blocking and Unblocking Manual blocking of a Convenio can be done from the Customer Agreement Maintenance screen You can unlock the agreement and check the Blocked checkbox You must also provide the reason for blocking the agreement in the Reason field and the Blocking Reason code field You may select the Blocking Reason code from the list of options available The system will list different blocking reasons which have already been maintained in the system as a User Defined Field 3 22 ORACLE 3 4 2 For more details refer the section Mainta
34. 10 6 4 Filing IRS Forms Electronically IRS regulations stipulate that any entity filing 250 or more forms of each type must do so in electronic or magnetic form You can access IRS s Filing Information Returns Electronically FIRE system over a dial up network and through a browser or through communication software like ProComm You can log on to the system using the logon name password and PIN provided to you by the IRS 10 6 ORACLE 10 7 Customer Account Opening Confirmation Report You can generate a report for the customer confirming that his her account with the bank has been successfully opened This report contains the following details e Customer number e Client account number e Matter e Account details You can generate the Customer Account Opening Confirmation report for one customer or all the customers at once as of a specific date To generate the report invoke Customer Account Opening Confirmation screen You can invoke this screen by typing the code CSRPACCO the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button 10 7 ORACLE 10 8 The screen is as shown below Customer Account Opening Confirmation Customer Type All Customers O Single Customer Number Customer Report You can generate customer account opening confirmation report for one or all the customers Indicate your choice here If you select Single Cust
35. 175 in his savings account and he does not hold any auto deposit account 4 2 17 Maintaining Rules for Automatic Status Change If you have opted for automatic status change for all accounts belonging to an account class you have to maintain the criteria based on which the system will maintain different rules for moving from one status to another System defines the different criteria in the Status Rule Definition screen Click the button Status Rule in the Account Class Maintenance screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below Status Rule Definition Account Class Description Sequence Number Derivation Rule Status Rule1 Status Rule2 Status Rule3 Status Rule4 Status Rule5 Elements Logical Operators Status Det Since Months M e In this screen you can define five conditions for each status applicable to an account class An account will be said to be in a specific status if any one of the five conditions associated with the status holds true for an account Conversely if all the conditions are false the account will automatically move to the next available status for which the condition is true The following elements are available based on which you can build a condition for automatic status change You can associate each of these elements with an account in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The set of elements a
36. 360 e 30 05 360 Actual 360 e 1 30 EURO 363 e 30 05 365 e 365 Ref Rate Code Select a valid reference type from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Fixed Select this option if you need a fixed reference rate for the account e Floating Automatic Select this option if you need to apply the reference rate maintained at the account level Ref Spread Specify the reference spread for the account Rate Flag Select a valid rate flag from the options The following values are available for selection e Pool Code Select this option if you need to apply the rate maintained for the pool to which the account belongs e Contract Level Select this option if you need to apply the rate maintained at contract level Pool Code Select a valid pool code to which the account class belongs from the adjoining option list ORACLE 4 2 32 7 Reference Rate Select a valid reference rate from the adjoining option list Transaction MIS Code The system generates transaction type of MIS code from the Account Class level You can select a valid MIS code from the adjoining option list if needed Composite MIS Codes The system generates composite type of MIS code from the Customer Maintenance level You can select a valid MIS code from the adjoining option list if needed Cost Codes The system generates cost codes from the Account Class level You can select a valid cos
37. Click the Limits button The Liability Summary screen appears Double clicking a record displays the Limits Line Summary screen which provides a summary view of all the lines linked to the liability of the customer Double clicking on a record in the Limits Line Summary screen displays the utilization summary screen 7 2 12 Viewing MIS Details You can view MIS information about the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click MIS tab mis MIS Group v Link to Group Customer Code 001003094 Customer MIS Code Composite MIS Code BUS SEGMT CU REGION Change Log Transfer Log During end of day GLMIS batch the system builds the customer segment wise balances which is used for reporting purposes For more details on the MIS screen refer the MIS User Manual 7 15 ORACLE 7 2 13 Viewing Projections You can view future settlement balances and outstanding FX and FT contracts for the selected customer account through the Customer Position screen Click Projection button Invoke the Customer Projections Query screen by typing ACDSQPRO in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Projections Query Customer Customer Name Balance Customer Account Number Balance Description Debit Credit F Linked Customer Linked Customer Account Number Customer Id gj
38. If the option has not been enabled an error message is displayed This check is also performed while uploading journal entry transactions Replicate Customer Signature Check this box to indicate that customer signature should be replicated On checking this option the signature of the customer gets defaulted to account level No of Days For Salary Block Specify the number of days for salary block At the time of salary credit in to a customer account the system will place an amount block for the number of days specified here from the date of salary credit The amount blocked will be equal to the loan instalments due during this period Example For single loan installment No Of Days for Salary Block 15 days Salary credit amount 10000 AED credited on 30 Oct 2009 Loan1 Installment Amt 5000 AED due on 05 Nov 2009 System will check for the Loan installments falling due till 14 NOV salary credit on 30 Oct 15 The system will put an amount block of 5000 AED with expiry date as due date i e 05 Nov 2009 and Effective date as Application date i e 30 Oct 2009 The created amount block will have amount block purpose code as 05 and Remarks field will be populated with Loan A c Number Note For a given loan account schedule all the applicable component amounts are summed up and a consolidated amount block will be created These amount blocks created by system for hold on salary purpose cannot be amended by users and only
39. MT920 Check this option to indicate that the customer is eligible to request for MT920 messages MT920 Account Update Request A request for an up to date statement from the bank where the referenced Account is held The request may be for an Intra Day Update MT942 or an End of Day Update MT940 and is subject to the service agreed with that bank Issuer Customer If the customer whose CIF you are maintaining is an issuer of securities then check this box Relationship Pricing Select this checkbox to indicate that the customer is eligible for relationship pricing This checkbox will be unselected by default For more details on relationship pricing refer Relationship Pricing user manual Staff Check this box whenever a customer record is created for a staff By default this box is left unchecked ELCM Customer Check this box to replicate the customer details to ELCM system By default system checks this box whenever the new customer is created You can uncheck this box if required so that customer data will not get replicated to ELCM system Once you select the option ELCM customer system will not allow you to unselect it ELCM Customer Number You need to specify the ELCM customer number if the option Generate Customer Number is not selected in ELCM Parameter Maintenance screen If the option Generate Customer Number is selected in ELCM Parameter Maintenance screen then the system will replicate
40. Re characterization as the contribution code New contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with New as the contribution code Other contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with contribution codes different from any of those mentioned above Fair Market Value this is the total year end balance of all the plans of the selected type IRA codes that you have marked for not reporting to the IRS will be left out of all of the above summations IRS Form 1099 R Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to generate Form 1099 R for reporting distributions from a selected type of IRA plan for any year to the Internal Revenue Service IRS You can generate this report for Filing with IRS authorities Providing a copy to your customer Keeping an internal copy for you 10 5 ORACLE You can generate Form 1099 R either as part of initial filing with the IRS or after you have filed tax returns for that particular year 10 6 1 Generating Form 1099 R as Part of Initial Filing During normal generation of Form 1099 R as part of your initial filing with the IRS the system will include all transactions entered in the previous year for the previous year For example during normal generation of Form 1099 R on say January 20 2003 all transactions entered during 2002 and pertaining to the financial year 2002 will be reported 10 6 2 Generating Form 1099
41. Reporting Lines Maintenance screen to which all accounts belonging to this class will report if they move to the status being defined Similarly select the Credit Head Office GL maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen to which all accounts belonging to this class will report to when they move to the status being defined As a mandatory requirement you have to associate the status NORM Normal when maintaining status codes for an account class s ORACLE 4 2 15 Accounting Roles and Heads for Provisioning In addition to the provisioning preferences that you specify for an account class you must also maintain the accounting roles and heads representing the GLs to which the accounting entries for provisioning must be passed for each account status You can maintain this information in the Status Details screen when you define each of the status codes Rebook Provisioning on Status Change In the Status Details screen you can indicate whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account Rebooking essentially means that fresh provisioning is done after writing back the previous provisioning amount The provisioning batch process when executed not only computes the provisioning amount it also records the current status of the account and checks whether the current status is different from the status that wa
42. The date of closure will be the last day of month in which the account was opened The system will allow transactions on the account till the closure date Interest and principal readjustment on the account will be liquidated during account closure process On the closure day during EOD the Account closure batch ACCLOEOD will make the account balance as zero by creating a demand draft for the credit amount All the outstanding Standing Instructions on the account will be updated as closed in the SI module during the account closure process The request for withdrawal in entered status will be closed by the system and the amount block will be released The system will not allow you to close a Savings account if e account has uncollected funds e account is blocked If your bank decides to close a Savings account with immediate effect you need to specify the Reason Code as Imperative In such a case the account will be closed on the same day Such an account will not be eligible for principal readjustment and interest readjustment or nominal interest benefit during the closure of the account Note that the system does not allow online closure of Savings account It is mandatory to check Request for Closure option with the appropriate Reason Code in Customer Accounts Maintenance screen if you wish to close a Savings account Closing a LOC Account The LOC account closure happens automatically on t
43. Transaction Amount Booking Date Customer Entry Value Date Counterparty Entry Value date Network Product Code 8 3 10 Viewing Islamic Deposits Details 8 40 ORACLE Click Is Deposits tab the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view details about active CASA account and Term deposit 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Reporting Currency s Financing External Products Reports gt Islamic Accounts o Branch Code Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Uncoliected Blockea Limit Currency Temp OD Limit Temp OD Limit Start Temp o0 lt Summary of Islamic Accounts To enter Period Total Credit Balance 0 00 From Date liz Total Debit Balance 0 00 To Date Account Signatory Standing Instruction Periodic Instructions Transactions Cheques Statement Generation Cards Others Joint Holders Islamic Term Deposits C Branch Code Account No Account Description Currency Term Deposit Amount Maturity Date Profit rate Profit Start Date Tenor in Days Latest Profit Effective D Islamic Accounts Here you can view the
44. You can view the period wise statistics for the selected customer account through the Customer Account Balance Query screen Click Account Statistics button The screen appears as shown below Account Statistics Query Branch 000 Account Number 000000003000000007 Currency Account Open Date Linked Customer Quey Linked Customer a Customer Account Number Customer Number Branch Code Period Financial Year 74 ORACLE Here the following details are displayed e Low and High Balance for a period The lowest and highest current balances for the period e Average credit and debit balance for a period This is computed as the sum of credit debit current balances in a period divided by the number of days of credit debit balance during the period e Credit and debit days The number of days the account was in credit debit balance in the period e Credit and Debit Turnover The credit debit turnover for the period e Excess days in debit balance The number of days in a month when the account exceeded the overdraft limits e Overdraft Limit This is computed by summing the temporary overdraft limit and the sub limit of the account For each month this would represent the limit on the last date of the month e Credit grade of the Customer This would be the prevalent rating on the last day of the period For the current period this information is pro
45. as well as the exposure due to loans issued to the group CIF is summed to compute the total exposure 6 1 4 3 Specifying Exposure Category for Customer When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the exposure category under which exposure due to loans issued to the CIF will be tracked The exposure category is derived by the End of Day batch program and displayed if the applicable logic has been maintained for the specified customer provisioning group in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance If no logic has been maintained for the group you can specify the applicable exposure category 6 1 5 Maintaining Rules for Provisioning For each account class for which you have defined account provisioning to be applicable you can define the rules according to which the provisioning amount would be computed when applied to an account using the class You can define the provision rules in the Account Class Provisioning Rule Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing LDDPRULE in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 9 ORACLE The screen is as shown below Corporate Deposits Provisioning Rule Maintenance Result a e e a 5 Elements Functions Operators Elements X Functions X Operators v Logical Operators Reset Input By DOC2 Date Time Modification Numb
46. e Applicable Note the following e By default Not applicable option would be selected when a new account class is created e f you select Minor option at the CIF level and Applicable customer status as Major at the account class level then the system throws an error stating that The A c class you selected is for major customer e Similarly if you uncheck Minor option at the CIF level and select Applicable customer status as Minor at the account class level then the system throws an error stating that The A c class you selected is for minor customer Statement Parameters Tab For each account class that you maintain you have the option of generating account statement details periodically for all customer accounts associated with the account class If you need to generate account statements that would need to be sent across multiple media generated at different frequencies you can define up to three different frequencies at which the statements could be generated with a primary secondary and tertiary frequency a ORACLE Click Statement Parameters tab to invoke the screen for maintaining these details The screen is displayed below Account Class Maintenance Account Class Start Date Description End Date Account Type Current Line of Credit Account Account Details Statement Parameters Primary Accou
47. e Status change update is done only for accounts where the movement type selected is either Auto or Both and is done by the status change batch which will be run after the CL batch The status change batch uses the worst status derived by the CL batch for the update For details about loan status processing and provisioning consult the Loans user manual For details about account provisioning refer to the chapter Provisioning for Customer Accounts in this user manual External Ref No To recall if a customer record is created from an external Siebel CRM application after a successful upload into Oracle FLEXCUBE the external reference number is defaulted in the External Ref No field You can amend the same when you unlock a record and make changes Auxiliary Tab Click the Auxiliary tab to provide the auxiliary details pertaining to the customer ele ORACLE Customer Maintenance ene Short Name Joint Venture Q Corporate Branch Code 000 Bank Private Customer Main Auxiliary Personal Corporate Director Check List AML Reporting AML Customer Group aij Required C Consolidated Certificate Required Individual Certificate Required Utility Provider Head Office Utility Provider Account Number Utility Provider Type 3j Debtor Category Utility Provider Id Risk Profile
48. the period e Credit and Debit Turnover The credit debit turnover for the period e Excess days in debit balance The number of days a month when the account exceeded the overdraft limits e Overdraft Limit This is computed by summing the temporary overdraft limit and the sub limit of the account For each month this would represent the limit on the last date of the month e Credit grade of the Customer This would be the prevalent rating on the last day of the period For the current period this information is provided up to the previous working day To enable printing of this information for all accounts using an account class you must enable the Account Statistics option in the Account Class Maintenance For each account class for which account statistics has been enabled an accounting End of Day EOD process updates the statistics table both period wise and according to financial years The book dated balances are used for computation of statistics and the balances are maintained according to accounting periods For information about viewing the period wise account statistics refer the section Querying on Account Statistics found earlier in this chapter Status Change Automatic If you check this option the status of the account will be changed automatically by the system as per the conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen If you do not select this option you have to change the status manually thr
49. 1 IMPORTANT TERMS E V 9 1 10 REPORTS 10 1 INTRODUCTIONS ceto ce piede tenerte betta ce tee iere ee 10 1 10 2 IRA STATEMENT REPORTS eret eee ee erunt eene Ee eae nt teen Eee ete ea Res eee TSi 10 1 10 21 Selection Options m 10 1 10 2 2 Contents Of the Report 10 1 10 3 MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL ADVICE REPORTS sesseseeeeeneenen eene eene enne nnn nn nennen nnns 10 3 10 3 1 Contents Of the Reportes niit stetit eerie i eter cd esti te eios 10 3 10 4 CHARGE ADVICE REPORTS nee Sets depo dude ve oves dene d 10 3 1041 Contentsof the Report sce tsi tee etie HE TE pb ee ERE De A SERO ERN Du apad 10 4 10 5 IRS FORM 5498 M 10 4 10 5 1 Generating Form 5498 as Part of Initial Filing essent ene 10 4 ORACLE 10 5 2 Generating Form 5498 after Tax Filing essen nnne 10 5 10 5 3 Details printed on Form 54968 sese ene eene emet meten trennen trennen reete enne 10 5 10 6 URS FORM T099 R qe M 10 5 10 6 1 Generating Form 1099 R as Part of Initial eese 10 6 10 6 2 Generating Form 1099 R after Tax Filing esses
50. 10 6 10 6 35 Details printed on Form 1099 R esssssssssesseseeeee eene een eene nene trne trennen trennen rennen 10 6 10 6 4 Filing IRS Forms Electronically eese eee eene nne entren nennen rennen 10 6 10 7 CUSTOMER ACCOUNT OPENING CONFIRMATION REPORT eeeeeeeeee enne enne enne 10 7 10 8 NETTING REPORT c 10 8 10 81 Contenisof the Report Hd re apo te He ROSAS Le pe dER Ue eR ned 10 9 10 9 COMBINED STATEMENT REPORTS 5 eie nh OPERETUR RR ROREM 10 9 10 9 1 Contenisof the Reporte p e n HC eet Ee e EIER ES RS Ee LE CENSENT 10 10 10 10 MISSING SIGNATURE REPORT HH ORE RESREEU MIN ER EERS RS 10 11 10 10 1 CONTENTS Of The Report aii o ct iei pe tt e laste p ES Fed Ege 10 12 11 SCREEN GLOSSARY 11 1 11 1 FUNCTION ID LIST ii 11 1 ORACLE 1 About this Manual 1 1 Introduction This manual is designed to explain the Core Entities module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It provides an overview to the module and provides information on using the Core Entities module of Oracle FLEXCUBE You can further obtain information specific to a particular field by placing the cursor on the relevant field and striking lt F1 gt the keyboard 1 2 Audience This manual is intended for the following U
51. 27 EG_NEW_2 RPC2_s CL SCHEME 2010 11 27 2015 11 27 EG NEW 2 2010 11 27 2015 11 27 EG NEW 2 a RP Scheme Linkage Details Cancel Here you can view the relationship schemes which are not linked to the customer The following fields are displayed e Pricing scheme Id e Pricing scheme description e Scheme Start Date e Scheme End Date e Eligibility Plan code 8 3 6 1 Viewing Relationship pricing schemes linked to the customer Click RP Scheme Linkage Details to view relation ship pricing schemes linked to the customer The screen is as shown below oe ORACLE Customer Scheme Linkage Query Customer Number Linkage Status Scheme d Eligibility Plan kd Benefit Start Date Benefit End Date Linkage Status Previous Linkage Status Linkage Date Last View Benefit Plan Refer Relationship Pricing module for more information about this screen 8 3 7 Viewing Alerts Click Alerts tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits and so on 360 Degree Retail Customer View x Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency ar Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products
52. 4 The exposure categories for the customer group or CIF are first derived either from the specification for the same in the contract and account details or depending upon the total exposure of the group or CIF according to the logic maintained for deriving the exposure category in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance Q when the exposure category for a CIF or customer group is derived according to the logic maintained in the Exposure Category Type Linkage screen the outstanding overdraft in all accounts belonging to the group CIF as well as the exposure due to loans issued to the group CIF is summed to compute the total exposure 6 12 ORACLE 5 The provisioning percentage applicable is then derived either from the contract and account details or using the exposure category of the CIF and the status of all accounts and contracts involving the CIF according to the linkage maintained in the Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage maintenance 6 Having obtained the provisioning percentage applicable the system then computes the provision amount based on the rule defined in the Loans Provisioning Rule maintenance for loans and the Account Provisioning Rule Maintenance for accounts 7 The computed provision amount would then be stored for the accounts and contracts and appropriate accounting entries passed The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The cu
53. Address You can specify the mailing address of the customer in the four rows that are provided In each line you can enter a maximum of 35 alphanumeric characters All characters should conform to SWIFT standards Swift Code You can choose to associate a SWIFT Code with the customer whose CIF details you are maintaining This code will be used to send all SWIFT related messages to the customer This is pertinent while creating CIF record for banks as customers Fax You can specify the Fax Number of the Customer whose CIF details you are maintaining This will be used for faxing the LC confirmation mail message copy to the Counterparty Credit Rating Specify valid credit rating for a Customer number from the adjoining option list The adjoin option list provides the value maintained in the Static Maintenance screen Credit rating basically indicates the credit worthiness of the customers linked to a particular credit line It is used primarily for information only The Limits Services Module also uses it in generation of reports Deterioration Date Specify the date from which the customer is marked as deteriorated This will be allowed for special and general customers ae ORACLE 2 2 2 3 Specifying Unique Identifier Details Each customer is required to provide certain identification details to your bank for establishing the customer s identity For instance the passport number or ration card of the customer may serve a
54. Authorization Rule Maintenance screen e SOURCE_CODE Source code for the Transaction e TOT AMOUNT Sum of amount deposited to account today e HAS CASA Has savings and current acc Based on the condition the transaction will be authorized or unauthorized If the savings account holder has a current account with the bank then any deposit more than 600 UF needs a supervisor key before the transaction is authorized Example The sample condition HAS CASA B AND LIMIT 600 CUF TOT AMOUNT If the Txn amount is 700 then the system will save the transaction as unauthorized orelse it will pass it as authorized If the savings account holder does not have a current account with the bank this validation shall be done for any deposit above 100UF Example The sample condition HAS CASA S AND LIMIT 100 CUF TOT AMOUNT ue ORACLE 2 3 2 Hence if the first deposit is for 80 UF system needs no authorization On the same day if there is another deposit for 21 UF then the sum exceeds 100UF and hence authorization is required In case of joint accounts the transaction amount limit is 600 UF even if the second account holder has a current account Amendment Maintenance To recall you need to identify the fields that can be amended by an external system say a Siebel CRM application Every amendment request coming from such a system has the following data e Service Name This is a broad level g
55. BGN 500 000 and lt L Sig 3 0 Corporate Big CB Exposure gt L Sig 0 0 Here L Sig could correspond to one percent of bank s capital base rounded to nearest lower amount divisible by 50 000 Typically the bank sets this figure 6 14 ORACLE In arriving at the total exposure figure as shown in the table above the outstanding overdraft in the account as well as the outstanding amounts on all loans issued to the group CIF that the account belongs to are summed Example Customer Exposure Amount BGN Type Account 1 Loan 1 20 000 Cl Loan 2 15 000 Cl Account Overdraft 12 000 Cl Account 2 Loan 3 5 000 Cl Loan 4 5 000 Cl Account 1 Overdraft 26 000 Cl Account 2 Overdraft 15 000 Cl Sum of total exposure amounts 98 000 Exposure to Retail Customers The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Loan Type Categorization Percentage Retail OD RO Retail Overdrafts 1 5 Retail Mortgages Retail Loans that has mortgages 2 0 RM as collateral Retail Consumer Other than the above 1 5 RC 6 15 ORACLE Provisioning for Impairment Losses Impairment losses include loans
56. Customer Short Name The system will display the customer s short name based on the customer number selected ee ORACLE Full Name The system will display the customer s full name based on the customer number selected Telephone The system will display the customer s contact number based on the customer number selected Mobile Number The system will display the customer s mobile number based on the customer number selected E mail The system will display the customer s email address based on the customer number selected Subject Specify the subject matter of the request complaint Description Specify the brief description of the request complaint Service Details Specify the following details Service Request Type Select the service request type from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Transactional e Non Transactional e Complaint Service No The system generates the service request number Branch Code The system displays the branch Account No The system will display the customer s account number based on the customer number selected ae ORACLE Priority Select the priority of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e High e Medium e Low Status Select the status of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Open e Pending e Closed e Escalated Natur
57. EOD to trigger the status movement and other associated changes Use the Account Status Update Processing screen available in the Application Browser to begin the batch process If the Status Processing Basis defined for the branch is Group CIF level the worst status for all loans and overdrafts accounts is calculated for a Group CIF level This status is displayed in the respective Group CIF screens as well as at the respective account and contract screens The individual status of each account and contract is also displayed in the accounts screen as Account Derived Status Refer the Products chapter of the Interest and Charges user manual for more details 4 2 18 Maintaining Sequence for Funds Allocation The allocation of funds will occur as per the product sequence you maintain in the Product Maintenance screen invoked from the Account Class Maintenance screen Click the Amt Block button to access this screen The screen is as shown below E Amount Block Details Account Class Description Product Maintenance Number x Product Code x Product Description In this screen you will specify the sequence of products based on which funds will be made available when a credit is posted to an account with a track receivable option The sequence number is automatically generated by the system All authorized products of your bank will be available in the opti
58. Fixed payment date method specify here the Fixed Day of the month If you specify the Payment Day as 31 i e the 31 of a month then the system will consider the last working day of the month as the Payment Day Payment Date Rule For Derived payment date method you can specify here the rule ID of the rule to be used by the system to arrive at the date A CL Policy will be created to derive this rule and the same will be attached here Example of a Payment Date Rule For Loans that are input from the 1st of a given month till 15th of the month the due date will be 15th of the month The loans booked after 15th will have the last working day of the month as the first installment date If the loans given from 1st of August till 15th of August will have the first installment as 15th August if 15th is not a holiday all the other loans will have the first due date on the last working day of the month You cannot amend the Payment Day Rule preferences once the Agreement has been created and authorised in the system Blocked Blocking Days You can set the system to block a customer agreement if a customer employee s payment instalment has not been made within a pre defined number of days This pre defined number of days is called Blocking Days Specify the Blocking Days here If an instalment remains unpaid exceeding the number of days mentioned in this field then the Customer Agreement is blocked Blocked If the Cust
59. KYC type 2 6 1 Specifying Value Details You can specify the following KYC value details KYC Type Value Specify the value of the KYC type KYC Type Value Description Specify the description for the KYC type value The table below illustrates the KYC types and the possible values for each KYC types KYC Type Possible Values KYC_DECLARED Ownership Shareholding KYC_SRC_INCOME Salary Rental Investment Business Concerns Professional Business Overseas Property Others KYC_TYP_COMP Sole Proprietor Partnership LLC PSC PJSC ane ORACLE Possible Values Free Zone Enterprise Government Entity Charity Orgn FZ Co Offshore Company FZ LLC Others KYC_PURPOSE Commercial Individual KYC_DET_PURPOSE_COMM Commercial Banking Trade Services Private Banking Investments Loans Retail Banking Null Provide Details KYC_DET_PURPOSE_IND Salary Transfer Savings Investment Loan Repayment Transactional KYC_SAL_TYPE Cash Direct Deposit Company Cheque TT SWIFT CB Null Provide Details 2 77 ORACLE Possible Values KYC_SETTL_PAY Cash Cheque Wire Transfer LC Documentary Collection KYC_TXN_DET Monthly Withdrawals Deposits Remittances By Cash Remittances BY Cheque Local Remittance Inward Local Remittance Outward Foreign Remittance Inward Foreign Remittance Outw
60. MT942 Click on the Generate Statement button to initiate the generation of balance statement for the account you have selected This process would pick up the entire debit and credit component accounts created since the issue of a previous MT941 MT942 MT950 or MT940 are included in the generated statement You can examine the details of the generated message to ensure that all details entered are correct Click on the View button to observe the outgoing message Message Details T T Swift Message Type Reference Number DCN Version Number Remarks Reject Reason Message Trailer You can examine the message for ensuring the information entered is complete You can only view the details of the message no input of additional information is supported at this stage ORACLE 4 2 20 Requesting Account Closure You can request for closing an account in the Request For Account Closure screen You can also invoke this screen by typing STDRCLOS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then clicking on the adjoining arrow button Request For Account Closure Branch Code B Sequence Number Account B Account Class Request For Closure Closure Details Request For Closure Of Account Reason Code Agreed OD Closure Days Closure Date Closure Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time
61. Modification Date Time Date Time To specify the list of options use the LOV sub screen Click LOV to invoke the LOV sub screen Here you can record the different types of Block reasons ves ORACLE List Of Values List Of vdiles BEI ov value Description for the LOV Values Is Default Value Field Name n 3 4 4 Maintaining Blocking Parameters The following Blocking Parameters for automatic blocking are captured as part of the Customer agreement Maintenance Convenio For more details on maintaining blocking parameters refer the section on Customer Agreement Maintenance 3 4 5 Tracking the Convenio Status Change A Convenio Customer Agreement can have the following statuses in the system e Active If the Convenio is open then the Convenio is termed Active e Close If the Convenio is closed then the Convenio is termed Inactive e Blocked If the Convenio has been blocked manually or automatically then its termed Blocked For more details on tracking the status changes of a convenio refer the section on Customer Agreement Maintenance 3 5 Handling Loan Payments under Convenios You can handle Loan Payments under a Convenio using the Massive Payment Processing facility This can be done as follows e default the Schedule details and the Interest Rates at the loan contract level the Customer Agreement Convenio must be attached
62. National Id e Address Line 1 to 3 e First Name e Middle Name e Last name Geographic Here you can view the following details e Country ORACLE e Language e Exposure e Location e SWIFT Code Incorporation Here you can view the following details e Date e Capital e Net Worth e Country e Currency of Amount Head Office Here you can view the following details e Account Number e Debtor Category e Risk profile e FT Accounting as of e Description of Business 8 4 2 1 Viewing Signature Image and Photograph of the customer Click on the Image button to invoke Customer Signatory Details screen Here you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer noe ORACLE Customer Signatory Details Signature Branch Code Customer No Name Customer Signatory Details 10f1 CEECIENNCITINEETTNU ION Refer the section titled Viewing Signature Image and Photograph of the customer under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 2 Viewing Related Customer Details Click on the Linked Customers button to invoke Linked Entities screen Here you can view other related customer details The screen is as shown below Linked Entities Customer No Relationship Linkage 10f1 ids ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Related Customer Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Custo
63. Nov 2006 No of withdrawals less than maximum allowed Yes System will have to calculate Principal readjustment Interest readjustment including Nominal interests till 10 Nov 2006 and liquidate online On 31 Dec 2006 system shall liquidate the Nominal interest for the period between Nov 11 and Dec 31 Example Scenario 2 When both the readjustment and interest frequency are annual Consider an account with anniversary date 31 Dec 2005 Customer requests to change from readjust able to nominal on 11 Nov 2006 No of withdrawals exceeds the permitted withdrawals on 15th Oct looses readjustment feature System will have to calculate Nominal interests till 10 Nov 2006 and liquidate online On 31 Dec 2006 system shall liquidate the Nominal interest for the period between Nov 11 and Dec 31 Example Scenario 3 When principal readjustment is quarterly and interest readjustment is annual Consider the same account as in the scenario above Principal readjustments will be of frequency Mar June Sep and Dec The account exceeds withdrawal count on Oct 15th Customer requests to change from Re adjustable to Nominal on 11 Nov 2006 System would have paid the principal readjustment on Sep 30th Since he looses the readjustment benefit on Oct 15th the customer losses the readjustments System should liquidate the interest readjusted nominal till Sep 30th and should calculate nominal interest from Oct 1 till Nov 10 And on Dec 30 system
64. ORACLE Instruction Id Unique ID for the instruction is displayed here Instruction Date Specify the date on which the instruction is added You can select the date from the adjoining calendar Instruction Expiry Date Specify the date on which the instruction will expire You can select the date from the adjoining calendar Instruction Description Specify the description of the Actual Instruction 4 2 36 1 Viewing Customer Instructions All the instructions maintained in the Instructions Maintenance screen can be viewed in the Customer Instructions View screen To invoke this screen specify the Customer number Contract reference number or Account number and press the hotkey F6 If F6 is pressed form customer account number field system fetches all the instructions of customer of the selected customer account If F6 is pressed from a contract reference number field system fetches all the instructions of the counterparty of the contract If F6 is pressed form customer field system fetches all the instructions of customer of the selected customer Customer Instructions View Customer Number 03000115 Customer Name SAIDEEP1 Instruction Id v Instruction Description 1 Testing Instructions Instruction Date 2007 11 27 Instruction Expiry Date 1of1 Instructions Details zz The Customer Instruction View screen will be launched with all the instructions maintained for
65. Reference Number Queue Id Asset Reference Number State Collection Agent Product Collection Creation Date Refer the section titled Viewing Collection Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 5 Viewing Trade Details Click Trade tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of trade vee ORACLE Customer Number 001001745 Branch SUH Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Extemal Products Shoa Name Full Name Treasury Everts Schemes ACE BANK LIMITED ACE BANK LIMITED Reporting Currency _ Aerts Units Payments ts Deposits is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury Batts Decal Mo tot gt M 2s TEHE 000 0009NT120610030 MPORT COLLECTION 001001745 10 000 00 m 001 001EUNA120510002 OUTGONG MEN 0 NR 2 000 00 rm 001 001 NT120610014 IMPORT COLLECTION NR 02000 00 rv 001EUNA120510003 OUTGOING DOCUMEN 0 0 000 00 rm 000 0000 84120610017 USANCE BILLS NOT UI 0010 NR 3 000 00 z SSS eS nas onerpenas LC Details Naion H a r B Bills Detail Here you can view the following bills details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Counter party e Product e Product Type e Product Description e Beneficiary e Bill Currency e Bill Amount e Maturity date e Outstanding Amount e Discrepancy Flag System will deriv
66. Referral Queue these transactions are processed in the same manner as any other transaction in the Credit Exception queue For further details refer to the processing transactions in the Credit Exception Queue refer to the Processing Credit Exceptions section in the Processing a Payment or Collection Transaction chapter of the Payment and Collections manual Clearing CG Transactions If the fund available in the customer account are insufficient the clearing transaction is processed i e the relevant accounting entries are passed and the transaction is sent to the Referral Queue If the transaction is rejected the entries are reversed The status of the transaction is updated to Dishonored in the clearing log In case the transaction is accepted no processing is required apart from updating the charge counter If the account goes into overdraft all processed transactions for the day with transaction code marked for referral are moved to the Referral Queue However transactions which have already been accepted will not be marked for referral again If a transaction is to be marked for referral the transaction details are stored in a separate table The details in the referral screen are displayed from this table Note that transactions from Savings module will appear in the Posted tab You can get accounting entries reversed or confirm for the overdrawn account using the Intra Day Batch Start screen You can invo
67. Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL ALL Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific ALL Specific ALL Specific ALL Specific Specific ALL Specific ALL ALL Thus for a specific customer in the group the rule is relaxed for the product first and then for the currency If no rule is available for selection then the same process will be repeated where customer number is ALL for the customer group 2 2 21 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit for Customers You can maintain tax free allowance limit at the Customer level Invoke this screen by typing STDCULMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 2 46 ORACLE The screen is as shown below Customer Tax Group Description Customer Number Customer Name Tax Category Description From Date To Date Limit Currency Limit Amount Remarks Fields Exit Customer Group You need to specify the tax group of the customer for whom you wish to define tax free allowance limit Select from the option list provided Customer Number You need to specify the customer number for which you wish to define tax free allowance limit Only customers belonging to the selected tax group will be available for selection You may also select the All option
68. Tel Number Passport Expiry Date PEP Remarks Residence Tel No Visa Number Local Address Mobile Tel Number Visa Expiry Date Fax Amounts CCY GBP Purpose Of Account Openin 9 Others Home Country Address Beneficially Owned Company Company Name Location Holding Annualincome Line Of Business Source of Income Salary 1of1 1of1 JE Rental Related Companies Acoounts with Bank EE Personal Accounts with Bank E Wi nvestment Company Account Number Z Personal Accounts Number E Business Concern i Professional Bussiness You can capture the following details on this screen a ORACLE Beneficial Owner Information You can specify the following details pertaining to the beneficial owner Resident Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner is a resident If you do not check this option the system will not consider the owner as a resident Politically Exposed Person Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner is a politically exposed person PEP Remarks Specify the remarks about the declaration of the beneficial owner as politically exposed person Local Address Specify the local address of the beneficial owner Home Couniry Address Specify the home country address of the beneficial owner Birth Date Specify the birth date of the beneficial owner Birth Place Specify the place of birth of the beneficial owner Nationality Specify the natio
69. Temporary Closed Specify the whether the customer s account is temporarily closed The adjoining drop down list displays the following e No Customers account is not closed e Yes Customer s account is temporarily closed Hence no activities will be allowed on the account e Retain Old value of Unknown Address will be retained Ms ORACLE Cheque Delivery Blocked Specify the whether the cheque delivery is blocked for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e Cheque delivery is not blocked e Yes Cheque delivery is blocked Hence no activities will be allowed on the account e Retain Old value of Cheque Delivery Blocked will be retained On changing the status in this screen you can view the status code and the corresponding statuses in the Customer Account Maintenance screen For more details on Customer Account Maintenance screen refer Maintaining Customer Accounts chapter of this Core Entities user manual 4 2 16 Maintaining Auto Deposits Auto deposits are the linked deposit accounts to the savings accounts These accounts are created once the threshold balance exceeds in the customer accounts You can maintain these accounts using Auto Deposits screen Click the button Auto Deposit in the Account Class Maintenance screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below Auto Deposits
70. Trade Treasury Events Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products 1011 Non Linked RP scheme details Pricing Scheme id Pricing Scheme ID Description Scheme Start Date Scheme End Date Eligiblity Plan Code 8 6 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Schemes Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 8 1 Viewing Relationship pricing schemes linked to the customer Click RP Scheme Linkage Details to view relation ship pricing schemes linked to the customer Customer Scheme Linkage Query Customer Number 000002105 az Linkage status m Query Scheme ld Eligibility Plan id Benefit Start Date Benefit End Date Linkage Status Previous Linkage Status Linkage Date Last View Benefit Plan Refer Relationship Pricing module for more information about this screen 8 4 9 Viewing Alerts Click Alerts tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits and so on owe ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Branch Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Short Name Full Name Schemes Limits Payments is Treasury External Products Overdue Loans C
71. Transaction Products Specify the name of the transaction product Rating Specify the rating of the product Monthly No of Transactions Specify the number of monthly transactions Monthly Amount Specify the monthly amount Specifying Management Details Specify the following details Name Specify the name of the manager Designation Specify the designation of the manager Specifying Share Holders Details Specify the following details Name Specify the name of the share holder Holding Specify the holdings of the share holder Address Specify the address of the share holder City Specify the city of the share holder Country Specify the country of the share holder 2 93 ORACLE 2 7 1 4 Fields Tab 2 8 You can create user defined fields using the User Defined Fields screen To invoke this screen click Fields tab in the KYC Maintenance screen User Defined Fileds UDF Details Field Name x Value Here you can specify the following details Field Name Specify the name of the field Value Specify the value of the field Creating a Message Advice Format You need to create a message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen with the format named CUS_MIMJADV A batch function CASABAT will perform status change from Minor to Major during EOD During EOD batch CASABAT which would check for the current age of each minor customer i
72. Transfer i uiis pr ade a 4 88 4 235 Mu intaining 4 90 4 2 36 Maintaining Customer Instruction Details 4 91 4 2 37 Maintaining Lead ee oper e Hte iade paese le oce eee e EREA 4 94 4 2 88 Maintaining Service Request Input Details 4 98 4 2 39 Viewing Service Request Details 4 101 4 2 40 Maintaining Location Details eese eene ian emen 4 103 4 2 41 Capturing Algorithm Details in Oracle FLEXCUBE sese eene 4 104 4 2 42 Maintaining Turnover Limits sciistici essri oin iei 4 106 4 3 MAINTAINING DEPOSITS INSTRUCTIONS eese nennen nennen nennen eene trennen nre 4 108 PROCESSING REFERRALS IN ORACLE FLEXCUBE 5 1 gt po EE 5 1 5 2 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR REFERRAL PROCESSING sssssssseseceesensececececsenseecesecsecesenssaeeeeeeeesenssaseeeees 5 3 3 24 Enabling Referral Required Option esee nennen eren rene eene 5 3 5 2 2 Specifying Referral Cut off Time esee eene rennen eene 5 3 5 2 3 Enabling Netting Required Option eese nennen nennen 5 4 5 2 4 Enabling Limit Maintenance Screen eese nnne nennen een ren eene 5 4 5 2 5 Future dated Funds Transf
73. a given tax cycle This option would work in conjunction with a similar option in the Tax Category screen and the Tax Details screen accessed from the Branch Parameters Detail screen siis ORACLE Generating Consolidated Tax Certificate Depending on the frequency maintained at the branch level the system will generate the Consolidated Tax Certificate for a customer provided the consolidated tax certificate generation is required at the customer level and the option is maintained at the Tax Category level The Tax Certificate will be in a pre shipped advice format and printed on a Year to Date basis Maintaining Elements for Advice Generation The following elements will be available for advice generation for consolidated tax certificates Element Name Description Data Type CUSTOMERNO The customer number for Alphanumeric which the tax summary certificate is printed CUSTOMERNAME The customer name Alphanumeric FROMDATE The from date for which the Date certificate is generated TODATE The to date for which the Date certificate is generated TXNNUMBER The contract reference Alphanumeric 16 number characters CALCDATE The tax calculation date Date TAXCCY The tax currency Alphanumeric 3 characters TAXAMTINTAXCCY The tax amount in tax Number currency INTERESTAMT The interest amount basis Number amount on which the tax has been calculated 2 14 ORACLE Individual Certificate Required Ch
74. amount from LOC account to the current account However irrespective of current account s balance Oracle FLEXCUBE transfers the available LOC credit balance to current account during the batch process If the current account has a positive balance during LOC batch process the system will transfer amount from current account to LOC account automatically During LOC batch process the system runs an event LOCT with an amount tag LOC_TFR_AMT While running this event the system will transfer an amount which is equivalent to the overdraft amount in current account subject to the limit availability in the LOC account If the current account has a positive balance the system will transfer the overdraft amount in the LOC amount subject to the balance availability in the current account after leaving the minimum residual balance in the current account Project Account Check this box to track the working capital of the project Dormancy Days You have to indicate the period after which an account in an account class becomes inactive or dormant if customer transactions are not posted into the account o However while maintaining transaction codes if you have checked the Consider for Account Activity field all transactions posted to any account under this account class linked to the particular transaction code will become active from dormant irrespective of the dormancy period If a customer initiated transaction is posted into the a
75. and click on the adjoining arrow button TO ORACLE The screen is as shown below Service Request Fetch Authorization Status Record Status Service No E Service Request Type Customer No a Account No Branch Code 2i Requester Type Status Contact date Target Date Telephone Q Search Advanced Search Records per page Authorization Status Record Status Service No Service Request Type Customer No You can query on records based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Service No e Service Request Type e Customer No e Account No e Branch Code e Requestor Type e Status e Contact date e Target Date e Telephone Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them aie ORACLE e Authorization Status e Record Status e Service No e Service Request Type e Customer No e Account No e Branch Code e Requestor Type e Status e Contact date e Target Date e Telephone 4 2 40 Maintaining Location Details While maintaining Customer Information details through the CIF Maintenance screen in addition to indicating the name of the country in which your customer resides you can also choose to specify the name of the region or l
76. and click the adjoining arrow Repeat the procedure for 004 001 and 004 will be listed under disallowed branches For specifying the allowed list of branches first click on allowed You will notice that the list title changes accordingly to allowed and vice versa You should select allowed or disallowed depending upon the length of the list 4 2 26 Maintaining Currency Preferences For all accounts under this account class you have the option of specifying currencies in which transactions are allowed disallowed Example You want to restrict all account level transactions under the account class Corporations for corporate type accounts to four important currencies only say USD GBP JPY and DEM You can specify the same But currency preference needs to be accompanied by specifications regarding the minimum balance limit in each currency To do this click the Currency Preference button The Account Class Currency Preferences screen will be displayed s ORACLE Currency Preferences Account Class Currency Preferences Oo Currency Code Minimum Balance Cash Limit ATM Transaction Limit Cash Deposit Limit on Trust Account All the allowed currencies you have defined for this account class will be displayed in the option list adjoining the Currency Code field You can enter the minimum balance that should be maintained against each currency You can also specify
77. are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Checked Check this box to indicate that the received documents are acknowledged SP ORACLE Remarks 1 to 10 Specify the additional information if required 2 2 7 Maintaining Domestic Details of Individual Customer As part of maintaining personal details of the customer you can capture Domestic details about the customer like the customer s educational status marital status number of dependents etc Click on Domestic button The Customer Domestic Details screen will be displayed Customer Domestic Details Marital Status Spouse Name Spouse Employement Status Educational Status Accomodation Dependents Children Others In this screen you can capture the following details for each individual type of customer e The Marital status of the customer A customer could be married single re married divorced separated widowed or living together You have to indicate the appropriate e The name and employment status of the customer s spouse e The educational status of a customer Under Graduate Graduate Post Graduate and Non student If the customer has received no formal education select Non student e The family members children and others who are dependent on the customer financially You can indicate any number between 0 and 99 e The type of accommodation this customer is availing of The types could be classified into own accomm
78. at e All accounts and contracts belonging to the customer group or CIF are then moved to the worst status that was arrived at In the Status Rule Derivation screen in the Derivation Rule field you can define the conditions according to which the status of all accounts using an account class the aging analysis could be tracked For each account class you can maintain a derivation rule which would be used during status processing to arrive at the status of each account if status processing is at a contract level or the worst status among all accounts and loans belonging to groups or CIF level if status processing is at a Group CIF level To define the derivation rule you could use a combination of multiple elements and arithmetic and logical operators The following elements may be used e Frozen e Dormant e Nodebits e Nocredits e Stoppayment e Current Status e Customer Classification In addition the following elements will also be available for processing e OD overdraft Days e Inactive Days e Overline Days e TOD Temporary Overdraft Days 6 11 ORACLE 6 1 7 6 1 7 1 For details regarding the maintenance of other status control parameters in the Status Rule Definition screen refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in this user manual Provision Processing for Accounts Provision processing for customer accounts is only done if indicated in the account details Provision processing depends upon
79. button Relation Maintenance Relation Description Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number Authorized Cancel Authorized By Date Time Bon Specify the following details in this screen e Relation Define the type of relationship in this field You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to define a relationship e Description Provide a brief description of the relationship being maintained This will further help you in identifying the relationship The types of relationships defined in this screen will become available for linking two customers only upon authorization of the details maintained Maintaining Relationships between Customers The Customer Linkage Maintenance screen is used to maintain relationships between customers In this screen you can link two customers and specify the relationship that exists between them You can invoke this screen by typing STDCUREL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Customer Linkage Maintenance Customer Customer Name Customer2 Customer Name Relation Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number Authorized Cancel Authorized By Date Time ORACLE Customer 1 and 2 You can select the names of the customers between whom a relationship is to be established All aut
80. client e Mode of payment Specifying Transaction Types e of transaction e Count of the transaction e Total amount of the transaction e Maximum single amount for the transaction e Purpose of the transaction e Country of the transaction e Purpose of fund transfer within a country e Audit date 2 37 ORACLE Whether account should be solicited Date on which the account is solicited Details of the introducer Date of compliance clearance Date of business approval Trade licence number Next date of KYC review Specifying Comments 2 2 15 3 KYC comment about the corporate customer Comments on the corporate customer by the sales and service officers Name and comments of the approvers on the corporate customers Viewing Corporate or Audit HO Details Click Corporate or Audit HO Details tab in the KYC Corporate Profile screen LZ KYC Corporate Profile Le a CID Number CB Response Name CB Response Date Activity STR Date Activity Reason STR Reference Dairy Note The system displays the following details Number of the corporate customer Name of the corporate customer Whether STR should be raised Date of STR using adjoining calendar Reference number of the STR Whether the CB should be responded Date of the CB Response Details of the activity 2 38 ORACLE e Reason for the activity e Dairy note 2 2 15 4 Viewing KYC Details of Financial Customers Financial P
81. customer level Maintaining KYC Type Oracle FLEXCUBE maintains KYC details for all customers For Individuals Salaried employees the KYC is fairly simple and straight forward However for Small and Medium Enterprises SME and corporate customers or Banks the KYC for the company and its Directors should be done The KYC for any share holder having the percentage of stock equal to or more than the defined percentage should be done These share holders may not be the banks customers The System maintains KYC for NON CIF customers also Oracle FLEXCUBE tracks all the sources of funds income of any person company banks undergoing KYC The system also tracks approximate number of transactions they are expected to perform in their accounts You can specify the details of KYC type in the KYC Type Maintenance screen You can also invoke this screen by typing STDKYCTP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button KYC Type Maintenance KYC Type KYC Type Description KYC Value Details D Value Description Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you can specify the following details Ee ORACLE Specify the type of that should be maintained KYC Type Description Specify the description that should be maintained for the specified
82. exceeding 35 characters alphanumeric The characters should conform to SWIFT standards Date of Birth Specify the date of birth of the customer e ORACLE Domicile Address 1 2 and 3 Specify the address of domicile of the customer Three lines have been provided for this Each line can have a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric Only characters specified as per SWIFT standards are permissible Country Specify the country of domicile of the customer A list of all country codes maintained in the Country Codes Maintenance screen is available in the option list You can select the appropriate code Permanent Address 1 2 and 3 Specify the permanent address of the customer Three lines have been provided for this purpose You can capture a maximum of 35 characters alphanumeric in each line Only characters specified in SWIFT standards are permissible Country Along with the permanent address specify the country of permanent residence of the customer Telephone Specify the telephone number of the customer Fax Specify the fax number of the customer E mail Specify the E mail address of this customer Passport Number The passport details of this customer which include the passport number the date on which the passport was issued and the date on which the passport is due to expire The resident status of this customer Whether the customer is a recognized resident of the country in which the particular branch of
83. following details for an active CASA account e Branch code e Account e Description e Account Class e Related Customer e Account Status e Status Since e Currency e Current Balance e Available Balance e Uncollected amount e Blocked amount e Debit Interest Accrued Amount e Credit Interest Accrued Amount 8 41 ORACLE Limit Currency TOD Limit TOD Limit Start Date TOD Limit End Date Account Type Single or Joint Beiosed accounts will not be displayed Islamic Term Deposit The following details about Islamic term deposit will be displayed Account Number Branch Code Description Account Class Related Customer Status Since Currency Term Deposit Amount Maturity date Interest Start Date Account type Joint or single Tenor Tenor will be displayed in terms of days Profit rate the system displays the Profit Rate of a deposit System will pick up the latest profit rate of a deposit during query Latest Profit Effective Date the system will pick up latest profit effective date of a deposit during query Profit Accrued Interest accrued till date for an account This will be derived by the system during query Recurring Deposit this check box will be checked if it is Recurring Deposit 8 3 11 Viewing Islamic Financing Details Click Is Financing tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view details about Islamic Finance
84. following preferences with regard to taxes levied from the customer upon issuance of cheque books Collect Tax on Cheque Book Issue Check this box if the system must collect tax for cheque books issued for accounts under this account class If you check this box when the Cheque Book option was not selected then while saving the system will display an error message Defer Tax for First Cheque Book Check this box if the tax collection for the first cheque book issue needs to be deferred If you check this box when the Collect Tax on Cheque Book Issue option was not selected then while saving the system will display an error message Processing for Consolidation of Inward Clearing During the Inward Clearing process the consolidated entry for clearing will be passed according to the following grouping e Remitter s Account e Clearing Product e Instrument Currency e Remitter s branch e End point A consolidated clearing entry will be passed using a separate Transaction Code maintained in the Clearing Product Preferences screen This Transaction Code should be set with Cheque Mandatory option as No in the Transaction Code Maintenance screen One consolidated clearing entry will be passed for each of the above groups Entries will be passed against a common reference no generated for each of the groups After the consolidated entry has been passed each individual instrument will be processed separately to pass ch
85. here Value Specify the static type that needs to be maintained If the static type is National ID you can enter National Identification number of the customer as the value This value can be used as a parameter for searching the customer details in Customer Summary screen 2 2 10 Capturing UDF Values for Customers In order to know your customer better you may need to capture certain additional information specific to a customer This is in addition to the regular information that you would capture in the Customer Maintenance screen To capture more details of the customer you can define a set of UDFs and associate them with the function id STDCIF for Customer Maintenance screen After you associate the UDFs they will appear in the Customer Maintenance screen You can then capture the values for these UDFs RM ORACLE 2 2 11 The UDFs that are displayed in the Customer Maintenance screen depend on your selections in the UDF in Base Table screen A maximum of five UDFs can be made to appear in Customer Maintenance screen Refer the manual on User Defined Fields for details on defining a user defined field and associating the UDF with the function id STDCIF The values that you enter for the UDFs will be validated against the rules maintained for them If the entries fail the validations the system will display a suitable message to inform you that the entries made do not adhere to the rules maint
86. in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Relationship Maintenance Relationship Description Category Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status nus ORACLE For more details on the Relationship Maintenance screen refer the relevant section under the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information of the Core Entities user manual 3 3 4 2 Specifying the Customer Relationship Once you have created the Employer Employee relationship type you can proceed to link one customer to another under this relation type This linkage can be done via the Linked Entities screen which is invoked from the Customer Maintenance screen To invoke the Linked Entities screen click Linked Entities button from the Customer Maintenance screen Linked Entities Customer 002224 Relationship Linkage 1of1 E v Customer Include Relationship You can use the above screen while maintaining a customer to specify the customer s relationship with other customers of the bank For more details on the Linked Entities screen refer the section on Customer Maintenance in this chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information of the Core Entities user manual 3 3 5 Linking Customer Agreements to Contracts The Customer Agreeme
87. liquidation In other words the system will track the account for receivables credits As and when a credit happens the funds will be allocated to the loan or the retail teller contract for liquidation Posting Allowed This check box is checked by default Uncheck this check box to setup Monetary Accounts for the selected Account Class This check box is provided to handle IRA Monetary Accounts Using this facility you can avoid posting into the IRA Monetary Accounts from Teller Journal screens and ensure that the details are computed only through IRA subscriptions Uncheck this checkbox only for specific Inter Branch Accounts Referral Required enabling this option indicates whether a referral check should be performed on accounts belonging to the account class Consequently the system checks the available balance not the current balance while performing the referral checks for all transactions involving the account If a transaction involving the account results in the account moving to overdraft the account and transaction details will be sent to the Referral Queue Lodgement Book If you wish to allow orders of lodgement books for all accounts that use an account class you can indicate so in the Account Class Maintenance screen by selecting the Lodgement Book option Back Period Entry Allowed if checked indicates that back valued entries can be posted to account belonging to the class as long as the account
88. loan contracts apart from assigning the worst status is also captured and displayed In the Group Code Maintenance screen and the CIF Maintenance screen the status for the group is displayed as well as the date since which the status came into effect For details about loan status processing and provisioning consult the Loans user manual Customer Group When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for e Provisioning and status processing Group Code You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers i ORACLE e Classifying the customer as a Clearing customer e Categorizing the customer for levying charges at a customer group level e Classifying the customer as a taxpayer If you select this option the Exposure Category field will be disabled 2 5 4 Capturing Customer Prefixes While maintaining the CIF details of an Individual customer you can capture the academic titles like Prof Dr etc of the customer along with the salutations like Consulate Senator Chancellor etc Therefore you must maintain the list of possible options for each of these academic titles and salutations referred to as prefixes through the Customer Prefix Maintenance
89. name of the corporate customer STR Raised Check this box to indicate that the STR should be raised STR Date Specify the date of STR using adjoining calendar button is ORACLE STR Reference Number Specify the reference number of the STR CB Response Check this box to indicate that the CB should be responded CB Response Date Specify the date of CB Response using the adjoining calendar button Activity Specify the details of the activity Activity Reason Specify the reason for the activity Dairy Note 2 7 1 3 Specify the dairy note m ORACLE Financial Customer Tab You can specify the KYC details of financial customers using the KYC Financial Profile screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen The screen is as shown below Financial Profile Bank Address Country Amounts CCY GBP 1011 1011 Transaction Products E Management Details E O Transaction Products Rating Monthly No Of Transactions 7 Name Designation E 1011 ShareHolders Details E Name Holding Address City Country Here you can specify the following details Bank Address Specify the address of the bank Country Specify the country of the financial customer KYC Amounts CCY Specify the currency of the KYC amounts Specifying Transaction Products Specify the following details 235 ORACLE
90. processes the Loan Payment records once the funding process is done for the records of the Payment Mode LPT Loan Payment The following details will be validated by the system e System checks for any overdue schedules If there is any previous installment due then the payment record will be rejected e System checks for the current installment If the payment has been made already then the record will be rejected After the above validations the system processes the Loan Payment During Loan Payment the following accounting entries will be recorded e Dr Agreement level payment account e Cr Loan Account On successful completion of the above process the system updates the loan payment records as Processed 3 5 3 Amending a Payment File For records whose provisioning is not yet done you may amend the payment file details However you cannot add new records to the file You may modify only existing records For modifying Payment File details you can use the Change Payment File Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button ven ORACLE change Payment File List Id Sequence Number Payment Mode Due date File Input Date Currency Foreign Currency Amount Customer No Beneficiary ID Beneficiary Name Executive Code Delivery Mode Local Currency Amount Exchange Rate
91. screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCUSPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below in Branch Code Branch Name e Customer Prefix Details Prefix1 Prefix2 Prefix3 Fields Cancel The following details need to be captured e Branch code This is the code of the branch for which the list of prefixes will be made available The description associated with the branch is displayed in the adjacent field e Prefix1 This is the first prefix to appear in the Customer Name e Prefix2 This is the second prefix to appear in the Customer Name e Prefix This is the third prefix to appear in the Customer Name While specifying the prefix in the customer in the CIF screen a list of all the values maintained in this screen is displayed You will also be allowed to key in a prefix of your choice s ORACLE These details will be printed along with the receiver name in all messages sent to the customer If the global tags for prefixes have been maintained in the advice the System substitutes the tags with the respective prefixes maintained in the customer personal details of the receiver This feature is applicable only for individual customers where the media type is Mail 2 5 5 Storing Authorized Variations of Customer s Name In Oracle FLEXCUBE you
92. statement half yearly e Quarterly Select this option if you need to generate the statement quarterly e Monthly Select this option if you need to generate the statement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily On Select a month a date or a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level me ORACLE Exclude Same Day Reversal trns from stmt Check this box to exclude details of the transactions reversed on the same day from the generated statement 4 2 32 6 Maintaining MIS Details Click MIS button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Management Information System screen The screen is as shown below Management Information System Branch Code 000 Calculation Method 30 Euro 360 Account No 00000014001 Ref Rate Code Fixed v MIS Group Ref Spread Link to Grou
93. the Payment Day Rule preferences once the Agreement has been created and authorised in the system xis ORACLE Blocked Blocking Days You can set the system to block a customer agreement if a customer employee s payment instalment has not been made within a pre defined number of days This pre defined number of days is called Blocking Days Specify the Blocking Days here If an instalment remains unpaid exceeding the number of days mentioned in this field then the Customer Agreement is blocked Number of Overdue Contracts An Overdue Contract is one whose re payment instalment remains unpaid post the Blocking Days You can set the system to block a customer agreement if the number of overdue contracts is equal to or exceeds a particular number This particular No of Overdue Contracts can be specified here 3 3 2 2 Specifying Preferences for CASA Tab Customer Agreement Template Maintenance Template Id Description Salary Processin Lending CASA g Currency Account Statement Frequency Daily v Product Restrictions Rate Factor Fields Maker Checker Mod No Currency Date Time Date Time Record Status Statement On Specify here the currency applicable for CASA accounts Select the currency from the adjoining list of options Frequency Specify the frequency for account statement generation You can specify one of the f
94. the adjoining option list The list displays all valid branch codes Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser 10 10 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the Branch Date User ID and the Module for which the report is generated Body of the report The generated report will have the following information Customer ID This indicates the unique id of the customer Customer Name This indicates the name of the customer Open Date This indicates the date on which the account is opened Authorizer ID This indicates the id of the authorizer 10 12 ORACLE 11 Screen Glossary 11 1 Function ID List The following table lists the function id and the function description of the screens covered as part of this User Manual Function ID Function Description ACDADCRP Ad hoc Report Generation ACDCBIR Customer Summary Query ACDCBIRD Customer Account Balance Query ACDCODQS Overdrawn Accounts Query ACDFUNCO Uncollected Funds Query ACDSCPQR Customer Information Query ACDSQASL Customer Asset amp Liability Query ACDSQPRO Customer Projections Query BADIDBAT Intra Day Batch Start CIRCSTAD Combined Statement Generation CIRSNREP Signatures not captured CSDAGMNT Customer Agreem
95. the following details e BC Reference Number e Currency e Amount Loan Details Here you can view the Loans details which are related to LC The following fields are displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment 8 4 5 3 Viewing Additional Guarantee Details You can view additional details about guarantee in the Guarantee Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Guarantee Other Details button Guarantee Addtional Details Operation Code Issue Date Guarantee Type Closing Date Effective Date Commision Details 10f1 lt Loan Details 10f1 oe ORACLE Here you can view the following details e Operation Code e Issue date e Closing Date e Effective date e Guarantee Type Commission Details Here you can view the following details e Component e Component Description e Currency e Amount e Good Until Date e Event Sequence Number Loan Details Here you can view the Loans details which are related to guarantee The following fields are displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment 8 4 6 Viewing Treasury Details Click Treasury tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of Treasury ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Events Schemes Alert
96. the following options e Authorised Select this option if the account class transfer is authorised e Unauthorised Select this option if the account class transfer is unauthorised Branch Code Select a valid branch code if you need to view records based on the branch code of the account Old Account Class Select a valid account class if you need to view records based on the account class from which the account was transferred from the adjoining option list Next Liquidation Cycle Check this box if you need to view records based on status of liquidation cycle Record Status You can view records based on the record status of the account class transfer by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides the following options e Open Select this option if the account class transfer is not effective e Closed Select this option if the account class transfer is effective Account Class Select a valid account class if you need to view records based on the account class to which the account is transferred from the adjoining option list Account Select a valid account number if you need to view records based on the account class for which the account class transfer is applied from the adjoining option list Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branc
97. the loan with the worst status among those issued to the group You may similarly wish to include the exposure due to outstanding overdraft in respect of a group of customer accounts as a whole and assign the status of all customer accounts belonging to the group as the status of the customer account with the worst status among the accounts and loans belonging to the group When you set up a group for tracking exposure due to loans and customer accounts you will need to specify the applicable exposure category The exposure category for a group is either derived from the logic maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance for the group type or explicitly specified If it is derived it is displayed in this screen by the End of Day batch program The type of the group indicates the type of customers that belong to the group retail or corporate If no logic has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage for the group type you can indicate the applicable exposure category for the group Group Status All loans and overdraft accounts issued to customers in the group will be assigned the same status which will be the status of the loan overdraft account with the worst status among those issued to customers in the group The Group CIF and the loan contracts and overdraft accounts are all updated with this worst status if they have been marked for automatic status processing The individual status for the accounts and
98. the minimum amount that should be deposited at account opening This value should not be less than the minimum balance for the currency Additionally you can specify charges that should be levied against each currency for opening a customer account You can also maintain the maximum number of ATM transactions that can be carried out on every currency Similarly you can maintain the maximum cash that can be withdrawn from an ATM for every currency If the box Escrow Transfer Applicable is checked for the account class you can capture currency wise cash deposit limit for the Trust accounts linked to the account class 4 2 27 Maintaining Customer Preferences Instead of linking each customer account to an account class a customer category is linked to the class For an account class you should specify the category that should be linked to it and also specify if all customers under each of the categories are to be linked to the account class In the Account Class Customer List screen you have the option of specifying the categories that should be linked to this account class and within a category you can also restrict individual customers to be linked to the class To indicate allowed customer categories click the Customer Categories button The Account Class Customer List screen will be invoked s ORACLE Account Class Customer List Account Class Description Category Customer Selection Indicator Allowed Disallowed
99. the statement so that the validation can be made successfully The algorithm is generated on Authorization of the rule Tom ORACLE Click the Clear button the Algorithm Rule editor and the Error editor will be cleared for you to enter a new rule in the field The System provides two pre defined key elements both for Check Digit Generation and Validation type of algorithms They are e branch code e customer no You will not be allowed to enter the following keywords in an Algorithm Rule e ROLLBACK e COMMIT e DECLARE e DELETE e UPDATE e INSERT Once defined you will not be allowed to unlock and amend the following fields e Algorithm Rule e Algorithm Description e Function Type You can refer the Clearing user manual for more information 4 2 42 Maintaining Turnover Limits You can maintain turnover limits for a given period of time using the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen You can attach these limits to an account class and thereby track the turnover on all accounts under the account class You can invoke the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen by typing STDTOLMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button iiia ORACLE The screen is as shown below Turnover Limit Maintenance Limit Code Description Limit Period Details 1of1 Pel resoscose Lenao NN Limit Amount Details 1of1 a
100. to the worst status that was arrived at The individual status of the account and contract apart from the worst status being assigned is also captured and displayed in the respective account and contract screens 6 1 1 2 Processing at Individual Contract Account Level If you opt for status processing at individual contract account level the status of each contract or account would be assigned according to the status processing parameters that are operative for the contract or account For details about the Branch Parameters screen refer the Core Services user manual 6 1 2 Setting up Customer Groups for Provisioning You may wish to track exposure due to loans issued to a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as the status of the loan with the worst status among those issued to the group You may similarly wish to include the exposure due to outstanding overdraft in respect of a group of customer accounts as a whole and assign the status of all customer accounts belonging to the group as the status of the customer account with the worst status among the accounts and loans belonging to the group You can set up such customer groups for tracking exposure due to loans as well as overdraft customer accounts in the Group Code Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDGRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow butt
101. to the loan contract e handle the loan payment the Massive Payment Processing facility must be used 3 5 1 Maintenances for Handling Loan Payments Tes ORACLE 3 5 1 1 Loan Payments are done via employee payroll processing under the Convenio The following maintenance steps are required for enabling this facility e Customer category customer segment maintenance e Relationship maintenance e Customer maintenance employer e Customer maintenance employee e Customer agreement template maintenance e Customer agreement maintenance e Maintaining Massive Payment Agreement details e Linkage of Customer Agreement to Contracts All the above maintenances excepting the Massive Payment Agreement maintenance is described in detail in the previous section of this chapter Chapter Maintaining Customer Agreements in the Core Entities module manual The various maintenances forming the Massive Payment Agreement Maintenance are described in the sections below Payment Type Maintenance You can maintain a payment mode LPT Loan Payment to handle the Loan Payment processing and Payment Modes Allowed list in the Payment Type screen You can invoke this screen by typing PCDPTMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then click on the adjoining arrow button The payment mode LPT Loan Payment can be maintained under a Payment Type say Salary TOR ORACLE Nd Paym
102. view the Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signatory details of the selected account 96 ORACLE Signatory Details Branch Code 000 Account 00000210501 Account Description 1 Customer No 000002105 Minimum No of Signatories Customer Name ROHIT VERMA Account Message Signatory Details Signature Id Signatory Name Signatory Type Approval Limit Signatory Message Solo Sufficient Signature Exit Refer the section Specifying Account Signatory Details under the Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 4 3 2 Viewing Standing Instruction Click Standing Instruction button to view the Standing Instruction Details screen In this screen you can view the standing instructions Standing Instruction Details Refer the section titled Viewing Standing Instruction under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 3 Viewing Periodic Instructions Click Periodic Instructions button to view the Periodic Instructions screen In this screen you can view the period instructions d ORACLE Periodic Instructions instruction Reference Number Product Code Customer Account Branch Cpty Account Number Refer the section titled Viewing Periodic Instructions under Viewing 360 Degree Re
103. you are allowed to book other branch transactions from the logged in branch Also you can query other branch transactions from the logged in branch Query operation would not be supported from the online screens for other branch transactions Other branch transactions can be query from summary screen only The system defaults the logged in branch by default as the transaction branch Option to authorize modify close other branch customer from the login branch is also provided Transaction Branch Select the appropriate branch from the list of branches available in the option list This screen will be available only for those users who has Multi Branch Operational check box enabled at User Maintenance Screen While clicking Ok button the system validates the access rights of the selected branch and function for the user If you don t have appropriate rights on the selected branch and function the system would raise an error message If you select a valid branch the system updates the same as transaction branch and the transaction would be posted for this branch The system performs the action level access rights validation only on Save operation ae ORACLE After selecting the Transaction Branch you can enter the remaining details in the Customer Maintenance screen Customer Maintenance Customer No 000001021 Alt Customer Number 000001021 Short Name Branch Code 000 Main Auxiliary
104. your bank operates The national identification number or national social security number of this customer You may or may not choose to maintain this information for specific individuals This is entirely dependent on your requirement Communication Mode Indicate the mode of the communication to the customer to intimate about the beneficiary account credit You can select one of the following options ORACLE e Mobile e Email ID The above field is enabled only for the product that uses the NEFT clearing network i e Network Qualifier of the Clearing network should be NEFT 2 2 6 Checklist Tab Click the Checklist tab from the Customer Maintenance screen to capture the details of document types that are to be maintained Customer Maintenance Customer No Full Name yl Individual Short Name Joint Venture Corporate Branch Code Bank Private Customer Main Auxiliary Personal Corporate Director Check List Document List Remarks 1of1 E DocumentType Checked Group is ont tending nsiructons Linea enues Text Feds mage OLS Restictons mrezo Domest Professional issuer caras tinea Account perans Joint venture change coo Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that
105. 0 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number 000002105 Short Name ROHT VERMA Reporting Currency GBP Branch 000 FullName ROHT VERMA Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Schemes Alerts Limits Payments is Deposits s Financing External Products 1of1 Upcoming Events C Event Branch Reference Number Currency Amount EventDate Cancel Here you can view the following details e Event e Branch e Reference Number e Currency e Amount e Event date 8 3 6 Viewing Schemes Details Click Schemes tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the relationship schemes The screen is as shown below oe ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number 000002105 Short Name ROHT VERMA Reporting Currency GBP Branch 000 FullName ROHT VERMA Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Alerts Limits Payments Is D Is Financing External Products 1of1 Non Linked RP scheme details Pricing Scheme id Pricing Scheme ID Description Scheme Start Date Scheme End Date Eligibility Plan Code v PS1EMPO1 Pricing Scheme for Free T 2011 09 02 2015 11 30 EMPO1ELIG PS2EMP01 Bnefit of ADHOC statemer 2011 09 02 2015 09 02 EMPO1ELIG Psst Pricing scheme for Specif 2011 09 02 2014 09 03 EMPO1ELIG jrect_s CL SCHEME 2010 11 27 2015 11
106. 1 Line 1 Line2 Line2 Line 3 Line 3 Country Country Mobile Number Image Linked Customers Locker Details Professional Domestic Joint Linked Entity KYC Details Fields MIS Reports Nominee Minor Cancel Here you can view the following details e Name e First e Middle e Last e Sex e Male e Female e Resident Status e Resident e Non Resident e Joint Customer e Domicile address e Line 1 to 3 e Country e Mobile Number e Unique Identifier e Name e Value e Passport Details 8 6 ORACLE e Passport Number e Issue Date e Expiry date e Permanent Address e Line 1 to 3 e Country e Geographic e Country e Nationality e Language e National Id e Legal Guardian e Date of Birth e Guardian e Submit age Proof 8 3 2 1 Viewing Signature Image and Photograph of the customer Click on the Image button to invoke Customer Signatory Details screen Here you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer Customer Signatory Details Signature a Branch Code Customer No Name Customer Signatory Details 10f1 CECTCINNNCTTINNETTINU HN NN NN a Ls Here you can view the following details e Signature Id e Signature Title e Signature id ORACLE e Image 8 3 2 2 Viewing Related Customer Details Click on the Linked Customers button t
107. 2 Specify the name if you need to enter the name of the joint account holder on the cheque book if the customer account is joint operations account ORACLE ATM Preference You can maintain the following parameter if the ATM box is checked in the Main screen Atm Account No Specify the valid ATM account number that should be linked to the new account class Daily Amount Limit Specify the daily limit for the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Daily Amount Count Specify the daily count for the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Options You can maintain the following parameters for your account here Lodgement Book Check this box if you need a lodgement book to be issued for the account Consolidated Cert Reqd Check this box if you need a consolidated certificate to be issued for the account Back Period Entry Allowed Check this box if you need back period entries for the account Referral Required Check this box if you need a referral check for your account Track Receivable Check this box if you prefer to track the receivables for the account Remarks Specify the reason for the account class change Processed Status System displays the status of account class transfer here The drop down list displays the following options e Unprocessed This status is defaulted till the account class transfer is effective e Processed This status is defaulted when the account class transfer is effective e
108. 3 4 Defining Custorher CALE BOY s i eee o bs a E E en onore Rod debts 2 54 2 3 5 Invoking Customer Category Screen eese eee nennen tenete trennen trennen 2 54 2 3 6 Maintaining Customer 2 57 2 3 7 Maintaining Limits for Customer 2 57 2 3 8 Associating Customer Account With Group 2 58 2 3 9 Maintaining Type of Relationships eese 2 60 24 VIEWING CUSTOMER DETAILS ENS EUN 2 60 2 4 1 Relationships for Customers entren reete ene 2 62 2 4 2 Maintaining Risk Category for Customers eese eerte nennen nennen nennen ens 2 64 2 MULTIPLE RELATIONSHIPS ecce tt I EHE TEN EXER EE ECKEN EUH EE ERE TENES EEK TORSKEN EENE EASRA VEREER 2 64 2 5 1 Maintaining Types of Relationships eese 2 65 2 5 2 Maintaining Relationships between Customers eese eese tente nee rennen 2 65 2 5 3 Maintaining Customer Groups eene nnne nennen rennen tne tne tene teen trente 2 68 ORACLE 2 2 5 4 Capturing Customer Prefixes SES trennen trennen ens 2 71 2 5 5 Storing Authorize
109. Black Builders John Doe Current Y and Joe Account Green Commercial Builders Loan Bridging Loan 2 67 ORACLE Customer Account John Jane Jack Mary Joe Doe OR Doe Black Bloggs Green John Doe Builder Jane Doe Car Loan Y Mary Current Y Bloggs Account Y Term Loan Jack Black Current Y Builder Account Y Commercial Loan Joe Green Current Y Builders Account 2 5 3 Maintaining Customer Groups You can maintain customer groups for any of the following reasons e Tracking Exposure for loans as well as outstanding overdrafts in accounts of customers involving the group in which case it would comprise of either Corporate or Retail customers e Defining Group specific rules in which case it would either be a Clearing or a Charge Group Clearing Groups are built in order to derive the Value Date of outward clearing check transactions Charge Groups are created in order to levy specific charges on customers belonging to the group 2 68 ORACLE You can set up such groups through the Group Code Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDGRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Group Code Maintenance Group Code Group Type Corporate Description Retail Exposure Category Charge Group Status Clearing OTax Bank Since
110. CLE LC Addtional Details Operation Code issue Date Closing Date Effective Date Commision Details 10f1 TT Component Description Component Currency Good Until Date lt Bill Linkage Details 10 BC Reference Currency Loan Details 10f1 Account Currency Down Payment Refer the section titled Viewing Additional LC Details under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 8 4 12 3 Viewing Additional Islamic Bank Guarantee Details You can view additional details about guarantee in the Guarantee Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Guarantee Other Details button The screen is as shown below Te ORACLE Guarantee Addtional Details Operation Code Issue Date Guarantee Type Closing Date Effective Date Commision Details 10f1 lt Loan Details 10f1 Refer the section titled Viewing Additional Islamic Bank Guarantee under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 8 4 13 Viewing Is Financing Details Click Is Financing tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view details of Islamic finance 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number 001001745 ShortName ACE BANK LIMITED Reporting Currency GBP Branch 001 FullName BANK LIMITED Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts L
111. Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Currency Specify here the currency applicable for CASA accounts Select the currency from the adjoining list of options Frequency Specify the frequency for account statement generation You can specify one of the following or ORACLE e Daily e Monthly e Yearly Statement On If you have specified the statement generation frequency as Monthly then specify here the day of the month on which the statement must be generated If you have specified the statement generation frequency as Yearly then specify here the month of the year on which the statement must be generated 3 3 3 3 Specifying Product Restrictions In the Product Restrictions screen you can specify the products to be allowed disallowed for under the Customer Agreement These product restrictions can be specified for each customer segment Click the Product Restrictions button to invoke the Product Restrictions screen Product Restrictions R Agreement Id Segments Products 1of1 HE 1of1 HE E gt iv 23 Allowed v vi Segments Segment Specify the Customer Segment for which you wish to maintain an Allowed or Disallowed list of products 18 ORACLE Products Allowed Select Allowed Disallowed depending on whether you wish to maintain an Allowed or Disallowed list of products Products Product Code Select the p
112. Core Entities Oracle FLEXCUBE Universal Banking Release 11 3 83 02 0 April 2014 Oracle Part Number E53607 01 ORACLE FINANCIAL SERVICES Core Entities Table of Contents 1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL p 1 1 ll INTRODUCTION 1 1 2 AUDENC E us oie toot remet teres as eee us 1 1 1 ORGANIZATION te Ctt dot ftd 1 1 L4 RELATO DOCUMENTS tcs Sh bei ee nus 1 2 LS GLOSSARY OT ICONS ve qe Ee Peau qute eS a 1 2 2 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILES sccccsscssssssscssesssscsssscssssssessssssesscssessesssssosees 2 1 2 INTRODUCTION E EEE tene ODIO 2 1 2 2 INVOKING CUSTOMER INFORMATION 2 1 2 2 1 Maintaining Customer Basic Record eese eene nennen nene eene ener nennen nens 2 1 2 2 2 Indicating Main Details 2 oe eser i e rg iere eri iene Ga Fia tese pdt 2 5 2 2 3 AUX ALY TED E ashes 2 12 2 2 4 Corporate Tab iudei tet o E HR GO HOREEOXU E deste rig obedece ot bte re 2 18 2 2 5 Personal Tab ier o Ortes b oO RO E ee aR e d e it ise gs 2 19 2 2 6 Checklist Tap ETE ERR 2 23 2 2 7 Maintaining Domestic Details of Individual Customer eerte 2 24 2 2 8 Maintaining Professional Details of Individual Customers eere 2 24 2 2 9 Maintaining Credit Rating Category for Customers
113. Date then you need to specify the dormancy day Dormancy Month If Dormancy Period As selected is Specific Date then you need to specify the dormancy month from the drop down list Balance Type Select the balance type from the drop down list to check balance left in the customer account The available options are e Credit e Debit e Both Close Expire Check this box to indicate whether you want to close the account or not after the dormancy period is over Memo Accounting Check this box to indicate that memo accounting is required when the loan status is changed to dormancy Receivable GL System defaults the GL from which the balance should be debited when the status is changed from a higher dormancy to a lower dormancy status Movement Rule Specify the rule for the dormancy status movement Condition Press the Condition button to specify the dormancy status rules under Status Details section n ORACLE 4 2 31 2 Specifying Memo Accounting Details You can specify the following details under Memo Accounting Details section Dormancy Parameters Account Class Description Dormancy Parameters 10 m O staus Status GL Transaction Code Movement Freq g NORM Days lt Jii Memo Accounting Details 10f1 B Rore code Role Desorption AccountHead Head Desorption Debt creat u
114. E The screen is as shown below Joint Venture Details Party Name Ratio Party ID Specify the party ID Party Name The system displays the party name Ratio Specify the ratio between the participants on share 2 2 17 Maintaining Transaction Tax Details Cancel You can maintain the transaction tax details of an individual customer account by clicking Transaction Tax in the Main screen The Transaction Tax screen is displayed as shown 2 41 ORACLE Transaction Tax Exemption Details CustomerNo 000001022 1of1 T TMEL Exempted Exemption Percentage Effective Date Exemption Reason 85 Specify the tax scheme for which the exemption parameters to be maintained Exempted Check this box to indicate if GMF tax is exempted for the customer or not Exemption Percentage Specify the percentage of tax that is exempted This field is enabled only if the check box Exempted is checked Effective Date Specify the date from which exemption details are effective By default the system will show the Application date During amend operation this date cannot be prior to current month i e if the application date is 5 Jul 2010 then during amend operation this date should be between 1 Jul 2010 and 31 J
115. E1 Factoring Product Settlement Details Cr Back Account 23 Funding Modes Payment Modes Fits Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status In the Massive Payment Agreement screen the Credit Back Method will be captured to Process the Excess Amount If the Credit Back Method is CASA then the Credit Back Account is captured at the Agreement level System will credit the balance to the Maintained account If the Credit Back Method is EPO then the Credit Back Account is defaulted at the Agreement level from the multimode settlement maintenance System will credit the balance to the Maintained account 3 5 4 1 Multimode Settlement Maintenance for EPO Credit Back The Multimode Settlement Screen is used to maintain the settlement account for EPO You can find and invoke the Multimode Settlement Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ISDSRCMD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then clicking on the adjoining arrow button ia ORACLE 4 Multimode Settlement Maintenance Source Code 23 Module Code Product 23 I4 4 tof gt DI HEE Settlement Mode Select Pay Settlement Account Select Pay Settlement Product Select Receiver Settlement Acai z Date Time Date Time For more details on how to create on this
116. Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date 1011 Loan Details zz Branch Code Account Number Description currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed outstanding Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Produc Refer the section titled Viewing Loans Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen The screen is as shown below Component Details 10f1 ComponentName Component Currency Expected Out Standing m Component Schedule Details 10f1 Component Name Schedule Due Date Setteled Amount EMI amount 8 64 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Component Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 4 2 Viewing Collection Details You can view the collection details of a loan in the Collection Details of Default Loan screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Collection Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen Collection Details of Default Loan Collection
117. Full Name Profie Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limts Payments Is Deposis is Financing Reporting Currency CASA Deposits Branch Code Account Description currency current Balance Available Balance ie To enter Period From Date To Date Summary of CASA Deposit Total Credit Amount Total Debit Amount Account Signatory Standing Instruction Periodic Instructions Transactions Statement Generation Others Joint Holders Retail Deposit Details Term Deposit Amount Branch Code Account Description Currency Maturity Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days Last Interest Effective Date Interest Accruec Cancel CASA Deposits Here you can view the following details for an active CASA account e Branch code e Account e Description e Account Class e Related Customer e Account Status e Status Since e Currency e Current Balance e Available Balance 8 17 ORACLE Uncollected amount Blocked amount Debit Interest Accrued Amount Credit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency TOD Limit TOD Limit Start Date TOD Limit End Date Account Type Single or Joint accounts will not be displayed Retail Deposit Details You can view the following details about the reta
118. I4 4 10f1 Overdue Loans E Branch Code AccountNumber DueDate Currency Overdue Amount 14 4 1011 Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated 0 Branch Code Deposit Reference Number Currency TermDeposi Amount Maturity Date I4 4 101 i E 8 Cancel Qus ORACLE Following alerts be viewed in this screen Overdue Loans Here you can view the Loan accounts which have overdue component as on today The following details can be viewed here e Branch Code e Account number e Due Date e Currency e Overdue Amount Deposits Matured but not renewed or liquidated Here you can view the deposit accounts or contracts which are matured but not yet liquidated or renewed The following details can be viewed here e Branch code e Deposit reference number e Currency e Amount e Maturity Date Locker Charges Overdue Details Here you can view the Locker charge components of the customer which fall on overdue The following details can be viewed here e Contract Reference Number e Component e Description e Currency e Amount e Due date Cheques Returned Here you can view the cheques returned to the customer The following details can be viewed here e Branch 9 ORACLE e Account e Cheque Book Number e Cheque Number e Presentation Date Amount Block Details Here you can view all active amount blocks related to a customer The following details
119. Is Treasury You the details of Islamic Treasury External You can view external details about products like credit Products cards insurance and mutual fund 8 4 4 Viewing Summary Details You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab 8 48 ORACLE 8 4 2 Refer the section titled Viewing Summary Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details Viewing Profile Details Click Profile tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s profile 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Branch External Products Customer Number Short Name Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury Reporting Currency Registration Address Geographic Head Office Name Country Account Number Country Language Debtor Category National Id Risk Profile Line 1 Piece FT Accounting as of Location Line2 SWIFT Code First Middle Last Description of Business Incorporation Date Capital Net Worth Country Currency Of Amounts Exit Registration Address Here you can view the following details e Name e Country e
120. M borrowings are displayed under the Deposits tab and MM Placements are displayed under Loans Double clicking a record in the Loans Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding Loan Contract screen comprising transaction details 7 7 ORACLE The summary screen will not be shown for contracts that do not belong to the current branch Corporate Deposits Contract Input Contract Reference User Reference Number Outstanding Amount Product Source Product Description Contract Schedules Rollover Preferences Holiday Preferences Customer Amount Currency Interest Period Basis Local Currency Equivalent Settlement Details Credit Credit Account External Reference Debit Debit Account Mumbar Booking Date Liquidation Tax Scheme Value Date Remarks Original Start Date Rollover Payment Method Cluster Id Schedule Type Size Maturity Date User Input Mat Date Authorized By Date Time Contract Status For more details on the LD Contract Online screen please refer the Loans User Manual 7 2 6 Viewing Deposit Details You can view details of all Deposit contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Deposits tab The deposit amount that appears is the consolidated amount grouped by Branch Product and Currency The screen appears as shown below 7 8 ORACLE Customer Information Query Customer Information Customer Linked Customer Curr
121. MINNA mma 4224nn4n i Transaction Date 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2011 11 29 2n44 44 2n Specify the query criteria and click Query button Based on your preferences the system identifies all records satisfying the criteria and displays the following details for every record e Branch Code e Account Number e Starting Balance e Currency e Debit Credit Balance 7 6 ORACLE 7 2 5 Viewing Loans Details You can view details of all loan contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Loans tab The loan amount that appears is the consolidated amount grouped by Branch Product and Currency The screen appears as shown below Customer Information Query Customer Information Customer Linked Customer Current Branch Only Address Relationship _ Customer Relation Customer ID Accounts Loans Deposits Contract Details Branch Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator From Date Transaction Date To Date Value Date Double clicking a record displays the Loan Contracts Summary screen comprising a summary of transactions contributing to the balance displayed in the Customer Position screen The balance displayed is the outstanding principal amount for the Loan product This screen also displays MM contracts that is M
122. N 100 the provision amount 800 600 100 100 Retail Customers with Exposure Less than BGN 5000 The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Status Provisioning Percentage Watch 10 Substandard 30 Doubtful 50 Loss 100 The provisioning would be done for individual accounts as shown above 6 1 7 3 Specifying Rebooking Provision Entries In the Status Details function you can indicate whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account Rebooking essentially means that fresh provisioning is done after reversing the previous provisioning amount The provisioning batch process when executed not only computes the provisioning amount it also records the current status of the account and checks whether the current status is different from the status that was prevalent when the process was previously executed If so the old provisioning amount is written back into the write back GL of the old status ifthe Rebook Provision option has been set in the Status Details and the entries for the new provisioning amount are booked into the provisioning GLs maintained for the cu
123. No Checker Date Time Record Status Exit Authorization Status Refer Core Entities for more information about the Maintenance screen 8 4 2 7 Viewing User Defined Fields Click on the Fields button to invoke User Defined Fields screen Here you can view the UDF details of the customer User Defined Fields x 1011 So to Page UDF Details O Field Name Value L Di Cancel Refer the section titled Viewing User Defined Fields under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 8 Viewing MIS Details Click on the MIS button to invoke MIS screen Here you can view the MIS details of the customer iu ORACLE The screen is as shown below Customer Branch Code MIS Group Link to Group Composite MIS Customer MIS Classes MIS Class MIS Code Change Log Transfer Log Exit Refer the section titled Viewing MIS Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 9 Viewing Preferences Click on the Preferences button to invoke Preferences screen Here you can view the preferences details of the customer Preferences Number Of Allowed 0 withdrawals Number Of Withdrawals Done Passbook Number Accrued Readjustment Amount Accrued Interest Amount
124. ONVENIOS i icciesees sseetecese te teese see bebe ee seu pe ee ute ee ee stegcuiectescesescescesestesestesees 3 22 3 4 1 Manual Blocking and Unblocking ee esses eee enne enne nnne trennen trennen ene 3 22 3 4 2 Automatic Blocking and Unblocking nennen nennen eren rennen enne 3 23 3 4 3 Maintaining Blocking Reason 3 24 3 4 4 Maintaining Blocking Parameters eese eese eene nennen eene nenne 3 25 3 4 5 Tracking the Convenio Status Change aee eee eene nennen nennen ens 3 25 3 5 HANDLING LOAN PAYMENTS UNDER CONVENIOS een enne enne 3 25 3 5 1 Maintenances for Handling Loan Payments eese nennen rennen ens 3 25 3 5 2 Loan Payment Provisioning Process eese eene enne enne 3 28 3 5 3 Amending a Payment File 3 30 3 5 4 Auto Credit Back of Excess Amount eese 3 31 MAINTAINING MANDATORY INFORMATION eee eeeen esee enean tn statuae totos tasse enses enses suse ta sunu 4 1 Td INTRODUCTION iieri ten anar tee eet n RO RON eben e FN ees Rae RED Een ns 4 1 4 2 MAINTAINING ACCOUNT CLASSES 0 c sescesiesestestesestestssesteseesestestosestestevetestesestessovestertvsestestoventestesesteneesess 4 1 4 2 1 Invoking Account Class Maintenance Screen eese eene nennen eene eene 4 2 4 2 2 Statement Parameters d ER EUIS NR RHENO
125. ORACLE 4 2 32 2 Maintaining IC Special Conditions You can maintain the interest and consolidated charges of the account class in the IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen The system would generate the details by default You can manually maintain the products if IC special condition is applicable for this account account class combination Click Interest button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen iC Special Conditions Maintenance Account Details Branch Code Interest Start Date Account Charge Start Date Calculation Account Interest Booking Branch Interest Booking Account Dr Cr Advices Charge Booking Account Charge Booking Branch Interest Statement Rate Chart Allowed Consolidated Charge Account Product Code Waive Interest UDE Currency Generate UDE Change Advice Open Interest Type Simple Effective Date 10f1 T Effective Date Open UDE Values 10f1 E User Defined Element Id UDE Value Rate Code TD Rate Code The following details are captured here Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Calculation Account Select the valid customer account number for calculation from the adjoining option list Interest Booking Account Select the valid customer account number from the adjoining option list Interest Start Date Select to indicate the effective date to generate interest from the adjoining ca
126. Parameters screen If this option is checked the numbering will begin from the Last Number 1 of the Cheque Book that was delivered last to any account If you do not select this option the number will start from the Last Number 1 of the Cheque Book delivered to the same account previously The value of Include for Cheque Book Printing and Cheque Type specifications defined in the Cheque Book Details screen will be defaulted from the previous order of the Cheque Book Capturing Details about Specially Designated Nationals Specially Designated Nationals SDN are those customers with whom you need to refrain from trading in any form The US government publishes a list of such nationals and circulates this list among banks and other financial organizations You can to maintain the details of SDNs in Oracle FLEXCUBE The details of Specially Designated Nationals are updated and published by the US government on a regular basis You could download these details from their web site You have two options to replicate the contents of this file into Oracle FLEXCUBE They are 1 Upload the file into Oracle FLEXCUBE through the SDN Upload screen 2 Maintain the details of each SDN manually Both these options have been elaborated upon in the subsequent sections ORACLE Maintaining SDN Details Manually Through the Specially Designated Nationals screen you can capture the details of SDN customers manually In
127. Personal Corporate Director Address For Correspondence Name Address SWIFT Code Fax Credit Rating Deterioration Date Group Code Charge Group Clearing Group Tax Group E W a crou ws sone une ens Text Feas cs escnons r820 Protessiona issuer caras une Account Full Name Check List Joint Venture Type 9 Individual Corporate Bank Private Customer Unique Identifier Name Value Country Nationality Language t Exposure Location External Reference Customer Category Customer Classification Exposure Category LE ELCM Customer Number KYC Status Media SSN CIF Status Since Frozen Deceased Whereabouts Unknown Cheque Book Withdrawal Tax Exempted CRM Customer Mailers Required CLS Participant Issuer Customer Treasury Customer Joint Customer MT920 Relationship Pricing Staff ELCM Customer Yet To Verify 5 change Log Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Maker Checker Date Time 2 2 1 1 Specifying Details of Customer Customer No The customer code is the code you assign to iden
128. R after Tax Filing During corrected generation post the date of tax filing the system will include apart from all the transactions included in normal generation such transactions which are entered in the current year for the previous year The report shows the total contributions for the year 10 6 3 Details printed on Form 1099 R Oracle FLEXCUBE generates Form 1099 R for each customer for a distribution code You have the option of combining distributions with the same code from any number of different plan product types IRA codes that you have marked for not reporting to the IRS will not be available for generation of 1099 R forms Form 1099 R contains the following details Your bank s name address and identification number The customer s name social security number and address Plan product types that are being reported The distribution code and description Gross distribution this is the total distribution amount for the distribution code that you have chosen across all the selected plan types Taxable amount this is the same as the total gross distribution amount Total distribution this is a confirmation that the gross distribution amount mentioned in the form is the total distribution for the selected distribution code Federal Income Tax withheld this is the total amount withheld as tax for all the distributions from all the selected plan product types for the selected distribution code
129. RACLE OTC Options Here you can view the following details e Contract Reference Number e Related Customer e Currency e Contract Amount e Strike Price e Premium Currency e Option Premium e Premium Pay date e Buy or sell e Tenor e Book Date e Value date e Maturity date e ETD Portfolio Details Here you can view the following details e Portfolio Reference Number e Portfolio Description e Fund ld 8 4 7 Viewing Events Details Click Events tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the upcoming events S ORACLE 8 4 8 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury SIEM Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Upcoming Events Event Branch Reference Number Currency Amount Event Date Refer the section titled Viewing Events Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details Viewing Schemes Details Click Schemes tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the relationship schemes The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profie Deposits Loans
130. Rule Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDARLMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Authorization Rule Maintenance Function Source Code Element Logical Operators Condition Maker Date Time Checker Date Time You can enter the following details Function Specify the function ID to which authorization rule is to be maintained You can maintain authorization rule for the functions 1001 Cash Withdrawal screen and 6501 Cheque Deposit Screen SRM ORACLE 2 3 1 Source Code Specify the source code The adjoining option list displays a list of valid source codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Condition Specify the authorization rule Element Specify the SD used to build the condition This adjoining option list displays all valid elements maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Logical Operator Specify the operator used to build the condition Supervisory Control of Specific Transactions The system applies supervisory keys to certain transactions prior to authorization The authorization status of the transaction for the deposits made in savings account involving cheque or demand draft is based on one of the following system data elements or conditions maintained in the
131. SC e FT USERREFNO For the above prompt codes you have to enter the descriptions in the desired language For instance the description for FT EVENTDESC can be maintained as EVENT DESCRIPTION in the English language The Account statement for the above maintenance will look like EVENT DESCRIPTION REVERSAL where reversal is the actual event happening The word REVERSAL itself is picked up from the same screen for Event type of narratives The same logic applies to the other type of narratives 4 2 36 Maintaining Customer Instruction Details Instructions Maintenance screen allows users to maintain instructions for customers with the current branch as the local branch Invoke this screen by typing CSDINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Instructions Maintenance Customer Number 03000115 Customer Name SAIDEEP1 1011 instructions Details Institution Id Instruction Description Instruction Date Instruction Expiry Date 1 Testing Instructions 2007 11 27 2 Instructions 2 2007 11 27 2007 11 30 Maker A27208M01 Date Time 2007 11 30 12 32 55 Mod No 4 Checker A27208A01 Date Time 2007 11 30 12 34 11 Record Status Open Authorization Status Authorized Customer Number Specify the required Customer Number from the list of values maintained Customer Name The name of the customer is displayed here T
132. This adjoining option list displays all valid status GLs maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one T ORACLE Transaction Code Specify the transaction code from the option list This adjoining option list displays all valid transaction codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Movement Frequency Select the movement frequency from the drop down list The available options are e Daily e Yearly e Monthly e Month End Movement Month If the Movement Frequency selected is Monthly then you can select the month from the drop down list Movement Week If the Movement Frequency selected is Monthly then you can select week of the month from the drop down list Movement Day If the Movement Frequency selected is Daily then you can select day of the week from the drop down list Holiday Rule Specify the holiday rule from the drop down list The available options are e Don t Execute e Previous Working Day e Next Working Day Dormancy Period Specify the dormancy period Dormancy Frequency Select the dormancy frequency from the drop down list The available options are e Days e Months e Years mem ORACLE Dormancy Period As of Select the dormancy period from the adjoining drop down list You can select any one of the following e System Date e Specified Date Dormancy Day If Dormancy Period As of selected is Specific
133. This is indicative of all customers for the selected Tax Group Tax Category You need to specify the tax category for which you wish to define tax free allowance limit Select from the option list provided From and To Date You need to specify the date from which the tax free allowance limit is effective as well as the date up to which this limit is applicable The To Date should be greater than or equal to the From Date The To Date field can also be left blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended Limit Currency You need to specify the currency in which the free allowance limit is being defined Limit Amount You need to specify the maximum waiver for the taxable amount Basis Amount for the customer for each tax cycle if the End Date overlaps tax cycles or for a particular tax cycle if the period falls within a specific tax cycle or ORACLE Remarks You can specify any remarks you think necessary for the tax limit you have defined This will be in free format text 2 2 21 1 Deriving Tax Free Allowance Limit The following table will be used to derive the tax free allowance limit Customer Tax Group Tax Category Customer No Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL 23 Maintaining Authorization Rule Details You can maintain authorisation rule by a higher role for the specific transactions to fulfil the control and security definition established by the bank using Authorization
134. Type Events Effective Rate Ini Date Time For more details on the Contract Online screen please refer the user manual for Deposits 7 2 7 Viewing FX Details You can view details of all FX contracts for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen The entries are the consolidated amounts for contracts grouped by product branch and currency Double clicking a record displays the summary screen for that record and double clicking further displays the contract details screen for that record Click the FX tab The screen appears as shown below 7 10 ORACLE 7 2 8 Customer Information Query Customer Information Customer Linked Customer Current Branch Only Relationship Customer ID Accounts Loans Deposits Foreign Exchange Details Branch Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator icd From Date Transaction Date To Date Value Date Here the FX bought amount is displayed as Debit Balance and the FX sold amount is displayed as Credit Account Double clicking a record in the Customer Position screen displays the corresponding FX Contract Summary screen Double clicking a record in the FX Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding FX Contract Detail screen comprising the transaction details Viewing FT Details You can view details of all FT contracts for the selected customer through the Cu
135. able data sent by the external system during an amendment If no records are passed for a subsystem during amendment the complete subsystem is set to a NULL value In case the flag Full Amend is not checked system copies the details from the previous version and then makes changes to the existing records based on values sent by the external system If any new record comes as part of an amendment record the system inserts the same If the upload table is empty during amendment the system retains the data of the previous version ORACLE 2 3 3 The following points are noteworthy within the context of any amendment maintenance e Only subsystems of a contract or maintenance qualify for being a Node type The master record is never included as part of a Node type and its fields alone are labeled as Elements e This maintenance is required for supporting amendment requests from any external system If no maintenance is done for a particular external system and source operation the amendment fails e list of fields available in the LOV that can be amended for a particular Service and Operation combination is factory shipped for your bank You can add or remove fields based on your requirement To delete an element from the list of amendable fields you can use Delete icon To add an element to the same you can use the Add icon Specifying Details for Generation of MT920 The SWIFT message MT920 is a tr
136. account A1 as 1 January 2002 is 500 USD Batch liquidation Liquidation does not occur as the system detects run as part of insufficient funds in A1 only 400 USD The BOD EOD 1 account is marked for receivable tracking and a Jan block is placed on 400 USD A credit of 500 The total amount blocked gets updated to 1000 USD to A1 on 2 USD Since we have two contracts involving the Jan same product LDBD maturing on the same date funds will be allocated to the first contract LDBDO001 based on the Contract Reference Number Subsequent credits to the account will be used towards loan 0 0002 Since contracts with LDBD have earlier schedule TS ORACLE dates funds will be allocated to them though as per the product sequence contracts with ADBN should receive the funds first The liquidation schedule date takes precedence in this case Further credits to account A1 will be allocated against the contract ADBNOO 1 followed by the contract ABCD001 This will be based on the product sequence number since both contracts have the same schedule dates Within a contract allocation of funds towards the various components like interest penalty interest etc will be determined by the Liquidation Order maintained for the loan product To sum up the schedule date of the loan contract takes precedence followed by the product sequence and finally the liquidation order If insuffi
137. account currency using current application date exchange rate e Free Amount Utilized Total sum of withdrawals without request during the current free amount period for the account e Free Amount Available Difference between free amount and free amount utilized Notice Amount Sum of the amount due to one or several notice request Active Inactive but not closed utilized A batch FRAMDLY will be used to re set the utilization amount of the free amount per each account free amount utilized The system will re set the utilization amount free amount utilized whenever the free amount period is completed for one particular account The frequency of this batch will be daily 7 20 ORACLE 8 1 8 2 8 360 Degree Customer View Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to view and analyze personal and business details of the customers You can query customer limits account statements view settlement balances contracts view assets and liability balances of the customer You can also view summary of collateral and account details The 360 degree customer view facilitates easy and total view of the customer details and reduces customer service complexities Invoking 360Degree Customer View Entry Screen Invoke the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen by typing STSCUSVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 360Degree Customer View Entry Poi
138. accounts for your branch e Set up the categories under which you wish track exposure and specify the provisioning percentages for each exposure category type e Maintain the logic according to which the exposure category would be arrived at based on the customer type and the amount limits applicable for each customer type e Set up classifications for considering the financial standing of customers for the purpose of status processing e Set up the customer groups for which you wish to track exposure as a whole e Set up rules for deriving the status of accounts for a group or CIF e Set up rules for deriving the provisioning amount for accounts using an account class e Set up the frequency at which the provisioning batch would be executed if the status processing is done at group CIF level 6 1 1 Specifying Basis for Status Processing In the Branch Parameters you can indicate the basis upon which status processing must be done at the branch for customer accounts as well as loan contracts Status processing can be done either at the level of individual contracts and accounts or at a customer group or CIF level 6 1 ORACLE 6 1 1 1 Status Processing at Group CIF Level If you opt for group or CIF level processing it is done in two stages e The worst status among all loan contracts and accounts under a specific customer group or CIF is arrived at e All accounts and contracts involving the customer group or CIF are then moved
139. act 3 3 3 1 Specifying Preferences for Lending Products Click the Lending tab to specify preferences for Lending products E ORACLE Description Alt Customer Number Template Id Last Review Date Lending CASA Agreement Id Customer No Start Date EI Customer Agreements Maintenance E e 7 Salary Processing End Date Next Review Date Preferences Currency Minimum Amount Minimum Tenor MaximumTenor Units Maximum Amount Moratorium Minimum Moratorium Period Maximum Moratorium Period Units Payment Date Payment Date Rule El a Blocking Days Reason Number of Overdue Contracts Preferences Currency Blocked Date Time Date Time Record Status Payment Day Specify here the currency of the contract by selecting it from the adjoining list of currencies If currency validation is not required then this field can be left blank Minimum Amount Specify here the minimum amount possible for the contract for the selected currency If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Amount Specify here the maximum amount possible for the contract for the selected currency If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank
140. advance interest on the account class Note the following e customer of the account class is liable to pay this interest in case he she fails to provide the required notice to the bank ae ORACLE e The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer of the account class on his her credit balance in the account Notice Days Specify the number of days before which a customer of the account class should notify the bank if he she wants to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount from his her account Validity Period Specify the notice validity period in number of days During this period a customer of the account class can do the withdrawal of the amount for which he she notified the bank Free Withdrawal Amount Frequency Select the frequency for the free withdrawal amount from the adjoining drop down list and the available options are e Daily e Weekly e Fortnightly e Monthly e Bi Monthly e Quarterly e Semi Annual e Annual For frequency greater than monthly like quarterly the account opening month is considered as the period start month and accordingly period is derived Currency Specify the currency for the free withdrawal amount The adjoining option list displays all valid currencies maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one In case Account Currency and Free Amount Currency are different the standard mid rate s
141. ained The UDFs will be displayed in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen as well You will also be allowed to perform queries based on these fields Special Customer Grouping While maintaining the customer information you can place a customer under a special customer group for different rating purposes Through the Special_Status user defined field UDF you can link the customer to a group and specify the rating for the group Whenever a contract is booked for such a customer the system will display an alert message specifying the status of the customer thereby you can apply the new rates specified for such customers The steps involved for including the SPECIAL_STATUS UDF in customer maintenance are as follows 1 Create a new user defined field SPECIAL STATUS 2 Link it to the Function ID STDCIF 3 Specify the value of the user defined field at the time of creating a customer The special status is also displayed in the information retrieval screen when you do a query for such a customer You can do the query using the Customer Summary Query screen os ORACLE You can invoke this screen by typing ACDCBIR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Summary Query Information Retrieval Customer Number Special Status Current Branch Linked Customer Linked Customer Customer No Customer Name Relation
142. aintenance screen For more information on Maintaining Settlement Modes refer to the Settlements User Manual 4 2 23 Specifying Regulation D Applicability for Account Class For an account class you can define whether the Regulation D limits are applicable and the period over which the limits would be applicable In the Account Class Maintenance screen click the REG button to invoke the Reg Details screen You can specify the Regulation D applicability details in this screen REG Details Applicable Periodicity Monthly Statement Cycle None Cancel ORACLE If you indicate the periodicity of Regulation D applicability as Statement Cycle the restricted transactions would be counted over the primary statement cycle defined for the account class The Regulation D applicability details specified for an account class would default to all accounts using the class However you can make changes to these details when you set up a customer account that uses the account class 4 2 24 Assigning Preferred Branches Currencies and Customers In addition to what you have specified in the Account Class Maintenance screen you have the option of specifying the following for an accounts class e List of allowed or disallowed branches and allowed or disallowed currencies e List of allowed and disallowed customer categories and allowed and disallowed customers Yo
143. ance Detailed External System Operation Service Name Operation Code Amend Nodes NodeName New Allowed Deleted Allowed All Records Amend Fields Field Name Fields Input By Date Time Modification Number WB authorized Authorized By Date Time Open External System Select the relevant external system Based on the maintenance here only the fields that are selected as amendable can be modified if a request comes from the chosen external system The maintenance pertaining to external systems is factory shipped for your bank Source Operation The free format text without spaces which identifies the amendment you are doing This is mandatory Service Name The relevant service name this is a broad level grouping of similar operations within a module in Oracle FLEXCUBE The service names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE The maintenance pertaining to service names is factory shipped for your bank d ORACLE 2 3 2 1 Operation Code The relevant operation code This is the operation that the external system wishes to perform within the selected service The operation names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can take ModifyCustomer which is for modification of a customer record Each operation under different service names is identified by a unique code The maintenance pertaining to operation codes is factory shipped for your bank
144. ansaction message requesting latest information available for the particular account The request will be to transmit account customer statement message MT940 or Balance report MT941 or Interim statement MT942 or a customer summary statement MT950 Check the MT920 checkbox only if the customer is eligible for requesting MT920 swift messages for transaction details In the Customer Maintenance screen you can indicate if a customer is eligible for requesting MT920 messages To do this you need to click MT920 button in the Customer Information Maintenance screen and invoke the MT920 screen The screen is shown below MT920 BIC Maintenance Bic Code Account Yet To Verify Cancel Here you can enter the following details BIC Code Enter or select valid BIC from the option list This BIC Code information provided by you is crucial is ORACLE 2 3 4 2 3 5 Account Number Once you specify the BIC code you can enter the relevant Account Number adjacent to it Click Ok to save the details entered here Defining Customer Category You may wish to classify the customers of your bank into certain broad categories groups For instance all financial institutions who are your bank s customer can be classified into a single common group head called Financial Institutions Similarly you can have a category called banks individuals etc The classification of customers into categori
145. apture this value only if the Customer Type is a Bank It is used only for reference purposes Debtor Catagory Specify the category of the Debtor from the adjoining option list Risk Profile Specify the risk profile from the adjoining option list ee ORACLE FT Accounting As of For funds transfer contracts involving certain customers you may need to generate messages on the booking date of the contract while the actual accounting may be deferred to the debit value date This facility could be required in respect of future dated funds transfers involving specific customers for which the requisite messages need to be sent on booking the contract itself whereas posting of accounting entries must be deferred to the debit value date You can indicate whether such a facility of allowing message generation before accounting is available for the customer in the FT Accounting As Of field You have the following options for accounting for FT contracts e Accounting as of message date accounting entries will be posted on the date of message generation e Debit Value Date accounting entries will be posted on the debit value date Trade Collateral Margin Trade Collateral Margin value indicates the collateral percent which will be defaulted when the customer becomes a party to the LC If Collateral margin is maintained at both product level and customer level then the customer level Collateral percent gets precedence and gets defaulte
146. ard For Salaried Individuals this is required only for Risk level 2 amp 3 customers KYC_TYPE_ACC Sole Joint KYC_OCCUPATION Own Business Employed KYC FI STATUS Ho Branch Central Office Subsidiary Rep Office Others KYC FI TYPE Commercial Bank Investment Bank Offshore Bank AUS ORACLE Possible Values Leasing Company Exchange Company Others KYC_AREA_OF_BUSINESS Retail Corporate Investment Transfers Islamic Banking Trade Treasury Others KYC_OWNERSHIP Government Private Owned Public Held Partly Owned By Gov and part by private or public Investors Partly Traded in Stock Exchange Shares Traded In Stock Exchange amp Partly Held By Private And Public Investors Others KYC_PRODUCTS Incoming Transfer MT103 Incoming Transfer MT202 Outgoing Transfer MT103 Outgoing Tranfer MT202 Clearing and Collections Cheques and Drafts LC Advising LC Reimbursements Rum ORACLE 2 7 Possible Values LC Confirmation LG Advising Bill Discounting Bankers Acceptances Risk Participation Funded and Non funded per annum KYC_BANK_STRUCTURE Board of Directors Executive Committees KYC RATING Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Fair KYC SHARE HOLDER TYPE Legal Entity Individual Maintaining Customer KYC Details You can maintain the KYC details of the customer in the KYC Deta
147. are displayed based on the query parameters provided e Account Number e Currency e Current Balance e Available Balance e Utilized Line Amount e Total Available Balance e Uncollected Funds e Amount Blocked e TodLimit e Sublimit e Uncollected Funds Limit e Accrued Interest Debit e Accrued Interest Credit The following account status details are displayed based on the query parameters provided 7 2 2 e Status Dormant e No Debit e No Credit e Frozen The account status details can also be viewed by placing the cursor in the Account Number field and pressing the hot key F11 Viewing Interest Accruals You can view the interest to be accrued for each product till the current date for the selected customer account through the Interest Accruals screen To invoke this screen click Interest Accruals button The screen appears as shown below 73 ORACLE interest Accruals Customer Account Number 000000003000000007 Till Date Interest Accrual a Account Number Product Description Interest Accrual Debit Interest Accrual Credit System calculates the interest accrued for each product and displays the debit interest accrual and credit interest accrual separately Here you can view the following details e Product Code e Product Description e Accrued Interest Debit for debit interest product e Accrued Interest Credit for credit interest product e Account No 7 2 3 Viewing Account Statistics
148. arge entries if applicable at the transaction level Specifying Turnover Limit Preferences You can specify turnover limits for an account class and thereby monitor the turnover in all accounts linked to the account class mem ORACLE 4 2 8 Turnover Limit Code Specify a turnover limit code that should be linked to the account class The adjoining option list displays all valid turnover limit codes maintained in the system using the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen You can choose the appropriate one Specifying Liquidation Preferences for Debit Interest and Charges You must specify the liquidation preferences for debit interest and charges for those accounts classes where interest charge has to be debited from a Receivable GL before actually debiting the customer account This feature is applicable only for the debit interest and any charges on the account calculated through the IC module The preferences that you need to specify are e Liquidate Using Receivable Indicates whether receivable tracking is required for IC Debit interest and IC charges e Debit Notice enabling this option indicates that a notification needs to be sent to customers before debiting the customer account for the interest charge calculated for the period e Liquidation Days specifies the number of working days from the actual liquidation date before the interest charge can be liquidated into the customer account Working days are calcul
149. asis for even one of the branches is specified as Group CIF level then the only statuses available will be of type Both ds ORACLE Account Statuses In addition to the new status you can also mark the account with any one of the following statuses if required e Debit the system will not allow debit movements on the account if you select this option e Credit if checked no credit movement will be allowed on the account e Frozen if selected no activity will be allowed on the account e Posting Allowed if checked posting of accounting entries will be allowed in the account e Status Change Automatic if checked status change will be automatic e Dormant if selected account will be dormant e Blocked the system will block the account if you choose this option If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account e Suspended Check this box to indicate that the account is suspended Hence no activity will be allowed on the account e Stop Payment Check this option to indicate that a Stop Payment order is issued for the customer account If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account e Unknown Address Check this option to indicate that the address of the customer is unknown If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account e Temporary Closed Check this option to indicate that the customer account is temporarily clos
150. ass Maintenance screen to invoke the Line of Credit screen The LOC button will be enabled only if the Line of Credit Account check box is checked in the Account Class Maintenance screen ORACLE Line Of Credit Account Class Recovery Details Automatic Credit Balance Transfer Percentage Fixed Amount Frequency Month Day Minimum Transfer Amount Minimum Balance in CA After Recovery Notifications Notification Days You can specify the following details in this screen Recovery Details Percentage Specify the percentage of actual amount that should be recovered as LOC balance during the batch process Fixed Amount Specify the fixed amount that should be recovered from the current account to the LOC account during the batch process Oracle FLEXCUBE will transfer the available fixed amount or the LOC account balance whichever is less if the recovery amount due is less than the fixed amount If the recover amount is more than the fixed amount the system will recover the fixed amount Frequency Select the frequency of recovering credit amount from the currenct account to LOC account from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Daily e Monthly e Quarterly e Half yearly e Annual s ORACLE 4 2 31 If you have indicated the frequency as Quarterly Half yearly or Annual select the month from which
151. ated on the basis of the Local Holiday Calendar e Liquidation Mode debit interest or charges can be liquidated either Manually or Automatically If you choose the automatic mode of liquidation debit interest or charges are liquidated automatically as part of the BOD process on the liquidation date However after having specified Auto as the mode of liquidation if you wish to liquidate them manually for a specific account the System intimates you with an override message Manual interest liquidation can be triggered through the Debit Interest Liquidation screen Manual liquidation is recommended during Account Closure e Verify Funds enabling this option indicates that an available balance check should be performed for receivable tracking As a result the System performs the available balance check before debiting the account The available balance also includes the limit amount Verification of funds is applicable only in the case of Auto Liquidation If you leave this option unchecked the System performs a force liquidation regardless of whether the account has sufficient funds or not Note the following e You will not be allowed to change these preferences at the account level However the Amounts and Dates section of the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen both the total debit interest due as well as the charges due are displayed e If there is any outstanding interest or charges on the account the ou
152. ays the following e No Customer account is not frozen Hence activities are allowed e Yes Customer account is not frozen Hence activities are not allowed e Retain Old value of Frozen only will be retained Posting Allowed Specify the whether the posting is allowed or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e No Posting is not allowed e Yes Posting is allowed e Retain Old value of Posting Allowed will be retained Status Change Automatic Specify the whether the automatic status change is allowed or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e Automatic status change is not allowed e Yes Automatic status change is allowed e Retain Old value of Status Change Automatic will be retained Dormant Specify the whether the activities are allowed or not based on the dormancy days specified for the account for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e No Activities are allowed based on the dormancy days specified for the account e Yes Activities are is not allowed based on the dormancy days specified for the account e Retain Old value of Dormant will be retained Blocked Specify the whether the account is blocked or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining d
153. ays Liquidation Mode v Free Period nesrictons ranchiGurencyRestcion customereicategores ms Preferences REG Depost auto epost Sr nes status ute Amt Bock Semen once actonal Preferences oormancy Account Mask Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Defining an Account Class includes the maintenance of the following parameters 1 Assigning a unique Code to the Account Class and associating an appropriate description with the class 2 Indicating the type of account for which account class is being maintained 3 Specifying the period after which accounts in this class should become dormant if no customer transaction is posted into the account 4 Indicating the date from when new accounts can be created under the account class 5 Indicating the end date after which the new accounts cannot be created for the account class 6 Maintaining the different statuses applicable to the accounts for which the account class is being defined This would be used for tracking NPA s on current and savings accounts 7 Maintaining status wise GLs for provisioning 8 Identifying the reporting lines GL Line Central Bank Lines and the Head Office Lines for each status e ORACLE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Maintaining account statement details like the type of statement that is to be generated the frequ
154. ays a brief description of the offers that are offered to the customer Response Choose the offer response from the drop down The options available are Accepted Rejected Interested Not interested Tell a friend 4 97 ORACLE 4 2 38 Maintaining Service Request Input Details You can maintain the customer and non customer s request complaints in the Service Request Input screen To invoke this screen type STDSRQST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Service Request Input Customer Details Service Details Requester Type Customer Service Request Type Transactional Customer No Service No Short Name Branch Code Full Name Account No Telephone Priority Mobile Number Status E mail Nature Subject Criteria Description Contact date Target Date Activation Date Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to maintain the following details Customer Details Specify the following details Requestor Type Select the type of requestor from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Customer e Non Customer Customer No Specify the customer identification number whose request is being maintained The adjoining option displays all the customer numbers that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This field will be enabled only if the requestor type is selected as
155. b Preferences Currency Specify here the currency of the contract by selecting it from the adjoining list of currencies If currency validation is not required then this field can be left blank Minimum Amount Specify here the minimum amount possible for the contract for the selected currency If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Amount Specify here the maximum amount possible for the contract for the selected currency If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Tenor Minimum Tenor Specify here the minimum tenor possible for the contract The tenor can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Tenor Specify here the maximum tenor possible for the contract The tenor can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Units Select the unit of tenor from the drop down list and the available options are e Days e Months e Years Minimum Moratorium Period Specify here the minimum moratorium period possible for the contract It can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required then this field can be left blank Maximum Moratorium Period Specify here the maximum moratorium period possible for the contract It can be specified in days months or years If this validation is not required t
156. be added to the existing list on confirming the override 2 5 6 Maintaining Float Days for Outward Clearing Customer Transactions Float days applicable for arriving at the Credit Value Date for outward clearing customer transactions are defined through the Float Days Detailed screen Invoke this screen by typing STDFLTDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Branch Code n Description e Product Code az Description S Sector Code az Description e Customer Group Fel Description e Customer Number az Description 2 88 FLOAT DAYS DETAIL o Currency Fields Float Days Cancel gt You can define the float days for transactions involving a specific Clearing Bank Branch Product Sector and Currency combination for e All customer groups and all customers within the groups e Aspecific customer group and all customers within the group e A specific customer group and a specific customer within the group The System resolves the float days in the following order Branch Product Sector Currency Customer Customer Code Code Code Group Number 2 73 ORACLE 2 5 7 Branch Product Sector Currency Customer Customer Code Code Code Group Number Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific Speci
157. be modified later Cases where Alternate Customer Numbers can be used Case 1 Bank customers who are Foreign Nationals will get a temporary RUT for opening accounts This temporary RUT can be captured as Alternate Customer Number Once they are allotted permanent RUT s then the Alternate Customer Number can be changed to the permanent RUT number Case 2 Two companies with different RUT s can merge to become a new RUT or take an existing RUT You can query customer records using the Alternate Customer Number if specified Once the new RUT has been recorded you can query records with the new RUT and not with the old RUT While creating a new customer information maintenance the Customer Number will be defaulted as the Alternate Customer Number too You can however modify the Alternate Customer Number Note the following e Alternate Customer Number is changed during the life of a contract then thereafter the contract will be shown with the latest updated Alternate Customer Number e All processing and operations in the Oracle FLEXCUBE will be done based on the customer s CIF ID The Alternate Customer Number will be displayed if available Liability Number The credit facility granted to any customer is tracked against this Liability Number of the customer The default liability number of a customer is the same as his customer code However you have the option of tracking the credit limit of this customer against an ex
158. bility Query screen by typing ACDSQASL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 7 13 ORACLE Customer Asset amp Liability Query Customer Details Customer Description Linked Customer Customer Relation 58 TI UECUCUARN s ofl Customer Assets Customer Liability Authorized Status Contract Status Branch Referen Authorized Status Contract Status Status Dormant Customer Liability The following customer liability details are displayed based on the query parameters provided e Authorized Status e Contract Status e Branch e Reference Number e Customer e Currency e Debit Credit e Amount e Local Currency Amount e Value Date 7 14 ORACLE The following account status details are displayed based on the query parameters provided e Status Dormant e Debit e No Credit e Frozen 7 2 11 Viewing Limits Details Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number and click Query button to view all linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided You can view details of limits maintained for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen
159. box is checked then the tax will be exempted for the cheque books issued to the customers You need to capture the basic details for each customer regardless of the type of customer you are maintaining ev ORACLE 2 2 2 5 Specifying Group to which Customer Belongs When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for Group Code You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers Charge Group Specify the charge group of the customer from the option list provided Only the Group codes maintained with type Charge will appear for selection Clearing Group Categorize the customer for levying charges at a customer group level Tax Group You need to specify the tax group of the customer from the option list provided Only the Group Codes maintained with type Tax will appear for selection SSN While maintaining the details of an individual type of customer you can capture the social security number SSN of the customer While processing funds transfer on behalf of your customer the SS Number of the customer involved in the transaction will be defaulted from this screen to FT Contract Online screen If the value of debits outgoing customer transfers for a specific customer account e
160. can be viewed here e Branch e Account e Amount Block Number e Amount e Effective Date e Expiry date e Block Type Stop Payments Details Here you can view active stop payments created for the customer The following details can be viewed here e Branch e Account e Stoppayment Number e Stoppayment Type e Start Cheque Number e End Cheque Number e Effective date e Expiry Date e Amount e Confirmed flag 8 3 8 Viewing Limits Details Click Limits tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the limits and collaterals of the customer TRE ORACLE The screen is as shown below Limits Details Here the system displays the following limits details e Customer Group ID e Limit Currency e Limit Amount e Utilization Amount e Available e Revision Date Line Details Here the system displays the following line details e Line Identification e Main Line e Limit Currency e Limit Amount e Available Amount e Revolving Line e Line Start Date e Line Expiry Date 8 38 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Depo oan s MERGE Payments Is Deposits is Financing Externa Products Limit Details Utilisation Amount Customer Group Id pone Revision Date Limit Amount 1011 pl Line De
161. can be closed if required for the purpose of doing a manual liquidation for loan prepayment For multiple Loan instalments No Of Days for Salary Block 15 days Salary credit amount 10000 AED credited on 30 Oct 2009 Loan1 Installment Amt 5000 AED due on 05 Nov 2009 Loan2 Installment Amt 3000 AED due on 10 Nov 2009 In this case 2 block amount transactions will be placed by system on 30 oct 2009 on Salary credit date in the order of loan installment due date with block amounts No of days for Closing Unauthorized Accounts with No Activity Specify the number of days after which the unauthorized accounts without any activity should be automatically closed Ten ORACLE No of days for Closing Authorized Accounts with No Activity Specify the number of days after which the authorized accounts without any activity should be automatically closed Enabling Printing of Account Statistics You can enable printing statistics in respect of accounts using an account class either period code wise or financial year wise for the following customer information e Low and High Balance for a period The lowest and highest current balances for the period e Average credit and debit balance for a period This is computed as the sum of credit debit current balances in a period divided by the number of days of credit debit balance during the period e Credit and debit days The number of days the account was in credit debit balance in
162. can indicate whether incoming Funds Transfers Payments and Collections should be processed only after the customer s Account Number and Name correspond to the authorized variations of the customer s name If you have enabled this as a preference in the FT Product Preference and PC Product Category screens you will need to maintain the authorized customer name variations through the Customer Names screen Invoke this screen by typing STDCIFNM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Maintenance Customer Number Customer Name Customer Name Detail Customer Name Date Time Modification Number Authorized P Date Time Open In this screen you have to capture valid customer names which have to be associated with Customer Numbers maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE Because of this maintenance each time an incoming FT or PC contact is processed the System validates the account number and name involved in the transaction with the authorized customer name If the validation is successful the customer name is added to the existing list and the contract is marked as authorized ORACLE If the validation fails the contract is marked as unauthorized Even during manual authorization of such contracts an override is displayed asking whether the customer name needs to be added to the existing list It will
163. case of accounts in the Customer Account Maintenance 6 1 4 2 Specifying Logic for Deriving Exposure Category After you have maintained exposure categories you must also specify how the system would derive the exposure category under which contracts and accounts must be tracked The exposure category can be derived from the following parameters Category Type You may wish to track the exposure in respect of customers from different categories such as retail or corporate under different exposure categories Amount Limits You may wish to specify an amount range within which the total exposure would be tracked for the customer or group In the Exposure Category Category Type Linkage screen you can link the exposure category to be used for tracking different customer category types and total exposure in respect of a customer group Invoke this screen by typing LDDETMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 7 ORACLE The screen is as shown below Corporate Deposits Category Type Maintenance Category Type Corporate Basis Amount Currency Serial Number Basis Amount From Basis Amount To Exposure Category Date Time Date Time You can view the summary of the exposure category linkages in the Exposure Category Category Type Linkage Summary screen Invoke this screen by typing LDSETMNT in the fiel
164. ccount and nominees Other Details Of Account Interest Details Credit Interest Accrued Amount Debit Interest Accrued Amount Statement Details Last Statement Date Last Statement Balance Last Statement Number Nominees Nominee1 Nominee2 Limit Details Temp OD Start Temp OD End Limit Currency Temp OD Limit Line Identification Account Status GBP No Debit No Credit Stop Payment Dormant Frozen Refer the section titled Viewing Other Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 9 Viewing Customer Signatory Click Account Signatory button to view the Customer Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signature image and photograph of the customer 5 8 61 ORACLE 8 4 3 10 Viewing Recurring Deposits Details Click Recurring Deposits Details button to view the RD Details screen In this screen you can view recurring deposits if the deposit is recurring RD Details Frequency Days Payment Branch Frequency Months Payment Account Frequency Years Payment Currency Installment Amount Payment Date Refer the section titled Viewing Recurring Deposits Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 11 Viewing Redemption Details Click Redemption Details button to view the Redemption Details screen In this screen you can view redem
165. ccount has debit balance If the current account had a credit balance then settlement can be done in the following modes gt ACC gt CASH gt DD gt Internal To a GL After interest liquidation if the current account has the credit balance then the system will settle in one of the above mentioned mode in favour of account holder The interest statement and account statement will be generated on authorization of the closure ORACLE 4 2 22 1 Multimode Settlement Maintenance for Closing an Account The Multimode Settlement Maintenance Screen is used to maintain the settlement details for closing the current account You can find and invoke the Multimode Settlement Maintenance screen from the Settlements menu in the Application Browser You can also invoke this screen by typing ISDSRCMD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then clicking on the adjoining arrow button Multimode Settlement Maintenance Source Code E Module Code Product E Currency 1of1 Settlement Mode Select Pay Settlement Account Select Pay Settlement Product Select Receiver Settlement Ad Led z Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You will get settlement details required for DD through Multimode Settlement M
166. ccount with the dormant status the account status will be updated to Active from Dormant since the Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled is ORACLE Dormancy Parameters As stated above if Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled the dormant status of the account will be updated to Active Apart from this you can specify the parameter that is required for re activating the account To indicate the re activation parameters for the dormant account choose any from the following options e Debit e Credit e Any e Manual In case of a transaction the system will check for the parameter you have specified here and accordingly change the status of the account However the parameter maintained at the account level will super cede the parameter you have specified here Account Statement Format Specify the format in which account statement should be generated The adjoining option list displays all valid formats maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Display IBAN in Advices For an account class you can indicate whether the IBAN number of the customers involving the accounts within the class should be printed on advices sent to the customer If you would like to print the IBAN number of the customers on advices sent to the customers involving the account class you can enable the Display IBAN in Advices op
167. ce you may define a group called INDSB to represent savings accounts held by individuals SB INS to comprise institutional savings accounts COR CU for corporate current accounts Each group is referred to as an Account Class and is maintained in the Account Class screen For each class you also define certain common attributes applicable to all accounts in this class such as the General Ledger lines to which the accounts in this class report to facilities granted to the account holders pass book check book ATM etc In the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen where you open accounts for the customers of your bank each customer account is linked to an account class and the attributes defined for the account class are by default applicable to the customer account For instance if the frequency of account statement generation has been defined as daily for an account class CU COR the system generates statements for all accounts under this class on a daily basis However some of the parameters defined for the account class can be revised at the account level for any of the accounts linked to the class Account level parameters will supersede those defined for the account class While defining the account classes you should also keep in mind that the interest rate structure is also specified for an account class in the Interest and Charges module The account class table is maintained at the Bank Level by the Head Office branc
168. cel The following details are captured here Account Details You can maintain the account details for an account here Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Product Details You can specify product details for your account here Product Code Select a valid product code from the adjoining option list TS ORACLE The system generates the user defined currency type defined for the selected consolidated charges product Minimum Specify the minimum consolidated charges that can be applied for the account Maximum Specify the maximum consolidated charges that can be applied for the account Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected consolidated charges product for the account Waive Charges Check this box if you need to waive the consolidated charges defined for the selected consolidated charges product Discount You can specify discount details for the consolidated charges applied for the account Discount Percentage Specify percentage of the amount to be discounted from the computed consolidated charges Discount Amount Specify a flat amount to be discounted from the computed consolidated charges 4 2 32 5 Specifying Statement Details Click Statement button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Statement
169. cient funds are detected in an account with a receivable tracking the system will trigger the event LBLK indicating that enough funds are not available and that subsequent credits made to the account will be blocked as a receivable Maintaining Transaction Restrictions for Account Class You can place restrictions on transactions involving customer accounts at the account class level As discussed earlier for customer account these restrictions get defaulted to all accounts that are linked to the account class But you are allowed to change these restrictions for individual accounts as well To maintain the restrictions click the Restriction button in the Account Classes screen The Product and Transaction Codes Restriction screen is displayed Account Class Product and Transaction Codes Maintainance Account Class Product Details Transaction Details Product List Allowed Disallowed Products and Transaction Codes C Product Code Product Description Debit Credit Cancel The restrictions can be based on s ORACLE e Products e Transaction Codes Validation of Restrictions During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account class used by the specified account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction t
170. count Maximum Specify the maximum charge that can be applied for the account Free Items Specify to indicate the number of items on which the charges are not levied Waive Charges Check this box if you need to waive the charges defined for the selected charges product at the account level Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected charges product for the account Slab Amount You can specify the parameters related to slab amount here You can add additional rows by clicking the button and delete rows by clicking button Slab Amount Specify an amount slab for the charges maintained at the account level Rate will be applied for the amounts less than or equal to the amount slab ORACLE Specify the charge amount applied for the selected product at the account Rate Specify the rate to be applied for the charges maintained at the account level 4 2 32 4 Maintaining Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Click Consolidated Charges button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions screen Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Account Details Branch Code 000 Account 00000007501 Product Details Product Open Waive Currency Minimum Maximum Discount Discount Percentage Discount Amount Can
171. count of transactions is required Cycle The system generates the account statement details at a frequency that you specify The frequency can be e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly T9 ORACLE e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily If you indicate that the statement generation frequency is weekly you should also indicate the day of the week on which the account statement is due Similarly for a monthly statement you should indicate the day of the month To specify the frequency for a monthly statement you can specify a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day e f you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e last working day for months lt 31 days For all other cycles account statement would be generated on the last day of that cycle Offline Limit This is the limiting amount till which transactions will be carried out between account s for the account class you are defining here between branches when the database connectivity is not functional Enter the off line limit here Note the following e f you are defining primary secondary and te
172. customer s first name based on the customer number selected Last Name The system will display the customer s last name based on the customer number selected ORACLE Address 1 2 3 and 4 Specify the address line 1 2 3 and 4 Areas of Interest Specify the area in which the customer is having interest Remarks Specify any additional information if any 4 2 37 1 Product Tab Specify the product details Product Code Specify the product code which is to be associated to the customer The adjoining option list displays all the product code that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Product Description The system displays a brief description of the product Interested Flag Check this box to indicate that the product that is selected should be included in the lead creation ORACLE 4 2 37 2 Offer Tab Lead Maintenance Lead Id Customer No E mail Telephone First Name Last Name Product Code Offer Details Address1 Address2 Address3 Address4 Area of Interest Remarks Specify the offer details Maker Checker Offer Code Date Time Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the offer code that is rendered to the customer The adjoining option list displays all the offer code that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Offer Description The system displ
173. customer account you can use the Manual Status Change screen Invoke this screen by typing STDSTMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application toolbar The system will display Transaction Branch screen Here you can select the transaction branch Transaction Branch Code Transaction Branch Code Here you are allowed to book other branch transactions from the logged in branch Also you can query other branch transactions from the logged in branch The system defaults the logged in branch by default as the transaction branch Transaction Branch Select the appropriate branch from the list of branches available in the option list This screen will be available only for those users who has Multi Branch Operational check box enabled at User Maintenance Screen While clicking Ok button the system validates the access rights of the selected branch and function for the user If you don t have appropriate rights on the selected branch and function the system would raise an error message If you select a valid branch the system updates the same as transaction branch and the transaction would be posted for this branch The system performs the action level access rights validation only on Save operation ORACLE After selecting the Transaction Branch you can enter the
174. customer along with the salutations like Consulate Senator Chancellor etc You can either select the prefixes from the option list key in a prefix of your choice First Name Specify the First of the customer 2 20 ORACLE Middle Name Specify the Middle name of the customer Last Name Specify the Last name of the customer Sex Specify the gender of the customer Minor Check this option to indicate that the customer is a minor Last Updated Date System displays the last updated date whenever the legal guardian for the niner account will be change or the miner account becomes major Submit Age Proof Indicate the age proof submission status of the minor to major from the drop down list The available options are e Not required e Pending e Verified Note the following e Any out flow or debit transaction is posted on a particular customer s account s and the Submit Age Proof chosen is Pending then the system throws an error stating that Necessary documents are not submitted for Major e Once the documents are submitted the user has to manually set Submit Age Proof as Verified e After the field Submit Age Proof is changed to Verified then all the accounts created for the customer would be allowed for withdrawals Legal Guardian Specify the name of the legal guardian of the customer if the customer is a minor You can capture the name of the legal guardian not
175. d Variations of Customer s Name eese nennen 2 72 2 5 6 Maintaining Float Days for Outward Clearing Customer Transactions eese 2 73 2 5 7 Location Maintenante ER 2 74 2 0 IMIAINTAINING EY CRY PE ete t n ati eiu aet tinto csi rv beoe rs vct dre tse erue des 2 15 2 6 1 Specifying Value Details eese eene nennen rene 2 76 2 7 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER DETAILS 2 80 2 8 CREATING A MESSAGE ADVICE FORMAT eee eene nennen neret nennen A KERERE 2 94 MAINTAINING CUSTOMER AGREEMENTS crees sees esten ene tn senten stato seta sone ta sens tn sts enses sosta 3 1 3 1 INTRODUCTION P 3 1 3 2 LINKING CONVENIOS TO CONTRACT 3 1 3 3 SETTING UP THE CUSTOMER AGREEMENTS FACILITY esses eee een en n en en nee 3 1 3 3 1 Maintaining Customer Category i ioa aera aE EEN 3 1 3 3 2 Customer Agreement Template Maintenance eese eene enne ener tente trennen 3 2 3 3 3 Customer Agreement Maintenance eese eese eene nennen nenne etre eene entente tree tree tree trennen 3 9 3 3 4 Linking Customer Agreements to Employees eese eene neen eene enne ene 3 19 3 3 5 Linking Customer Agreements to Contracts eese eene eee neen reete ene 3 20 3 44 ACTIVE AND BLOCKED C
176. d accounts are marked for referral you can choose to consolidate the balances in all the linked accounts before performing the referral check To process linked accounts which are marked for referral you will need to enable the Netting Required option in the following screens Enabling Limit Maintenance Screen Enabling this option indicates that the netting of balances is allowed for accounts linked to the credit line To pool balances across accounts you may need to link a common Credit Line across accounts where balances are to be pooled Therefore you will need to indicate whether balances for the credit line and the respective accounts should be netted As a result while performing the limits check for accounting the system will take into consideration the collective balance across all accounts linked to the line EXAMPLE Let us assume that Silas Marner holds three accounts with your bank 1 SA0000121 2 SA0000122 3 SA0000123 All three are linked to the credit line SA Pool The credit utilization limit you have offered him is USD 10 000 The Available Balance in each of the account is as follows A0000121 SA0000122 SA0000123 Available Balance USD 1000 USD 2500 EUR 3000 Debits due to transactions 9000 NA NA processed today Sum of debits for today 8000 2500 3200 in USD Total Debit across accounts USD 2500 8000 5700 After pooling Mr Marner still has a credit utilizat
177. d at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button L2 Corporate Deposits Category Type Summary Authorization Status Record Status Category Type Basis Amount Currency n Records per page 15 E ERE of nik 9097 Li Authorization Status Record Status Category Type Basis Amount Currency Authorization Status Record Status A Authorized C Closed U Unauthorized O Open 6 8 ORACLE Category You must specify the customer category type for which you wish to link the appropriate exposure category type Basis Amount You must specify the basis amount range within which the total exposure will be tracked using the exposure category that you have associated for the customer category type For all slabs except the first one the To Amount of the previous slab must also be equal to the From Amount of the slab The To Amount of a slab must be equal to or greater than the From Amount of the same slab Exposure Category You can specify the exposure category that is to be used to track the total exposure within the basis amount range for the customer category type you have specified when the exposure category for a CIF or customer group is derived according to the logic maintained in the Exposure Category Type Linkage screen the outstanding overdraft in all accounts belonging to the group CIF
178. d entries as un printed Enter the following details here Branch Code Specify the branch for the customer account for which you are re printing passbook details The adjoining option list contains all the valid branches maintained in the system Select the required one Account No Specify the customer account number The adjoining option list contains the relevant accounts maintained Select the required one From Date Specify the date from which you wish to query details All the entries that were printed for the old passbook from this date onwards will be displayed ORACLE The following details are displayed upon query Transaction Date Accounting Entry Serial number Debit Credit indicator LCY Amount Reset Print Stat Check this option to reset the print status of an accounting entry Uncheck this option against the entry from which you would like all accounting entries to be printed All the entries from the unchecked entry onwards till the last which were printed for the lost passbook can be printed for the new one being issued you select an accounting serial number as un printed then all the subsequent numbers will be marked as not printed TS ORACLE 5 1 5 Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE Introduction Referral refers to the process of handling customer transactions which force the accounts involved in such a transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Examples of typical transact
179. d to LC collateral subsystem Customer collateral margin will also be used in collection Bills not under LC Collateral amount will be calculated using customer collateral margin and populated to field collateral amount under details tab in bill online screen id ORACLE 2 2 4 Corporate Tab Click the Corporate Details tab from the Customer Maintenance screen to define the details of a Corporate or a Bank type of customer Customer Maintenance Customer No Full Name Individual Short Name Joint Venture Corporate Branch Code Bank Private Customer Main Auxiliary Personal Corporate Director Check List Registration Address Description of Business Line 1 Line2 Line3 Country Name National Id Incorporation Date Capital Net Worth Country Currency of Amounts Group us vont sanana instructions Unwed ens rex Feas mage cc s Restictons Tria bomestc Professional esuer caras unes account Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Exit Authorization Status In this screen you can maintain the following details for a corporate or bank type customer Name Specify the full name of the main office of the Corporate Bank customer National ID Specify the corporate National Identification Number of this customer in other words the registration number of your customer organization Incorporation Date Spec
180. decrease in provision amount Dr Provisioning GL Cr Reintegration GL Accounting entries for change in status with without changes in provision Amount and with the Rebook Provision option applicable In this case the existing entries are reversed into a reintegration GL and new provisioning entries are booked provided the Rebook Provision on Status Change option has been set for the new status of the account In this case the following entries would be passed For reversal of provision amount Dr Provisioning GL Cr Reintegration GL 6 18 ORACLE For booking of new provision amount Dr Expense GL Cr Provisioning GL 6 19 ORACLE 7 Customer Information Query 7 1 Introduction You can access the following information through the Customer Information Query screen e Customer Limits specifically relating to Overdraft Limits on Current Accounts and Foreign Exchange Exposure Limits e Details relating to a Customer Account e Facility to query for Account statement e Facility to view future settlement balance contracts e Facility to view Asset and Liability Balances of the customer e Facility to view summary of Collaterals and Account Details 7 2 Invoking Customer Position Screen Invoke the Customer Information Query screen by typing ACDSCPQR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Information Query Customer Informat
181. der a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services
182. e Select the nature of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Service e Sales Criteria Select the criteria of the request complaint from the drop down list This list displays the following values e Enquiry e Channel e Product e Application e Maintenance Contact Date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is made Target date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is to be closed ORACLE Activation Date Specify the date on when the request or compliant is activated 4 2 38 1 Specifying Lead Details You can maintain both the customers and non customer details in the Lead Input screen by clicking Lead button in the Service Request Input screen The following screen will be displayed Lead Maintenance Lead Id Customer No Address1 Address2 E mail Telephone Nidesss A 4 First Name Address4 Last Name Area of Interest Remarks Product Code Offer Details 101 Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status For more details on the Lead Input screen refer the Maintaining Lead Details section of this user manual 4 2 39 Viewing Service Request Details You can view the summary of service request details in the Service Request screen To invoke this screen type STSSRQST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar
183. e Rent Insurance Loan Payments Other House Value Number of Credit Cards 8 3 2 5 Viewing Domestic Details of the Customer Click on the Domestic button to invoke Customer Domestic Details screen Here you can view the domestic details of the customer Customer Domestic Details Marital Status Spouse Spouse Employement Status Educational Status Accomodation Dependents Children Others Here you can view the following details e Marital status e Spouse Employment Status e Accommodation e Spouse Name e Dependents e Children 8 10 ORACLE e Others 8 3 2 6 Viewing Customer information Click on the Joint button to invoke Customer Information Maintenance screen Here you can view information about the customer Customer Information Maintenance CustomerNo 000002105 1of 1 Date of Birth Resident Status Resident Female Non Resident Prefix First Name Deceased Deceased Last Name Non Deceased Middle Telephone Address E mail Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Passport Details Number Issue Date Expiry Date Exit Here you can view the following details e Customer No e Sex e Male e Female e Prefix e First name e Last Name e Middle e Address line 1 to 3 e Passport Details e Passport Number e Issue Date e Expiry Date e Date of Birth e Resident status on ORACLE e Resident e Non Resident e Deceas
184. e d Supplier Name Country Settlement Mode 1of1 Details Of Clients cient Name Countn Payment Mode Others Transaction Type Transaction Type Count Total Amount Max Single Amount Purpose Country Fund Transfer Purpose Within Country The system displays the following details Customer and Sponsors Information e Name of the group e Country of Parents Company e of the company e Other details e Currency in which amount is maintained Reason of Account e Reason for opening an account e Other details Specifying Nature of Business e Nature of business e Name and details of the product traded in the business 2 36 ORACLE e Main source of funds e Borrowing account group e Annual turnover of the company Details of Key Person e Unique identification for the KYC e Name of the key person e Relation ship of the key person with the corporate customer e Nationality of the key person e Position or title of the key person e Percentage of share for the key person Specifying Company Details e Details of the company branches e Number of person employed in the company e of salary in the company e Other details Specifying Details of Suppliers e Name of the supplier e Country of the supplier e Mode of settlement Specifying Details of Clients e Name of the client e Name of the country of the
185. e e Close e Reopen 3 3 3 Customer Agreement Maintenance You can maintain the customer agreement details in the Customer Agreement Maintenance screen The customer agreement is done between the Bank and the Employer The details maintained here will be defaulted into relevant fields when creating Lending and CASA contracts accounts You can invoke this screen by typing CSDAGMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button M ORACLE EI Customer Agreements Maintenance Agreement Id Description Customer No Alt Customer Number Template Id Start Date e End Date Last Review Date 5 Next Review Date Salary Processing Lending CASA Preferences Minimum Amount Moratorium Currency Maximum Amount Minimum Tenor Minimum Moratorium Period MaximumTenor Maximum Moratorium Period Units Units e Payment Date Payment Day Payment Date Rule Blocking Days Blocked Reason Number of Overdue Contracts Date Time Date Time Record Status You can enter the following details Agreement Id Specify here a unique Customer Agreement Number as the Agreement Id Description Specify the description of the agreement Customer No Sp
186. e Amount This indicates the risk free amount collateral specified in the details of the account for which provisioning is being made e Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage is generally picked up from the account details If not specified in the account details it is picked up from the Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage maintenance for the exposure category of the customer of the account and the account status 6 10 ORACLE e Discount Percentage The discount or loss percentage is used to compute the recoverable value of the account for which provision is being made It is picked up from the account if specified in the account details or from the Exposure Category Provisioning Percentage maintenance for the exposure category and status of the account for which provision is being made e Status Seq This indicates the sequence number that represents the status as defined in the Status Definition It can be used with arithmetic operators for ease of status rule definition 6 1 6 Derivation Rules for Status Change For accounts the basis for processing of status changes is governed by an attribute that you set in the Branch Parameters You could opt for status processing at a group or CIF level or at contract level If processing is done at a customer group or CIF level it is done in two stages e The worst status among all accounts and loan contracts belonging to the customer group or CIF is arrived
187. e Branch e Full Name Click the Reports button to view the 360 Degree Customer Report screen 360 Degree Customer Report Customer Details Customer Number Customer Name or ORACLE The details that can be viewed in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen is classified into 16 broad heads Summary You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab Profile You can view the details of the customer s profile Deposits You can view the details of the customer deposits Loans You can view the details of the customer s loan Trade You can view trade details Treasury You can view the details of Treasury Events You can view the details of the upcoming events Schemes You can to view the details of the relationship schemes Alerts You can view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits but not renewed or liquidated Locker Charges Overdue Details cheques returned amount block details and stop payment details Limits You can view the limits and collaterals of the customer Payments You can view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated Is Deposits You can view details about active CASA Account and Islamic Term Deposit Is You can view details about Islamic Finance Financing Is Trade You can view Islamic trade details
188. e Next Premium Date e Processing Date Mutual Fund Here you can view the following mutual fund details e Name of Fund e Number of units e Purchase NAV e Billed Amount e Min amount Due e Processing Date 8 4 Viewing 360Degree Corporate Customer Details You can invoke 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen if the customer is Corporate by double clicking on the customer record in the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen or by typing STDCUSVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below dads ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits is Financing Is Trade is Treasury External Products Prefix Adres For Corvespondbaa Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilties Name Asset Ccy Value Liapiity Address Telephone Fax E mail Frozen Deceased Off Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities Whereabouts Unknown jAsset Ccy Value Liabiity Ccy Vaue KYC Status Status Since Credit Rating Customer Category Charge Group Tax Group The system displays the following details e Customer Number e Short Name e Reporting Currency
189. e Retail Customer View Customer Number LE Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Ful Name Reports Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing External Products Prefix Address For Correspondence Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities Name Address Asset Ccy Value Liability Ccy Value Corporate Loans 0 00 Current Accounts 0 00 Leasing 0 00 Saving Accounts 0 00 a Mortgages 00 Term Deposits 0 00 Telephone Syndicated Loans 0 00 Islamic Current Accounts 0 00 Fax Islamic Financing 0 00 Islamic Saving Accounts 0 00 E mail c lt Status Frozen 1 1of1 Off Balance Sheet Asset And Liabilities Whereabouts Unknown Asset _ Value Liability Ccy Value Status 7 Forward Buy Contracts 0 00 Forward Buy Contracts 0 00 CIF Status Forward Sale Contracts 0 00 Forward Sale Contracts 0 00 Since Islamic Derivatives Buy 0 00 Islamic Derivatives Buy 0 00 Credit Rating Derivatives Buy 0 00 Derivatives Buy 0 00 Customer Category lislamic Derivatives Sale 0 00 Islamic Derivatives Buy 0 00 Charge Group lt Tax Group TE ORACLE The system displays the following details e Customer Number e Short Name e Reporting Currency e Branch e Full Name Click the Reports button to view the 360 Degree Customer Report scree
190. e current date It is specified for both Credit and Debit turnovers Narratives Specifications that help achieve a desired format for account statements Natural GL The code of the GL to which the turnovers of all accounts in the account class will be reported Regulation D This is a regulation of the U S Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation D also known as Reg D exempts certain offerings of equity from many of the regulatory requirements that impose costs upon standard public offerings A Reg D offering is intended to make access to the capital markets possible for small companies that could not otherwise bear those costs Pe ORACLE Reporting Lines The general ledger codes to which balances debit or credit of all accounts in an account class will be reported Sub limit The maximum credit amount that can be used by a customer account without requiring an override The sub limit is specified for accounts for which the credit amount is limited to a part of the available line amount Temporary OD End The date on which the temporary overdraft limit ceases to be effective Temporary OD Limit The maximum overdraft allowed on an account for a specified period of time Temporary OD Start The date on and following which the temporary overdraft limit comes into effect Tenure The duration for which a customer has been in professional employment This information is captured as part of the professional details for a cust
191. e customer agreement to the contracts belonging to the employee only those customer agreements which are active and which belong to the employer will be available for linkage 3 3 1 Maintaining Customer Category 2 ORACLE You can maintain the customer segments in the Customer Category Maintenance screen To invoke this screen enter STDCUCAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application Toolbar and then click the adjoining arrow button A customer s customer category will be used when maintaining interest rate factors Customer Category Maintenance Customer Category Description Maintain Customer Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status 3 3 2 Customer Agreement Template Maintenance You may choose to maintain common customer agreement details as different templates Such agreement templates can be maintained in the Customer Agreement Template maintenance screen The templates created and maintained here can then be chosen and applied when creating a customer agreement You can invoke this screen by typing CSDAGTEM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button This facility is not mandatory You can directly create a customer agreement under Customer Agreement maintenance s ORACLE E Customer Agreement Template Maintenance Template Id Description Salary Processin
192. e this flag based on the availability of discrepancies of bill e Exception Flag System will derive this flag based on exception data e LC Reference Number e Contract Status 8 66 ORACLE LC Details Here you can view the following details relating to Letters of credits Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code Product Type Product description Currency Contract Amount Customer Beneficiary Current Available Amount Liability Contract Status Expiry date Guarantee Details Here you can view the following details relating to guarantees Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code Product Type Product description Currency Contract Amount Customer Beneficiary Current Available Amount Liability Contract Status Expiry date 8 67 ORACLE e Guarantee 8 4 5 1 Viewing Additional Bills Details You can view additional details about the bill from the Bills Other Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Other Bill Details button The screen is as shown below Bills Other Details Base Date Loan Linkage Flag Value Date Interest Rate Liyquidalion Dale Interest Accrued Tenor Operation Reimbursement days Discrepancy Details 10f1 Description Resoved PO Loan Details 10f1 a Here you can view the following details e Base date e Value Date e Liquidation Date e Tenor e Operation e Reimbu
193. e which has the payment mode LPT Loan Payment must be attached to the Massive Payment Agreement For more details on Massive Payment Agreements refer the chapter titled Maintaining Information Specific to the PC Module in the Payments and Collections module manual 3 5 2 Loan Payment Provisioning Process The Massive Payment Funding process is used for Loan Payment provisioning The system will check for the following in the incoming file from other legacy systems before starting the funding process Agreement Number Whether it is correct and exists in the system Contract Reference Number RUT Number Installment Number Installment amount fields If amount discounted from payroll is not same as amount due or equivalent then the reason for partial or non payment must be provided Reason code must be maintained where partial payment or non payment is happening If any of the above validations fail then the file will be rejected os ORACLE A Payment Simulation will be done by the system to check whether the installment has already been paid or not The simulation is done after completing the above validations If the payment for the installment has already been done then the record will be rejected 3 5 2 1 Funding Process The funding process starts after completing the above validations Funding can be manual or automatic as specified in the Massive Payment Agreement During funding the accounting entries wil
194. ececseaeecessaeeecnesaeessneeseeessrsesseaas 7 19 8 360 DEGREE CUSTOMER VIEW ssssseseseressesosoeseseseecesosoeseseeecoerosoesesesoeossoroeseseecseesoroesececoeeororseseseeessososseseeese 8 1 8 1 INTRODUCTION OT 8 1 8 2 INVOKING 360DEGREE CUSTOMER VIEW ENTRY SCREEN sccccssessescsseseescseeseeecsseseeecseeseeecseeseeecseeseeesneeas 8 1 8 3 VIEWING 360 DEGREE RETAIL CUSTOMER eene een en nen en eene 8 2 8 3 1 Viewing Summary 8 4 8 3 2 Viewing Profile 8 5 8 3 3 Viewing Deposit 8 17 8 3 4 MILIEU 6 29 8 3 5 Viewing Events Details v cccts ER 8 33 8 3 6 Viewing SCHEMES Details 8 33 8 3 7 MAPS a gj CR 6 35 8 3 8 Viewing Limits DCCA I cem 8 37 8 3 9 VieWing Payment Detdils ee et a ee R URINE U Ree v genae 6 39 6 3 10 Viewing Islamic Deposits Details eese eene nennen eren rennen 6 40 6 3 11 Viewing Islamic Financing Details 6 42 8 3 12 Viewing External Details ee rtr rre eene gent EE a rre dire rne eee 6 44 8 4 VIEWING 360DEGREE CORPORATE CUSTOMER DETAILS sese ee eee eee 8 46 6 4 1 Viewing Summary Details scssesccossnssoaisorsesvessvsssesiseisesvbseseassdsiesevsisedesetiend
195. ecify the Customer ID Customer CIF ID of the employer Alt Customer Number Specify the alternate customer number if any 3 10 ORACLE Template Id Specify the Id for the customer agreement template if any If a template is used then all the attributes preferences maintained in the template are defaulted to the agreement on clicking the Populate button Start Date Specify the date from which the agreement is effective End Date Specify the date on which the agreement expires Last Review Date Specify here the date on which the Customer Agreement was last reviewed Every time you review the Customer Agreement you must update this review date Next Review Date Specify here the date on which the Customer Agreement has to be reviewed next Salary Processing Check this check box to denote if payroll discounting is allowed for the customer agreement In Payroll Discounting the employer deducts a certain part of the salary and remits it to the bank This amount be used towards payments which need to be collected from the customer for example loan repayment If payroll discounting is not applicable then the loans will have concessions only in interest If Payroll Discounting is allowed then when you create a loan contract under the customer agreement the schedules first payment date etc are defaulted to the contract If option is not set then the schedules information is not defaulted validated to the contr
196. ecify the number of days before which the customer should be notified about the expiry of the line of credit Maintaining Dormancy Parameter for Account Class You can maintain the dormancy status details when an account goes to dormant in the Dormancy Parameters screen Click Dormancy button in the Account Class Maintenance screen to invoke the Dormancy Parameters screen ORACLE Dormancy Parameters Account Class Description Dormancy Parameters 101 4148 d suset o Tansaden Code uovementred I NORM ai Days v lt Jl Memo Accounting Details 1518 Role Code Role Description Account Head Head Description Debit Credit m Debit You can specify the following details in this screen Account Class The system displays the account class name Description The system displays the description for the account class 4 2 31 1 Specifying Dormancy Parameters You can specify the following details under Dormancy parameters section Sr No Enter the series number Status Specify the status of the account from the option list This adjoining option list displays all valid statuses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Status GL Specify the GL to which the amount has to be moved for the corresponding status from the option list
197. eck this box to indicate whether an individual tax certificate is required for each transaction An individual tax certificate is a certificate advice which is generated for each individual event in a transaction resulting in computation deduction of tax from the customer s account The advice is linked to the product and is generated at the time of authorization of the contract event Generating Individual Tax Certificate For contracts that have tax defined on interest liquidation an individual tax certificate will be generated by the system provided the tax certificate is linked as an advice for the event and the individual transaction tax certificate is required to be generated for the customer For income other than through interest on customer accounts the advice format for the tax certificate can be maintained depending on the requirement This advice format can be linked to the products For income through interest on customer accounts the advice format for the tax certificate is pre shipped The format of the advice can be modified except for the name of the advice format which is pre shipped Maintaining Tags for Advice Generation The following tags will be available for advice generation for individual transaction Tag Name Description Data Type TXNNUMBER The contract Alphanumeric 16 characters reference number CALCDATE The tax calculation Date date COMPCCY The interest Alphanumeric 3 characters compon
198. ectively e Credit Readjustment Cr AMOUNT Cr date UFCLP rate Current UFCLP Rate Cr date UFCLP rate e Debit Readjustment Dr AMOUNT Dr date UFCLP rate Current UFCLP Rate Dr date UFCLP rate The net readjustment is calculated as follows READJPRN Sum Credit Readjustments Sum Debit Readjustments 4 2 3 2 Computation of Interest Readjustment Readjustment benefit is also calculated for the interest savings accounts if the total number of withdrawals in the current period is lower than the Max Withdrawal Count for Interest and depending on the Int Reaj Eld Days for the account class To facilitate the computation of Interest readjustment the following Interest Rate Formula and SDEs are used Interest Rate Formula Formul Bookin Debit Periodicit Accruals Liquidatio Case Result a g Flag Credit y n 1 Non Credit Daily N N MON DR C Booked NT DAYS MAXINTCNT INTRATE YEAR 1 Non Credit Daily N N MON DR C DLY NET V Booked NT gt MAXIN D BAL INT R TCNT AND ATE DAYS DLY NET V YEAR 100 D gt 0 2 Booked Credit Periodic Y Y Formual1 gt 0 Formulat 4 12 ORACLE 3 Booked Debit Periodic Y Y Formual1 lt 0 Formula1 1 4 Booked Credit Daily Y Y Formula1 20 DLY NET VD AND BAL READJACC DAYS 1 INTRATE YEAR 5 Booked Credit Daily Y Y MON DR C DLY NET VD NT
199. ed e Deceased e Non Deceased e Telephone e E mail e SSN 8 3 2 7 Viewing Customer Entities Click on the Linked Entity button to invoke Linked Entity screen Here you can view details about customers who are linked to this customer accounts for which this customer is linked and loans which are guaranteed by this customer CASA Details of Linked Customers Branch Code Account No Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Uncollected Debit interest Accrued Amount Credit interest Accrued Ar Retail Deposits of Linked Customers T Branch Code Account No Account Description Term Deposit Amount Maturiy Date Interest Start Date Tenor in Days interestRate Last Interest Effective Date Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers Product No of Times Rollover Relate Contract Reference Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date Maturity Date Interest Rate Contract Status Loan Details of Linked Customers Cancel CASA Details of Linked Customers Here you can view the following details im ORACLE Branch Code Account No Account Description Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Uncollected Debit Interest Accrued Amount Credit Interest Accrued Amount Limit Currency Temp OD limit Temp OD Start Temp OD End Account Statu
200. ed If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account e Cheque Delivery Blocked Check this option to indicate that the cheque delivery for this account is blocked If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account e Deceased Check this option to indicate that the customer is deceased If you check this option no activity will be allowed on the account o All the abovementioned checkboxes will be checked or unchecked depending on the maintenance for the specified status at account class level However you can modify them at the account level Block Reason Code Specify the reason for blocking the account Status Change Automatic You can select this option if you want the subsequent status change for the account to be performed automatically by the system After the account moves to the new status specified here all subsequent status movements will be triggered automatically during the EOD run for the branch However the changes will come into effect only upon authorization of the details maintained here At a later date you can switch back to the manual mode by unchecking this option and having the same authorized id ORACLE The manual status movement that you specify in this screen has to be authorized for the new status of the account to come into effect 4 2 17 2 Maintaining Status Change Processing For accounts marked with automatic status change you can execute a batch process at
201. ed transactions carried out prior to account class transfer and computes the interest from the effective date of transfer based on new account class values If the value date of the back value transaction is before the effective date of transfer then the system does not compute interest for the period between value date and effective date System does not process IC calculation of back valued UDE change back value dated transaction CIF type change and bulk change of the old account class 4 2 33 2 Processing BOD Batch During BOD process system initiates the IC online liquidation of interest accrued on various products for all the customer accounts in the account class till the effective date of account class transfer Using gateway infrastructure system authorizes and changes the account class based on the parameters maintained at the account class transfer level However GL balance of the accounts processed for account class transfer would be considered for the next day EOC Note the following e Transfer of the account class would be effective only after the liquidation of customer accounts Mid ORACLE e Errorlog is written for the customer account which has failed in the account class transfer When account class transfer maintenance is saved the system will enforce restriction and display an error message in following conditions e f one of the mask components of the customer account is Account class e f dual c
202. eferences at the account level also To facilitate automatic reordering of Cheque Books you have to maintain the following details Cheque Book Check this box to indicate that automatic reordering of cheque books should be allowed and You can specify the details for the same If unchecked you will not be able to maintain the automatic reordering preferences for the account class Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Check this box to indicate that automatic reordering of Cheque Books is required for all accounts reporting to this account class This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Cheque Book option explained above Reorder Level Specify the level at which the reordering of Cheque Book should happen Automatic reordering will be set off by the system when the unused number of cheque leaves becomes equal to or less than the re order level that you maintain here This field will be enabled only if you have indicated that automatic reordering of Cheque Books is required i e the Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option is checked Reorder No of Leaves Specify the number of leaves that should be ordered for the new Cheque Book This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option ORACLE 4 2 7 4 2 7 1 Max No of Cheque Rejections Specify the maximum number of cheque rejections that can be allowed for an account Maintaining Tax on Cheque Book Issue Specify the
203. efined Fields Click on the Fields button to invoke User Defined Fields screen Here you can view the UDF details of the customer The screen is as shown below User Defined Fields UDF Details Field Name Cancel on ORACLE 8 3 2 10 Viewing MIS Details Click on the MIS button to invoke MIS screen Here you can view the MIS details of the customer Branch Code Customer MIS Group Link to Group icu IE Composite MIS Customer MIS Classes MIS Code mis Class Change Log Transfer Log 8 3 2 11 Viewing Preferences Click on the Preferences button to invoke Preferences screen Here you can view the preferences details of the customer Preferences Number OfAllowed 2 Withdrawals Number Of Withdrawals Done Passbook Number Accrued Readjustment Amount Accrued Interest Amount You can view the following details here e Number of Allowed Withdrawals e Number of Withdrawals done e Passbook Number TB ORACLE 8 3 3 e Accrued Readjustment Amount e Accrued Interest Amount Viewing Deposit Details Click Deposits tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the customer deposits The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Branch
204. egree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 11 Viewing Payment Details Click Payments tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name s Schemes Alerts Limits s Deposits Is Financing is Trade is Treasury External Products Funds Transfer Details E Contract Reference Product Description Credit Account Branch Credit Account Credit Currency Credit Amount Credit Value Date Debit Account Branch Debit Acc 1of1 Payment and Collection Details z contract Reference Product Description AccountNo Customer Account Branch Counter Party Bankcode Account Number CptyName _ Transaction currency Refer the section titled Viewing Payments Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 12 Viewing Islamic Deposits Click Is Deposits tab the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view details about active CASA account and term deposit que ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Branch Short Name Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Depo
205. egsndsndesssisssssasiondvonsieasonseess 6 48 6 4 2 Viewing Profile Details eate eter ierit ere iere EP epe Ene bee ore ren Eee EOS 6 49 6 4 5 Viewing Deposits Details eee tritt rt tette etra oii PET re eb E TE EENE 6 56 6 4 4 Viewing Loan Details ssrin 8 63 8 4 5 Viewing Trade Details eterne tet erp a EE eb EE E E ETEEN 6 65 6 4 6 Viewing Ireasury Details eset ebrii repre ee eb He on e be Eo Eee Pee 6 72 6 4 7 Viewing Events Details ien tete i ert Ee PRIN Se et ER HP EE ERES EE REESE 6 75 6 4 8 Viewing Schemes Details eir ettet terre e Pe ERU PE EE E ci eene E Ete nne 6 76 8 4 9 VIEWING 8 77 S410 Viewing Limus Details uii HR a 8 78 8 431 Viewing Payment 8 79 S412 Viewing Islamic Deposits 2 ue Ree RIESCO ap Ee d od 6 79 8 2413 ViewingIs Financing Detdils pete e te Hosted Deque se ER 6 83 6 4 14 Viewing Islamic Trade Details essent eene nennen eene nee eene enne 6 84 6 4 15 Viewing Islamic Treasury Details eese aiaa rene rennen 6 87 8 4 16 Viewing bxternal Det ils p e de beer tote rese te das egeat IR 8 88 9 GLOSSARY q 9 1 9
206. ency at which statements should be generated for all accounts under a class Indicating the preferences unique to an account class like the check book passbook or ATM facilities to be given to account holders under this account class whether overdraft facility should be allowed for accounts linked to this class whether the credit limit should be checked for all accounts under the class interest and charges to be computed for accounts under this class Specifying preferences regarding account holder facilities interest computation etc Indicating whether status change for all accounts belonging to the account class should be automatic or manual Identifying and assigning preferred branches currencies and customers to the account class Specifying whether receivables should be tracked for the account class This specification will default to all accounts that are linked to this account class Specifying whether reordering of Cheque Books for all accounts linked to this account class should be triggered automatically or not If yes the parameters for the same Specifying liquidation preferences for debit interest and charges to notify your customers through a Debit Interest Notification message in the case of charges a Charge Notification message before debiting the customer s personal current account for debit interest or charges Specifying preferences for Line Of Credit LOC account regarding balance amount and recovery detai
207. ency in which the limit amount is expressed The outstanding of all customers associated with a group is aggregated to arrive at the credit utilization of the group This includes issuer risk arising out of securities issued by your customers and held by the bank 2 3 8 Associating Customer Account with Group While maintaining details of a customer account you can associate it with a customer group A customer can be associated with several customer groups Click Group button from the Customer Maintenance screen to associate the account with a customer group The screen is shown below is ORACLE customer Group Group Details Group ID Relation Partnership Details L1 Share Holder Id Shareholders Name Holding Percentage Cancel 2 3 8 1 Specifying Group Details To associate a customer account with a group select Group ID from the option list The option list will contain a list of all the customer groups that you maintained in the Customer Group Maintenance screen To add a group to the list click Add icon and select a Group ID from the option list To remove a group from the list highlight the Group ID and click Delete icon For each group that you associate with a customer you can specify the relationship that the customer shares with the group 2 3 8 2 Specifying Shareholding Details You can maintain percentages of shareholding of your individual customers in a co
208. ent is Account Status Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time 4 69 Preferences Record Status Authorization Status Cheque Book Passbook Status Change Automatic Cancel ORACLE The following details are maintained here Branch Code The current branch is defaulted here Account Select the account number which requires an account class transfer from the adjoining option list This adjoining option list displays all valid accounts maintained at the account class level Old Account Class The account class to which the selected customer account belongs is defaulted here Currency The currency of the selected customer account is defaulted here Account Class Select the new account class to which the customer account has to be transferred from the adjoining option list This adjoining option list displays all valid account class When the account class is selected the system checks whether the new account class is a valid one or not Click the Default button to generate default parameters If the old and new account class are of different type then the system will display the following Error Message on Save Old and new A c class belongs to different a c class types Failed to Process the Request Click Ok to reset Account Class parameters If the old and new account class are of same type then the system will display the following Override Message Provisioning detail
209. ent Branch Only Address Relationship customer Relation Customer ID Accounts Loans Deposits FX FT Deposits Details Branch Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator sat e From Date Transaction Date To Date Value Date Double clicking a record displays the Deposits Contracts Summary screen comprising a summary of transactions contributing to the balance displayed in the Customer Position screen MM borrowings Deposits The Balance is the principal balance for the selected Deposit product Double clicking a record in the Loans and Deposits Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding Deposit Contract screen comprising transaction details The summary screen will not be displayed if the deposit does not belong to the current branch 7 9 ORACLE Corporate Deposits Contract Input Contract Reference Number Product Product Description Contract Schedules Rollover Customer Currency Local Currency Equivalent Settlement Details Credit Debit Booking Date Value Date Original Start Date Cluster Id Size Maturity Date User Input Mat Date User Reference Outstanding Amount Source Preferences Holiday Preferences Amount Interest Period Basis Credit Account Debit Account Liquidation Rollover External Reference Number Tax Scheme Remarks Payment Method Schedule
210. ent Type Payment Type Description Counter Foil Modes Allowed Disallowed Payment Modes 1of1 HE Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status For more details on maintaining Massive Payment types refer the chapter titled Maintaining Information Specific to the PC Module in the Payments and Collections module manual 3 5 1 2 Massive Payment Agreement Maintenance The Massive Payment Agreement can be maintained to handle the Loan Payment Processing This maintenance can be done in the Agreements Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing PCDMPAGR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then clicking on the adjoining arrow button P ORACLE Alt Customer Number Company Credit Method IE Settlement Details Cr Back Account Agreement Id Description CustomerNo PaymentType EE Executive Code Agreement Maintenance 7 Active Account 7 Allow Payment Without Funding Notice Generation Required 7 Extension Of NonPayment Waiting Period Allowed Extension Of Maturity Allowed TaxRule CHG_RULE1 v Factoring Product Funding Payment modes charges Transmission moses rns Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status For Loan Payment Processing the payment typ
211. ent currency TAXCCY The tax currency Alphanumeric 3 characters TAXAMTINTAXCCY The tax amount in tax Number currency INTERESTAMT The interest amount Number basis amount on which the tax has enis ORACLE Tag Name Description Data Type been calculated Utility Provider Utility Providers are the recipients of the bill payment Typical entities involved in a bill payment transaction are the consumer your bank and the institutions utility providers Utility Provider Check this box if the customer whose details you are maintaining happens to be a Utility Provider Utility Provider Id Assign a unique ID to identify the utility provider Check Digit Validation Required Check this box to indicate whether the check digit validation should be performed for the consumer number that is captured while making bill payment for the utility provider Algorithm ID If the check digit validation should be performed you must also identify the Algorithm ID which is used to perform the check digit validation on the consumer number Utility Provider Type Indicate the type of utility provider The option list adjoining Utility Provider Type displays all valid utility provider types maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Head Office Account Number The Head Office Account Number is the customer s account number with the Head Office of your bank You need to c
212. ent generation i e MT942 ORACLE Generate Message Only On Movement Check this box to indicate that the interim statement needs to be generated only if additional entries have been posted subsequent to the previous interim statement generation Report Transaction Since This is a list of all the transactions the accounts under a class have undergone basis of which the transactions would be reported in the interim account statement You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT942 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT942 would be sent in the current interim statement e Previous MT940 MT950 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previous MT940 MT950 would be sent in the current interim statement If this option is selected user will have to specify the cycle of account statement to be considered Minimum Debit Amount and Currency Specify the minimum transaction amount for the debit transaction which is eligible for reporting in the interim statement This amount should be qualified by a currency The amount for the corresponding account currency will be defaulted from here while opening the account Minimum Credit Amount and Currency Specify the minimum transaction amount for the credit transaction which is eligible for reporting in the interim statement This amount should be qualified by a currency The amount for the corresponding accoun
213. ents Maintenance CSDAGTEM Customer Agreement Template Maintenance CSDALGGN Algorithm Generation Input CSDALGMT Algorithm Maintenance CSDINSTR Instructions Maintenance CSDRELMN Relationship Maintenance CSDSTNAR Statement Narratives Maintenance CSRPACCO Customer Account Opening Confirmation CSSINSTR Instructions Summary CSSJOBBR Jobs Browser ORACLE Function ID Function Description ISDSRCMD Multimode Settlement Maintenance LDDECMNT Corporate Deposits Exposure Category Maintenance LDDETMNT Corporate Deposits Category Type Maintenance LDDPRULE Corporate Deposits Provisioning Rule Maintenance LDDPRVMN Corporate Deposits Provisioning Percentage Maintenance LDSETMNT Corporate Deposits Category Type Summary PCDFNONL Online Funding PCDMPAGR Agreement Maintenance PCDMPAMD Change Payment File STDEMPMT Employer Maintenance STDACCLS Account Class Maintenance STDACLOC Account Address Location Maintenance STDACTFR Account Class Transfer STDAMDMT Gateway Amendment Maintenance STDCCMNT Customer Classification Maintenance STDCIFNM Customer Name Maintenance STDCULMT Customer Tax Allowance Maintenance STDCULOC Location Maintenance STDCUREL Customer Linkage Maintenance STDCUSPR Customer Prefix Maintenance STDCUSVW 360 Degree Corporate Customer View STDFLTDS Float Days Maintenance STDGRMNT Gr
214. er Authorized Authorized By Date Time open To define rules you can use the following elements for the account for which provision is being made e Outstanding Balance ACY This is the book dated debit balance in account currency in the account for which provision is being made e Outstanding Balance LCY This is the book dated debit balance in local currency in the account for which provision is being made e Receivable Interest This is the interest receivable on the account for which provision is being made e Accrued Interest This is the interest that has been accrued but not liquidated as yet in the account for which provision is being made typically the interest that has accrued during the current liquidation cycle e Receivable Interest LCY This is the interest receivable in local currency on the account for which provision is being made e Accrued Interest This is the interest that has been accrued but not liquidated as yet in local currency on the account for which provision is being made e Account Status This is the user defined status for the account for which provision is being made e Exposure Category This is the exposure category of the account for which provision is being made It is picked up from the account details if it has not been specified in the account details it is picked up from the maintenance for the CIF or customer group to which the account belongs e Risk Free Exposur
215. ers 5 5 5 2 6 Standing Instructions SI ccccscccescceesecsseceeseceseceencecsceesaceceaceecacecssceesaeeceaceesaeecsceeeaeecseeeeenaecseeeeeneees 5 5 5 2 7 Payments and Collections 5 6 5 2 8 Clearing CG Transactions ea eE E EE EEE O EE Ea EE I EATE 5 6 PROVISIONING FOR CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS csssssssssscssssscescssssesssenesscsssssesssssssssssnessssnessessessosees 6 1 Gel Lusto 6 1 6 1 1 Specifying Basis for Status Processing esses eerte ene 6 1 6 1 2 Setting up Customer Groups for Provisioning 6 2 6 1 3 Setting up Customer Classifications for Status Processing 6 4 6 1 4 Setting up Exposure Categories 6 5 6 1 5 Maintaining Rules for Provisioning eese tentent een eene 6 9 6 1 6 Derivation Rules for Status Change eese eene enne nennen trennen nennen ene 6 11 6 1 7 Provision Processing for Accounts sees eee eterne enne tene trennen teen trennen rennen 6 12 CUSTOMER INFORMATION QUERY eese esee etes enean tasa tata 7 1 Tel INTRODUCTION 7 1 7 2 INVOKING CUSTOMER POSITION SCREEN 7 1 7 2 1 Viewing Accoun
216. es 8 3 3 9 Viewing Joint Holder Details Click Joint Holders button to view the Joint Holders screen In this screen you can view the joint holders details Joint Holders Joint Holder Code Description Joint Holder StartDate End Date Here you can view the following details e Joint Holder Code i ORACLE e Description e Joint Holder Type e Start Date e End Date 8 3 3 10 Viewing Recurring Deposits Details Click Recurring Deposits Details button to view the RD Details screen In this screen you can view recurring deposits if the deposit is recurring The screen is as shown below RD Details Frequency Days Payment Branch Frequency Months Payment Account Frequency Years Payment Currency Installment Amount Payment Date Here you can view the following details e Frequency Days e Frequency Months e Frequency Years e Installment amount e Payment Branch e Payment Currency e Payment Date 8 3 3 11 Viewing Redemption Details Click Redemption Details button to view the Redemption Details screen In this screen you can view redemption deposits of a deposit account ORACLE 3 Redemption Details Webpage Dialog Redemption Date Redemption Amount Principal Amount Interest Amount Penal Interest Amount Here you can view the following details e Redemption Date e Redemption Amount e Principal Amount e Interest A
217. es can be used for retrieving financial information by customer category for generating reports on queries and restricting access of a customer to a product in the front end modules for instance Funds Transfer Data Entry etc You may also retrieve financial information by customer category The categories are maintained in the Customer Categories screen and are maintained at the bank level by your Head Office The customers are allocated different categories maintained in this screen in the Customer Information Maintenance screen Invoking Customer Category Screen To invoke the Customer Categories Details screen type STDCSCAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button The screen is shown below Customer Category Maintenance Customer Category Customer Category Description C Maintain Customer Log Fields Retail Lending Preferences Input ByDOCUMENT1 Authorized By Modification Authorized Date Time Date Time Number Open In this screen you maintain the following e Name of the customer category icu ORACLE e Description of the category e Customer log 2 3 5 1 Creating Customer Categories To create customer categories the following parameters need to be maintained Customer Category In this category you can classify customers of your bank When you are creating a product be it in a loan a depo
218. es passed for the selected customer account and date range P Accounting Entry Retneval Query Criteria Debit Credit Contract Reference Currency Transaction Code Module Code Event Code Transaction Date Value Date Related Account Related Reference ToDate 2012 03 05 From Date 2012 02 27 Query Account Details Branch Code 001 Starting Balance Currency GBP Debit CreditBalance C Account Number 00100309401 Transaction Details Contract Reference Entry Serial No Module Code Transaction Code EventCode Transaction Date 0011C01120620005 591656 BC ACH INIT 2012 03 02 0011 120620007 591560 LC IBC BISS 7 0011 01120620005 591658 8 INIT 10011 01120620005 591648 BC MSC INIT 2012 03 02 0011 01120620005 592580 BC BST 2012 03 02 592579 BC BST 2012 03 02 Double clicking an accounting entry in this screen displays the corresponding contract input screen Click Query button if you wish to query for any particular accounting entry 7 2 15 Overdrawn Accounts Query Invoke the Overdrawn Accounts Query screen by typing ACDCODQS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below 7 17 ORACLE Overdrawn Accounts Query Customer Number Account No Currency sz Facility Identifier Liability Number C Linked Customer
219. etween customers of your bank in the Relation Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDRELMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Relationship Category Description w Fields Cancel Specify the following details in this screen e Relation Define the type of relationship in this field You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to define a relationship e Category Select the category from the drop down list to define the nature of the relationship with the customer The available options are Customer to Customer Customer to Account Customer to Contract e Description Provide a brief description of the relationship being maintained This will further help you in identifying the relationship You can enter a maximum of 35 alphanumeric characters in this field The types of relationships defined in this screen will become available for linking two customers only upon authorization of the details maintained Viewing Customer Details You can view the details of the customers of your bank in the Customer Summary screen To invoke the screen type STSCIF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is displayed id ORACLE Customer Summary Authorization Status Record Sta
220. evaluate Collateral Liability Id Collateral Currency Lendable Margin Start Date Revision Date Revaluation Date User Reference Number G s s s Search Advanced Search ecords per page 15 z 14 414 or 1 PILI E Authorization Status Record Status Collateral Code Collateral Description Collateral Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Authorization Status A Authorized U Unauthorized Record Status C Closed O Open 7 2 10 Viewing Assets Liabilities Details You can view the total asset and total liability for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Asset Liab button The Assets Liabilities Summary screen appears All Assets and Liabilities transactions are displayed in Asset and Liabilities transaction blocks along with the local currency equivalent for each transaction The total for Assets and the total for Liabilities are also displayed at the end of each block Asset Sum of Current balance of All the account having ve balance Sum of all the Loans outstanding balance Linked to a given customer Sum of all MM placements of the customers Liability Sum of Current balance of all the account having ve balance Sum of all the Deposits Linked to a given customer Sum of all MM borrowings of the customer Invoke the Customer Asset amp Lia
221. f logical operators that you would require to build a status rule ORACLE AND The conjunction and OR The conjunction or gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols lt Less than lt Less than or equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols lt gt Not equal to please note that there is no space between the two symbols Equal to Oracle FLEXCUBE allows data store for tracking of SOD debit interest due During Interest liquidation for debit interest the system populates the SOD Debit Interest Due Data Store with the Amount Due as debit interest for the SOD utilized amount and the due date of payment for the interest amount The debit interest due amount is adjusted in the SOD utilized amount and the system checks for any credit entries for the SOD corresponding to the debit interest During EOD if any credit entry exists for the account then the system does adjustments on the amount due for the SOD debit interest due data store The system also adjusts the debit interest payment against the oldest available debit interest due amount and so on Oracle FLEXCUBE provides SDEs for SOD Due Count and SOD Overdue Days for status rule generation During EOD while running the status update batch the system calculates SDE SOD Due Count value as the count of the reco
222. f the customer s current age is on or above the minor age limit maintained at branch parameters then you to do the following mentioned settings e option Minor at customer personal details will be unchecked in customer maintenance screen e select Submit Age Proof as Pending in customer maintenance screen Note the following e In case of holiday the Minor to Major conversion would be done after the holiday BUS ORACLE e Debit would be still allowed for the system initiated transactions During EOD BOD even though the documents have not been submitted Customer Advice generation During EOD batch CASABAT will generate the advice for the customers who are going to attain the Major status based on the number of days mentioned at Branch Parameters level for advice generation The customer will receive an advice in the following sample format RH lt Customer Minor Major Advice gt Date BRANCHDATE Bank Name BANK NAME _ Branch Address BRANCH ADDR Customer Name CUST NAME1 Customer ID CUSTOMER __ You are attaining the Major status on DATE Hence please submit the necessary documents on or before DATE B SC AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY EC EB dx ORACLE 3 1 3 Maintaining Customer Agreements Introduction Your bank may enter into an agreement termed Convenios or Customer Agreement with a Company wherein the Bank offers concessions and or
223. f auto deposit should happen from the following options e The system breaks the maximum valued deposit account or the deposit account having the maximum balance in order of descending amount e MINB The system breaks the deposit account having minimum balance in order of ascending amount e FIFO The system breaks the deposit account in order of chronological account creation date e LIFO The system breaks the deposit account in order of reverse chronological account creation date the latest created deposit account breaks first Provide Interest On Broken Deposit Check this field to indicate the system to calculate interest on the deposits This is done when the attached account class is mapped to the IC product Break Deposits First Check this field to indicate the system to break the deposit accounts created and transfer the proceedings to the savings account The system breaks the deposits when the savings account does not have sufficient balance to withdraw the amount In this case the system breaks the auto deposit account and restores the savings account with balance to allow withdrawing the money ae ORACLE The customer has the total balance in the account for 5675 including 650 as auto deposit He withdraws 5500 from an ATM As part of intraday batch DESWPBAT the system breaks the auto deposit account of 650 and restores the balance amount to savings So his current standings would be
224. f the maintenance is applicable to all customers select All as customer number If no maintenance is done then there will be no tax waiver at the customer level Tax Category You need to specify a tax category for which you wish to main tax waiver Tax Currency You need to specify the currency in which the tax waiver should be defined Select All if you wish to define tax waiver for all currencies Product Or Account Class You need to specify the Product Account Class for which the tax waiver is being defined account classes and all LD MM products will be available for selection You may also select ALL in which case the tax waiver would be applicable to all products and account classes s ORACLE From Date To Date You need to specify the date from which the particular waiver rule is applicable The To Date is the date up to which the waiver rule is effective The To Date should be greater than or equal to the From Date The To Date field can also be left blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended Waiver Specify the tax waiver in terms of percentage which should be made applicable for the period defined The value you enter should be gt 0 and lt 100 2 2 20 1 Pick up Order for Waiver Rule The following table gives the waiver rule pick up order Customer Customer Tax Currency Product Account Group No Category Class Specific
225. fault the same preference to the customer account maintenance for the specified customer by checking the Include Relationship box Also specifying this option at the customer maintenance level will inherit all the properties of the customer relationship to the counterparty of the loan deposit during the contract input i ORACLE 2 4 2 Maintaining Risk Category for Customers 2 5 In order to support risk weighted risk tracking you will have to maintain risk details for Customers You can maintain different Risk Categories for Customers in the Risk Category Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDRKMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Risk Category Maintenance Risk Category Description Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number Authorized Cancel Authorized By Date Time Specify the following details in this screen e Risk Category Define the type of Risk Category in this field e Description Provide a brief description of the Risk Category being maintained The types of Risk Categories defined in this screen will be available for Liability maintenance of customers and Risk percent maintenance only upon authorization of the details maintained Risk Category is not a mandatory input during Customer Maintenance Risk Category is applicable to the Customer and not to
226. fer within the country Audit Date Specify the audit date Use the date button to choose a date from the calendar Account Solicited Check this box to indicate that the account should be solicited Account Solicited Date Specify the date on which the account should be solicited using adjoining calendar button Introducer Details Specify the details of the introducer Compliance Clearance Specify the date of compliance clearance using adjoining calendar Business Approval Specify the date of business approval using adjoining calendar Trade Licence No Specify the trade licence number The adjoining option list displays all valid licence numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one KYC Next Review Date Specify the next date of KYC review ave ORACLE Comments KYC Specify the comments on the KYC details of the corporate customer Sales and Service Officer Specify the comments of sales and service officer on the corporate customer Approvers Specify the name and comments of the approvers of the corporate customers 2 7 1 2 Corporate or Audit HO Details Tab Click Corporate or Audit HO Details tab in the KYC Corporate Profile screen KYC Corporate Profile CB Response CB Response Date Activity STR Date Activity Reason STR Reference Dairy Note Here you can specify the following details CID Number Specify the CID number of the corporate customer Name Specify the
227. fic Specific Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL Specific Specific Specific Specific ALL ALL Qm float days will be considered as Working Days or Calendar Days depending on your specification in the ARC Maintenance screen Location Maintenance In Oracle FLEXCUBE you have a provision wherein you can maintain location codes You do this through the Account Address Location Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing STDACLOC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Location Description Defaut Fields Cancel Location The relevant location code This pertains to a particular area in a country It cannot be more than 15 characters Description A short description to the location code Default If the location code is to be maintained as a default location code the same could be specified here by checking against this option Only one location can be marked as a default location The following points are noteworthy dd ORACLE 2 6 e Once you save the above maintenance Oracle FLEXCUBE checks for duplicate location codes To recall existing location codes are maintained through the Location Codes Maintenance screen If a match is found system throws up an error e This maintenance is applicable only for account level address maintenances and not for address maintenances done at the
228. g Lending CASA Preferences Currency Maximum Amount Minimum Amount Moratorium Minimum Tenor Minimum Moratorium Period MaximumTenor Maximum Moratorium Period Units Units Payment Date Payment Day Payment Date Rule Blocking Days Number of Overdue Contracts Product Restrictions ate Factor Fits Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status You can enter the following details Template Id Specify the ID for the customer agreement template The ID cannot be changed later for the template Description Provide a brief description of the template here Salary Processing Check this check box to denote if payroll discounting is allowed for the customer agreement In Payroll Discounting the employer deducts a certain part of the salary and remits it to the bank This amount can be used towards payments which need to be collected from the customer for example loan repayment If payroll discounting is not applicable then the loans will have concessions only in interest If Payroll Discounting is allowed then when you create a loan contract under the customer agreement the schedules first payment date etc are defaulted to the contract If option is not set then the schedules information is not defaulted validated to the contract ds ORACLE 3 3 2 1 Specifying for Lending Products Ta
229. h 54 ORACLE 4 2 4 Invoking Account Class Maintenance Screen You can invoke the Account Class Maintenance screen by typing STDACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Maintenance Account Class Start Date 125 Description End Date 125 AccountType Current Y Line of Credit Account Account Details Statement Parameters Account Code Provisioning Details Escrow Details D cy Day Applic ormancy Days E Required 2 Escrow Transfer Applicable Account Statement EE m Transaction Code LE Provisioning Frequency P P y iia Transaction Code For ay E Display IBAN in Advices rovision Currency Local Reversal Dinter Pay Account Cash Deposit Limit on Dual Currency Deposit Exposure Category LE Trust Account COD Loan Creation Event Class Code EE Natural GL Debit O Credit Dormancy Parameters Any Debit Interest Charge Liquidation Initial Funding Applicable Customer Not Applicable v C Liquidate Using Receivable Event Class Code LE mus Verify Funds Charge Role To Head 2j Charges Debit Notice Code Charge Start Advice Liquidation Days 0 Advice D
230. h Code e Account Class e Old Account Class e Account e ORACLE e Next Liquidation Cycle e Effective Date 4 2 35 Maintaining Narratives The Narrative Maintenance screen allows you to define the format of a Detailed Account Statement Invoke the Narrative Maintenance screen by typing CSDSTNAR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button If you are defining the details of a new record choose new from the Actions Menu or click new icon from the toolbar The Narrative Maintenance screen is displayed without any details Statement Narratives Maintenance Module Narrative Details order Narratives Narrative Type Narrative OTax Event Charge Interest Commission Transaction Language Details L1 Language Description Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number Authorized ance Authorized By Date Time open After you have entered all the details of a record save the record using one of the following methods e Click Save icon in the toolbar e Select Save from the Actions Menu While maintaining narratives if you choose the narrative type for a module the prompt codes maintained for this module are displayed You can choose the relevant prompt code from the option list m ORACLE For the FT module the prompt codes be the following e FT EVENTDE
231. he beneficial owner Expiry date of visa Currency in which KYC amount is maintained Beneficially Owned Company Details Name of the company Location of the company Percentage of the holding Annual income of the company Line of business of the company Source of Income 2 2 15 2 Whether salary is a source of income Whether rental is a source of income Whether investment is a source of income Whether business concern is a source of income Whether professional business is a source of income Viewing KYC Details of Corporate Customers KYC Corporate Profile screen gives an account of the KYC profile details for corporate customers Click Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen The system displays KYC Corporate Profile screen 2 35 ORACLE The screen is as shown below Corporate Profile Compliance Audit HO Details Customer and Sponsor s Information Reason of Account Groups Name Purpose Of Account Openin Parent Companys Country 9 Of inc Others Type Of Company Others KyC Amounts CCY GBP Nature of Business Nature Of Business Product Traded Main Source Of Funds Borrowing Account Group Annual Turnover Details Of Key Person KYC ID Name RelationShip Nationality Position Or Title Share Percentage Company Details Details Of Company Branch Details Of Suppliers Number Of Person Employ
232. he charge start date the charge start advice is to be sent to the customer indicating the commencement of charging on the account 4 2 10 Specifying Initial Funding Preferences You need to specify the following details pertaining to initial funding for opening accounts under the account class Event Class Code Specify the event class code maintained for initial funding process for the module code DE This adjoining option list displays all valid event class codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Charge Role to Head Code Specify the class code that you wish to use for posting charge related accounting entries for initial funding This adjoining option list displays all valid class codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Refer the section Maintaining Event Class for Account Initial Funding in the chapter titled Creating Classes under Modularity User Manual for further details about the event class code 4 2 11 Maintaining Provisioning Details When you define an account class you can specify whether provisioning is applicable for accounts using the class You can make the following specifications in the Provisioning Details section in the Account Classes screen e Auto Provisioning Required Check this box if provisioning is applicable Tem ORACLE e Provision Frequency Frequency at which the provisioning would be done either daily or monthly Qu frequency yo
233. he following fields Salary Check this box to indicate that salary is a source of income Rental Check this box to indicate that rent is a source of income Investment Check this box to indicate that investment is a source of income Business concern Check this box to indicate that the business concern is a source of income Professional Business Check this box to indicate that the professional business is a source of income eu ORACLE 2 7 1 1 Corporate Customer Tab You can specify the KYC profile details for corporate customer in the KYC Corporate Profile screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen Corporate Profile WETE Compliance Audit HO Details Customer and Sponsor s Information Reason of Account Nature of Business Groups Name Purpose Of Account Openin Nature Of Business Parent Companys Country dike Others Product Traded Main Source Of Funds Type Of Company Borrowing Account Group Others Annual Turnover Amounts CCY GBP Details Of Key Person KYC ID Name Relationship Nationality Position Or Tile Share Percentage Company Details Details Of Company Branch 101 Details Of Suppliers Details Of Clients Number Of Person Employe d Supplier Name Country _ Settlement Mode C client Name Country Payment Mode Mode For Salary
234. he nth day from the request for closure or on maturity of limit On closure of LOC account the system will liquidate the balances in the line of credit account along with interest The liquidation of interest and transfer of principal balance will be a single transaction Note the following e Incase of LOC account settlement is always in account mode dep ORACLE LOC account closure system will liquidate the interest on LOC account balance to current account The system will transfer the LOC account balance to the current account after the successful liquidation The system will fail to close the LOC account and rollback interest liquidation and the transfer If the current account does not have sufficient balance After successful completion of the balance transfer the system will close the account Zero ising limit has to be done as a separate transaction manually 4 2 22 Closing a Current Account During the closure of the account after the interest liquidation if the current account has credit balance then the system will generate a DD worth the credit balance in favour of the holder of the account However if the current account has debit balance then the system will generate a loan worth the debit balance for holder of account The liquidation of interest and transfer of principal balance will be a single transaction Note the following The system will not allow closing the current account If the current a
235. he time interval in hours only A new message type is created for the balance report process which can be run as part of a scheduled task This message type is ACST_BALANCE and ACST_INT_DTL 4 2 19 2 Balance Statement Handoff The balance statement can be handed off as part of scheduled task under Oracle You need to assign its frequency in hours This process is initiated for all accounts requiring a balance account statement As discussed previously the time for generation of the statement is determined and specified In case of no subsequent transactions reports the statement is not generated 4 2 19 3 Assigning Balance Statement as Job The balance statement can be facilitated to run as part of a scheduled job as part of the Oracle jobs initiated during processing The Jobs Browser screen of the application provides you the facility to run the balance statement as a synchronized task subject to specified time intervals in hours Invoke the Jobs Browser screen from the application typing CSSJOBBR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button TOP ORACLE The screen is as shown below Jobs Browser Job Module Ni Process Status I Search Advanced Search Reset Export Records per page 15 v e of 1 rr Go to Page Job Module Process Process Sequence Number Status Rm Status N Stopped T Runni
236. hen this field can be left blank we ORACLE Units Select the unit of moratorium period from the drop down list and the available options are e Days e Months e Years Schedules Payment Date Specify the method by which the payment date is arrived at You can specify either Fixed or Derived If you select Fixed method then you must specify the Payment Day next If you select Derived method then the Payment Date Rule expression s ID must be entered next Payment Day For Fixed payment date method specify here the Fixed Day of the month If you specify the Payment Day as 31 i e the 31 of a month then the system will consider the last working day of the month as the Payment Day Payment Date Rule For Derived payment date method you can specify here the rule ID of the rule to be used by the system to arrive at the date A CL Policy will be created to derive this rule and the same will be attached here Example of a Payment Date Rule For Loans that are input from the 1st of a given month till 15th of the month the due date will be 15th of the month The loans booked after 15th will have the last working day of the month as the first installment date If the loans given from 1st of August till 15th of August will have the first installment as 15th August if 15th is not a holiday all the other loans will have the first due date on the last working day of the month You cannot amend
237. horized customers of your bank will be available in the option lists provided Relation Specify the type of relationship that exists between the selected customers 1 amp 2 All authorized relation types maintained through the Relation Maintenance screen will be available in the option list provided You can select the appropriate name from this list This linkage of customers will be used for taking exposure report for the customer If you maintain a linkage between Customer1 and Customer2 the system will automatically establish a linkage of Customer2 with Customer1 After you maintain a linkage between two customers you are not allowed to change the customers involved in the linkage However you can alter the relationship that exists between them Only one type of relationship can exist between any two customers The following example will illustrate the manner in which you can maintain relationship details between customers and the need for the same Example John Doe is customer of you bank He is running a business named John Doe Building Contractors He is married to Jane Doe but is separated He now lives with Mary Bloggs In addition he also has a partnership with Jack Black and another partnership with Joe Green In order to establish a relationship between the above individuals you have to maintain each individual as a customer in Oracle FLEXCUBE In the Customer Information Maintenance screen set up the details for
238. hould be considered for currency exchange conversion mre ORACLE Free Amount Specify the amount that a customer can withdraw from his her savings account without being liable to pay advance interest The specified amount will be based on the frequency being selected If a withdrawal transaction is attempted for an amount higher than the free amount authorized the system will display the following error Transaction exceeds the free amount set for this period Maintaining Additional Preferences for Account Class You can specify the additional preferences for the overdraft loan using the Additional Preferences screen Click on Additional Preferences button in the Account Class Maintenance screen The Additional Preferences screen is displayed as shown below Additional Preferences Account Class Readjustment Preferences Readjustment Required Readj Ccy Principal Readjustment Eligibility Days Interest Readjustment Eligibility Days Withdrawal Count Details OD Loan Details Maximum Number of Product Code Withdrawal Per Day Maximum Withdrawal Internal Rate Count For Principal Readjustment Maximum Withdrawal Count For Interests Tenor In Days Rate Code Loan Written off Status Agreed OD Loan Details Deferred Withdrawal Product Code Credit GL Debit GL Product Internal Rate Tenor In Days Rate Code Closure Preferences Technical Reserve
239. iabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab The following details are displayed here Address For Correspondence Here you can view the following details e Name e Address e Telephone e Fax e E mail Status Here you can view the following details e Frozen e Deceased e Whereabouts Unknown e Status e CIF Status e Since ORACLE Credit Rating Customer Category Charge Group Tax Group Balance Sheet Asset and Liabilities Here you can view the following details Asset Ccy Value Liability Ccy Value Off Balance Sheet Asset and Liabilities Here you can view the following details Asset Ccy Value Liability Ccy Value 8 3 2 Viewing Profile Details Click Profile tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s profile 8 5 ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Branch Events Deposits Loans Schemes Short Name Full Name Alerts Limits Payments Unique Identifier Reporting Currency is Deposits Is Financing External Products Geographic First Name Country Middle Value Nationality Last Language National id Sex Male Passport Details Legal Guardian Female Passport Number Date of Birth Resident Status Resident inen Dia Non Resident Expiry Date Guardian Submit Age Proof Joint Customer Domicile Address Permanent Address Line
240. if both the criteria listed below are met e The number of overdue loans are less than the Number of Overdue Contracts defined in the customer agreement e Payroll file is over due for no of days less than or equal to Blocking Days defined in the customer agreement If the Convenio is blocked manually from the screen then it will not be unblocked automatically by the system It can be unblocked from the Customer Agreement Screen only Automatic Blocking is available only when the Salary Processing check box at the Convenio is marked vem ORACLE 3 4 3 Maintaining Blocking Reason Codes The Convenio Blocking Reason codes must be maintained in the system using the User Defined Fields Maintenance screen The block reason codes must be maintained as list of options You can invoke the User Defined Fields Maintenance screen from the Common Entity menu User Defined Fields Maintenance Field Name Usage Allowed Function Field Description Validation Type Field Type v Fixed Length Minimum Length Fixed Length Maximum Length Mask Default Value Maximum Value Amendable Minimum Value Unique Field Update Allowed Back Dates Mandatory Period Days Derivation Allowed F Future Dates 7 Shipped Period Days Validation Allowed Cube Enti Input By DOC1 Authorized By
241. ify the date on which the customer s company was registered as an organization eae ORACLE Country Specify the Country of registration of the office of the corporate Currency of Amounts Specify the Currency in which you specify the particular customer s various financial details like the Net worth of the customer organization the total Paid Up capital etc Description of Business Specify the nature of the business and the business activities carried out by the customer organization Directors Specify the list of the names of the Board of Directors of the organization 2 2 5 Personal Tab If your customer for whom you have defined parameters in the CIF basic screen is an individual you also have to maintain the personal details in order to determine the credit line ens ORACLE Click the Personal tab from the CIF Maintenance screen to maintain these details Customer Maintenance Customer No 000001021 FullName Type Individual Alt Customer Number 000001021 D Joint Venture Corporate Short Name Bank Branch Code 000 Private Customer Main Auxiliary Personal Corporate Director Check List Prefix Prefix 1 Prefix 2 Prefix 3 Legal Guardian Date of Birth Guardian Last Updated Date First Middle Last Telephone Fax E mail Mobile Number Submit Age Proof Resident Status National Id
242. ights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided un
243. il deposit Account Number Branch Code Description Account Class Related Customer Status Since Currency Term Deposit Amount Maturity date Interest Start Date Account type Joint or single Tenor Tenor will be displayed in terms of days Interest rate Interest Rate of a deposit System will pick up the current interest rate of a deposit during query Latest Interest Effective Date System will pick up latest interest effective date of a deposit during query Interest Accrued Interest accrued till date for an account This will be derived by the system during query Recurring Deposit This check box will be checked if it is Recurring Deposit 18 ORACLE Corporate Deposit Details You can view the following Corporate Deposit details Contract Reference Number Customer No Product Product Description Currency Amount Maturity Date Booking Date Value Date Contract Status No of times Rollover the system displays the number of times roll over has been done for deposit This is arrived during query Interest Rate the system displays the current interest rate of a deposit This is arrived during query 8 3 3 1 Viewing Account Signatory Click Account Signatory button to view the Signatory Details screen In this screen you can view the signatory details of the selected account Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Minatian No of Signatories
244. ils e Branch Code e Contract Reference e Currency e Amount e Book Date e Maturity Date e Value Date e Tenor e Type id ORACLE Islamic Derivatives Here you can view the following details Contract Reference Buy In Leg Currency In Principal Amount Out Leg Currency Out Principal Amount Book Date Value date Maturity Type 8 4 16 Viewing External Details Click External products tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view external details about products like credit cards insurance and mutual fund Refer the section titled Viewing External Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 88 ORACLE 9 1 9 Glossary Important Terms Account Class A group of customer accounts with similar characteristics and attributes Account Statement Cycle The periodicity for the generation of account statements Account Statement Type An indicator of the kind of account statement required to be generated periodically this could be either a summary statement or a detailed one Alternate Account Number An unique identifier for a customer account other than the main Account Number This provision is made to enable tracking of accounts existing in the bank before the installation of FLEXCUBE For such accounts you can capture the old account numbers as the Alternate Account Numbers Available The amount available in a customer s acco
245. ils screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDKYCMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button KYC Maintenance Reference No 0007 80910002 Full Name of Customer c Customer Type Risk Level v Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Cancel Authorization Status Here you can specify the following details KYC Reference Number The system displays the reference number The KYC reference number will be generated and displayed while saving this screen ene ORACLE Full Name of Customer Specify the full name of the customer KYC Customer Type Specify the type of KYC customer from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Retail Customer e Corporate Customer e Financial Customer Risk Level Select the risk level from the drop down list The list displays the following values Levelli Level2 Level3 Retail Customer Tab You can specify the KYC profile details for retail customer in the KYC Retail Profile screen Click Retail Customer tab to invoke this screen Retail Profile Beneficial Owner Information Birth Date Account Type Declared Birth Place Power Of Attorney IH Resident Nationality Passport Number i Politically Exposed Person Office
246. imits Payments i Deposts is Trade is Treasury External Products Branch Code Account Number Product Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Islamic Financing Total Component Details Cancel TR ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Islamic Financing Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 13 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen The screen is as shown below Component Details 10f1 Im ComponentName Component Currency Expected Out Standing lt Component Schedule Details 10f1 m ComponentName Schedule Due Date Setteled Amount EMI amount Li Refer the section titled Viewing Components Details under Viewing Loan Details for further details 8 4 14 Viewing Islamic Trade Details Click Is Trade tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view details of Islamic trade The screen is as shown below ORACLE 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number 001001745 Branch 001 ShortName ACE BANK LIMITED FullName
247. imum Number of Active Loans Specify the maximum number of active loan accounts Amount Outstanding for Waiver Specify the amount outstanding for waiver You can use the following SDEs to define book formula for commission e AF WAIVE This SDE gives the amount parameterized at customer categories level e TOT AF This SDE returns the principal outstanding of all outstanding loans of the customer under the product category of the current loan This is the sum of the principal outstanding of loans that will be liquidated on disbursement of the loans of the product category and amount financed for the current loan oo ORACLE 2 3 6 2 3 7 Sample formula Condition 1 CUSTOMER_CATEGORY NEW AND _ lt AF_WAIVE Currency Specify the currency to be used in the transaction Minimum Loan Amount Specify the minimum loan amount Maximum Loan Amount Specify the maximum loan amount Note the following You cannot save a loan account in the following circumstances e The amount financed is not within the maximum and minimum loan amount maintained at Customer Category level e Total number of all outstanding Loan accounts exceeds the maximum limit maintained at Customer Category level e With the events BOOK VAMI and ROLL you need to attach the following policies AMT RNG This policy validates whether the financed amount is within the maximum and minimum loan amount range ACT LOAN This p
248. ing Customer Information Screen You can invoke the Customer Maintenance screen by typing STDCIF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The four parameters listed on top are the four lines along which you maintain customer details These details have been classified into the following broad heads Main You maintain the main attributes of all customers individuals and corporate houses Auxiliary This screen shows the other details pertaining to the customer Personal You maintain the attributes for individual customers Corporate You maintain the attributes for all corporate customers Custom You maintain any other corporate customer related information which your bank would like to maintain in addition to the ones defined under Corporate Maintaining Customer Basic Record To define the basic details of the customer click on the tab titled Main The details that you can specify for a customer depend on the type of customer whose details you are capturing If a particular field is disabled it means that the field is not relevant to the type of customer that you are creating ORACLE Click the New button on the Application Toolbar The system will display Transaction Branch screen Here you can select the transaction branch Transaction Branch Code Transaction Branch Code Here
249. ing Loan Details for further details 8 3 12 Viewing External Details Click External products tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view external details about products like credit cards insurance and mutual fund The screen is as shown below TUS ORACLE 360 Degree Retail Customer View Credit Card Here you can view the following credit card details e Card Number e Card Type e Credit Limit e Billed Amount e Min Amount Due e Available Limit e Due Date e Delinquent Y N e Processing Date Insurance Here you can view the following insurance details e Product name e Policy Number e Number of units e NAV e Insured Amount 8 45 Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Events Schemes Alert Limts Payments is Deposis Is Financing ITE 14 4 1011 M ni Credit Card Card Number Credit Limit Billed Amount Min Amount Due Available Limit Due date Delinquent Processing Date I4 10 1 Insurance E Product Name Policy number Numberofunits NAV insured amount Premiumamount Purchase Date TERM Maturity Date Next Premiumdate Processing Date 1 J lt 4 1011 1 lt Cancel ORACLE e Premium Amount e Purchase date e Term e Maturity date
250. ing charges at a customer group level e Classifying the customer as a tax payer If you select this option the Exposure Category field will be disabled For details about loan status processing and provisioning consult the Loans user manual Setting up Customer Classifications for Status Processing You can set up the different classifications under which the financial standing of the customer would be considered for status processing You can set up these classifications in the Customer Classification Details screen You must specify an appropriate classification code and description You can invoke this screen by typing STDCCMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 6 4 ORACLE Customer Classification Maintenance Cust Classification Description Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number suthorizea ance Authorized By Date Time Open For instance you could set the following classifications e Good for customers with no bad loans and no accounts with outstanding overdrafts e Unstable for customers with a few bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts e Not Good for customers with many bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts e Deteriorate for customers with mostly bad loans and accounts with outstanding overdrafts e for customers with only bad loans and accounts with outstanding o
251. ining Blocking Reason Codes below Convenio which is blocked manually will not get unblocked released from block re activated automatically You must manually unblock the Convenio Customer Agreement Automatic Blocking and Unblocking Automatic blocking of a Convenio can happen in either of the following ways e On the basis of the payment file remaining unprocessed for certain number of days e lfaparticular number user specified of loans are overdue The parameters for automatically blocking a Convenio can be specified in the Customer Agreement Maintenance screen under the following fields e Blocking Days e Number of Overdue Contracts Automatically blocked Convenios will be released automatically when the reason for the block becomes invalid This means either of the following e Number of overdue loans have been reduced because some of the loan payments have been made e Unprocessed payment file gets processed Automatic Blocking will be done by the system during EOD processing automatically if any one of the below listed criteria is met e The number of overdue loans are greater than or equal to the Number of Overdue Contracts defined in the customer agreement e Payroll file is over due for no of days greater than Blocking Days defined in the customer agreement Automatic Unblocking will be done during BOD processing wherein the system unblocks the Convenios if the blocking criteria don t hold valid any more i e
252. ining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Others If you wish to provide additional information on the company use this field dl ORACLE Details of Suppliers You can specify the details of suppliers in the following fields Supplier Name Specify the name of the supplier Country Specify the country to which the supplier belongs Settlement Mode Specify the mode of settlement The adjoining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Details of Clients You can specify the client s details in the following fields Client Name Specify the name of the client Country Specify the name of the country of the client Payment Mode Specify the mode of payment The adjoining option list displays all valid modes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Transaction Types You can specify the details of the transaction types in the following fields Transaction Type Specify the type of transaction Count Specify the count of the transaction Total Amount Specify the total amount of the transaction ue ORACLE Max Single Amount Specify the maximum single amount allowed for the transaction Purpose Specify the purpose of the transaction Country Specify the country in which the transaction takes place Fund Transfer Purpose within Country Specify the purpose of funds trans
253. ion Customer EH Linked Customer Current Branch Only Address Relationship Customer Relation Customer iD Accounts Loans Deposits FX FT Account Details Branch Customer Account Customer Description Currency Current Balance Related Customer Relationship Debit Credit Indicator From Date Transaction Date To Date Value Date 71 ORACLE 7 2 4 Viewing Accounting Details The screen displays all the accounts linked to the selected customer for the specified date range and grouped by Branch Customer Account and Currency If you check the Linked Customer check box and provide the Customer Number and click Query button all linked customers of the customer number entered will be displayed To query on any linked customer displayed select the customer and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided You can use the Balance Enquiry screen to view the account balance details of any particular account of the selected customer Invoke the Customer Account Balance Query screen by typing ACDCBIRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Account Balance Query Account Number Currency Customer Numbe
254. ion Click Statement Generation button to view the Account Statement Report screen In this screen you can generate adhoc statement for an account qus ORACLE Account Statement Report Account Selection Type Date Range FromDate Single Account Account Number Charge Account Number From Account Number To Account Number One Account Multiple Account Range Show linked Account Details Statement Type To Date Account Currency Brief Detailed az Booking Dated Value Dated Print Options View From Account Currency To Account Currency Q Server Spool Hefer the section Account Statement Report under Current and Savings Account module for more information 8 4 3 7 Viewing Card Details Click Cards button to view the Debit Card Details screen In this screen you can view details about active debit cards which are issued during given period for an account Debit Card Details 1of1 8 60 ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Card Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 8 Viewing Other Details Click Others button to view the Other Details Of Account screen In this screen you can view additional details about interest limit statement a
255. ion limit of USD 7 700 10000 2300 If you have defined temporary overdraft limits for the accounts and the temporary OD limit forms a part of the netting the temporary OD limit will not be considered for netting is ORACLE 5 2 5 5 2 6 Rules for Set off for principal in referrals When customer accounts are linked for principal set off the Available Balance summed for all accounts in the arrangement plus the Overdraft Limit for the main account and the Sub limit for the main account minus the Total transactions received on all accounts is less than zero All transactions received are referred even if a transaction is on an account which has sufficient credit balance to pay the transaction If an account is set for principal it means that it is automatically set for interest pooling too However if an account is marked only for interest set off the system does not perform the principal set off for referral Account Limits sub screen of the Customer Account Maintenance screen The Netting Allowed option is defaulted from the Credit Line associated with the customer account If you change the default option the system displays an override message Liability Maintenance sub screen of the Customer Information screen The netting option is defaulted to the Liability Maintenance sub screen of the Customer Maintenance screen This option is defaulted from the Liability Code which is linked to the Credit Line that yo
256. ions which force an account to move into overdraft are Payment and Collections Funds Transfers Standing Instructions or Clearing transactions In Oracle FLEXCUBE if an account involved in a transaction moves into overdraft it is sent to the Referral Queue You can invoke this screen by typing STSREFQU the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Referral Queue Summary Account Number LH Customer Name 2 Current Balance Available Balance zi Overdraft Limit EH Search Advanced Search Reset Export Records per page 15 vl ell m of 1 I rj Go to Page C Branch Code Account Number Customer Name Current Balance Available Balance Overdraft Limit Credit Rating In this screen the following details of the account are displayed The account Branch and Branch code The Account Number The Name of the customer who holds the account The Current Balance in the account This includes the aggregate of debit credit uncollected unauthorized authorized and unposted transactions The amount available for withdraw The overdraft limit of the account This is inclusive of the sub limit The Credit Rating or the credit worthiness of the account holder ORACLE charge fee or interest debited to the customer account will not be referred to the Referral Queue Using the Referral Queue you can view de
257. is open You will be allowed to change this specification for a specific account Allow redirection Account If this option is selected then we can create a redirection account Local Currency account linked for a foreign currency account However this option cannot be unchecked if any redirection account has been attached to a foreign currency account using this account class Integrated Liquidity Management check to indicate that the accounts created under this account class would be part of an ILM Structure Deferred Withdrawal You can define the credit and debit GLs and the product for deferred withdrawal The accounting entries in the event of issuing a notice are passed from the Credit GL to the Debit GL maintained here Technical Reserve You can define the credit and debit GLs and the product for technical reserve The accounting entries in the event of issuing a notice are passed from the Credit GL to the Debit GL maintained under deferred withdrawal After withdrawal the amount specified in notice amount block is released Technical Reserve Days You can specify the technical reserve days After the expiry of technical reserve days the system passes the accounting entries and moves the amount from the credit GL to debit GL maintained under technical reserve days arte ORACLE While posting back valued transactions the System verifies whether the Back Period Entry Allowed option has been enabled for the account class
258. isting liability number for another customer Thus if the liability number of the customer is the same as the customer s code it implies that the liability granted to the customer is exclusive to the particular customer Conversely if the liability number of a customer is different from the customer code it implies that the liability of the specific customer is tracked against a parent customer This parameter helps you to assign the same liability structure for a group of customers This feature is useful when you have several subsidiary companies divisions reporting to the same parent company ES ORACLE 2 2 2 While assigning a liability number to Opel Motors Germany a subsidiary of General Motors US you track the liability of Opel Motors against General Motors Full Name You can specify the full name of the customer in this field Joint Venture Check this box if the customer is a joint venture customer For joint venture customers the system will capture the parties in the joint venture and their ratios during joint venture maintenance Type You have to indicate the Type to which the customer whose details you are capturing belongs The options available are e Individual e Corporate e Bank To recall if a customer record is created from an external Siebel CRM application after a successful upload into Oracle FLEXCUBE the CRM Customer flag gets checked after the upload You can however u
259. it to the customer s monetary account is recorded The advices are generated and sent to the customer depending on the advice generation frequency that you have specified You can generate the following reports IRA Statement Minimum Withdrawal Advice Charge Advice IRS Form 5498 IRS Form 1099 R Customer Account Opening Confirmation Netting Combined Statement Reports Missing Signature Report 10 2 IRA Statement Reports An IRA statement is a statement of accounts for an IRA plan You will be able to generate statements for a list of all the transactions carried out in an IRA plan for the statement generation frequency specified for the plan You also have the option of generation on an ad hoc basis 10 2 1 Selection Options You can choose to generate the account statements for transactions involving all plans within your branch or for transaction within a single plan or for a range of plans You will also have to indicate the date range for the generation of the report 10 2 2 Contents of the Report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the IRA Statement have been discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code the date and time at which the report was generated and the page number of the report T ORACLE Body of the Report Customer Information The CIF Numbe
260. ities refer to the section Maintaining Customer Accounts under the heading Relationships for Customer in this user manual Text Through this screen you can store free format text scanned images etc about the customer whose details you are capturing You can store this information either as text documents or as plain text Fields Through this you can capture user defined fields Image Through this screen you can capture the photograph of the customer whose details you are maintaining You will be allowed to access this screen only if you have the requisite access rights i e you may have rights to access the CIF screen but not view the photograph of the customer Limits Through this button you can view modify add define the liability details of a customer provided you have been assigned the necessary rights This button appears enabled only if the function Id LMTCURES has been added to your User Role If this Function Id has not been added to your User Role the button will appear disabled CLS Restrictions In case of a CLS participant you can capture CLS currency restrictions MT920 Through this screen you can specify MT920 preferences Domestic Through this screen you can capture domestic details of the customer i ORACLE Professional Through this screen you can capture professional details of the
261. k Query to view all Uncollected Fund Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers When Linked Account is not checked the existing query operation takes place The displayed values are based on the query fields provided Querying Free Amount Utilization You can query the free amount details using Query free amount Utilization screen To invoke this screen by typing STDQRDFR at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button 7 19 ORACLE Query free amount utilization Branch Code Account Number 1of1 Account Currency Free Amount Currency Period Start Date Period End Date Free Amount Utilized s You can enter the following details Branch code Specify the account branch The adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Account Number Specify the account number of the customer The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Click Query button based on above filter criteria the system will display the following details e Account currency Account currency e Free amount currency Free amount currency defined e Period Start Date Period start date defined e Period End Date Period end date defined e Free Amount Free amount defined in index currency converted to
262. ke this screen by typing BADIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button de ORACLE Intra Day Batch Start Specify the following information Function Specify CSREFQPR or choose this value from the adjoining option list Click OK button to run the batch d ORACLE 6 1 6 Provisioning for Customer Accounts Introduction Your bank may wish to set up certain guidelines according to which provision must be made for outstanding overdrafts on customer accounts For instance it may be necessary to set the provisioning amount for an account in respect of which there is an outstanding overdraft based on the status of the account as well as the financial standing of the customers You might also wish to include exposure due to loans issued to a customer as well as total outstanding overdraft in all accounts of a customer or a group of customers as a whole and assign the status of all loans issued to the group as well as all accounts under a group as the worst status among all loans and accounts belonging to the group This chapter explains how you can use the system to perform the processes related to provisioning for customer accounts In order to maintain provisioning guidelines you must e Specify whether you wish to track the status of customer accounts and loan contracts at a customer group CIF level or at the level of individual contracts or
263. ked indicates that for interest and charges computation the Interest and Charges module will process accounts linked to this class e Track Accrued IC if checked indicates whether accrued interest in the Interest and Charges module on an account linked to this class would be considered while computing credit utilization for the account e Passbook Facility if checked indicates that accounts linked to the account class are issued passbooks e ATM Facility if checked indicates that accounts linked to the class will avail the facility e Daylight Limit if checked indicates that you can specify daylight overdraft limit for all the accounts belonging to this account class While modifying the maintenance if you uncheck this box the daylight overdraft limit will be made zero for all the accounts belonging to this account class ids ORACLE Debit Credit Advices If checked indicates that for all accounts belonging to this class the system will generate a debit credit advices on interest liquidation The advices are generated during end of day processing in SWIFT or and MAIL format You can also specify this preference through the Special Conditions screen Track Receivable if checked you can choose to block the subsequent credit that happens to the settlement account linked to this account class of a loan contract or retail teller contract if the system detects insufficient funds in the account during
264. l 2i ay Debit Role Code Specify the accounting role for the memo accounting Role Description System defaults the description for accounting head attached Account Head Specify the GL which is to be debited or credited during memo accounting Head Description System defaults the description for accounting role attached Debit Credit Specify whether the GL is to be debited or credited Transaction Code Specify the transaction code for the memo accounting from the adjoin option list SD ORACLE 4 2 32 Maintaining Account Class Transfer Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the change of account class at the customer account level without changing the customer account number Depending on the destination account class system defaults the reporting GL lines and IC related values The account class transfer can be initiated through the Account Class Transfer Maintenance screen You can invoke the Account Class Transfer screen by typing STDACTFR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Transfer Branch Code 000 Old Account Class Account E Account Class Currency Default EM Auxiliary Effective Date GL Details Next Liquidation Cycle Status Effective Date Credit Debit interest Charges Consolidated Charges Statem
265. l be as follows e Drthe Settlement Account e Cr Agreement level Payment Account The system populates the funding amount based on the Loan Payment Mode during the EOD batch processing after validating the Loan Payment Mode records 3 5 2 2 Manual Funding The massive payment funding transaction screen Online Funding displays all the funding records for the payment mode LPT Loan Payment You can invoke this screen by typing PCDFNONL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and then clicking on the adjoining arrow button E Online Funding Branch Agreement Id List Id Due date Customer No Payment Date Payment Mode Funding Amount Status No Of Payment Rec Tax Amount Product Code Tax Waiver Flag Instrument Number Funding Mode Account Funding Contract Ref No Maker Checker Authorization Status Date Time DateTime Mod Number Record Status For manual funding you can unlock the funding record and fund it for the payment mode LPT Note that all payments should be done from the payment account Automatic Funding Automatic Funding is available only for the funding mode CASA Here the funding account must be recorded when maintaining the Massive Payment Agreement Sm ORACLE For more details on the Funding Process refer the chapter titled Processing a Payment or Collection Transaction in the Payments and Collections module manual 3 5 2 3 Loans Payment Process System
266. l be tracked The exposure category is derived by the End of Day batch program and displayed if the applicable logic has been maintained for the specified customer provisioning group in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance If no logic has been maintained for the group you can specify the applicable exposure category Financial standing classification en ORACLE 2 2 3 Status for the CIF If status processing for your branch is being done at Group CIF level as specified in the Branch Parameters the current status assigned to all loans issued to the CIF as well as all overdraft accounts belonging to the CIF is displayed in the CIF Status field in the Customer Maintenance Screen This status is the worst status of all loans contracts and overdraft accounts for a Group CIF and is displayed both at the account as well as the loan level for all the accounts and loans a customer has in the current branch The update applies only to the accounts and loans in the current branch not across branches The date since which the loans issued to the CIF as well as the customer accounts belonging to the CIF with outstanding overdrafts moved into the current status is also displayed Note the following e The status change maintenance and movement change should be similarly set up for all loan products and accounts If it is not the same across all loan products then the worst status update will not happen for the dissimilar products
267. lendar mus ORACLE Interest Booking Branch Select to indicate valid Branch for calculating the interest from the adjoining option list Interest Statement Check this box to generate the interest statement Charge Booking Account Select the valid customer account number for booking the charge from the adjoining option list Charge Start Date Specify to indicate the effective date to generate charges from the adjoining calendar Charge Booking Branch Select to indicate the valid Branch from the option list for calculating the charge Dr Cr Advices Check this box to generate debit and credit related advices Consolidated Account Select the valid account number from the adjoining option list Consolidated charge bank Select the valid bank from the adjoining option list Product Details You can specify product details for your account here Product Code Select the valid product code from the adjoining option list UDE Currency The system generates the user defined currency type maintained at Interest Product Preference level Waive Check this box if you need to waive of interest or charges defined for the selected interest product at the Interest Product Preference level TS ORACLE Generate UDE Change Advice Check this box if you need to generate advice for change in values of the User Data elements for the account Open Check this box if you need to apply the selected interest product for the account Inte
268. ll set them off against the withdrawals on last in first out basis thus reducing the withdrawal amount e When Re adjustment is calculated it is shown in all the customer correspondences The same is true when the interest calculated on the account readjusted or nominal is zero However no accounting entries posted for this e When the withdrawal transaction count becomes equal to the maximum number of withdrawals specified for Re adjustable accounts then appropriate messages are displayed Override messages will be generated by the system when Withdrawal count equals the maximum allowed withdrawal count for Interest or Principal Readjustment Withdrawal count equals the maximum allowed withdrawal count 1 for Interest or Principal Readjustment e All Retail Teller transactions from Branch will show the override message when the count equals or exceeds to the maximum allowed withdrawal e If the calculated readjustment amount is zero than the details of the principal readjustment and interest readjustment will be stored for the customer account e Advise tags READJPRN and INTREAD J is provided to read the details of the principal readjustment and interest readjustment amount that is stored for the customer account The above tags can be used in the customer account Interest statement formats 4 2 4 Converting a Readjustment Account to Nominal Account A customer may come in the middle of the year and change the acco
269. ls Maintaining initial funding details for new accounts Indicating whether Escrow transfer is applicable or not for new accounts Each of the parameters has been discussed in detail in the subsequent sections Account Class and Description The account class code is a unique 6 character code which identifies the class Along with the class code you need to assign an appropriate description to the account class For instance let us assume you are defining a class for savings account of individuals You could associate the code SB IND with it Similarly the description that you associate with it could be something like this Savings accounts of individuals Account Type The six different types of accounts that you can maintain are s ORACLE e Nostro account your bank s accounts with another bank e Miscellaneous Debit Each transaction is entered with a reference number In the miscellaneous debit account a single debit transaction is matched subsequently with credits against the same reference number While posting transactions into this account if the first entry is a debit the subsequent reconciling entries should be all credits The system gives you a break up of the balance by the reference number Example Let us assume that for the month of November 2000 your bank has to spend USD 10 000 on miscellaneous expenses which include canteen charges telephone bills and other maintenance charges When the details
270. m Rule Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number WB uthorizea ance Authorized By Date Time open Since the access to this screen is restricted to only a few authorized users at your branch level you will be allowed to invoke the screen only if you have the requisite rights In this screen you can specify e The name of the algorithm for which you are writing the algorithm generation rule A list of all the algorithms you have maintained through the Algorithm Maintenance screen is displayed You can select the appropriate e Function Type which specifies the type of the function using the algorithm The options available are Validation indicates that the function is using the algorithm to validate the input string For all such functions the input string is validated as being True or False depending upon whether the validation was a success or a failure gt Check Digit Generation indicates that the function is used for the generation of check digit using the algorithm Such functions will take the input string without the check digit and return the check digit You must enter the algorithm rule in the form of PL SQL code After writing the PL SQL code click Execute button to compile the code The algorithm rule is validated by the system and the success or failure message is shown in the Error editor Click Errors button to view the errors If any checks fail you must alter
271. m the header the following details are printed for the report Body of the Report Customer The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the Information customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Charge Code The Code associated with the Charge for which you are charging the customer Charge Level Indicates the level at which charging is being done CIF Level or Plan level Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Charge Amount and Currency The charge is always charged in the local currency of your branch Liquidation Date The date on which the charge amount was liquidated Debit Account Information The Branch Account Number and Currency of the account involved in the transaction 10 5 IRS Form 5498 Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to generate Form 5498 for reporting contributions to IRA plans for any year to the Internal Revenue Service IRS You can generate this report for e Filing with IRS authorities e Providing a copy to your customer e Keeping an internal copy for you You can generate Form 5498 either as part of initial filing with the IRS or after you have filed tax returns for that particular year 10 5 1 Generating Form 5498 as Part of Initial Filing During normal generation of Form 5498 as part of your initial filing with the IRS the system will include all transactions entered in the previous year for the previous year For example during no
272. main interest component for the product 3 3 3 5 Viewing Status Change History To view the status change history of the Customer Agreement click the Status button A Convenio Customer Agreement can have the following statuses in the system e Active If the Convenio is open then the Convenio is termed Active e Close If the Convenio is closed then the Convenio is termed Inactive e Blocked If the Convenio has been blocked manually or automatically then its termed Blocked The Oracle FLEXCUBE stores the history of each status change To view this history of status change click the Status button in the Customer Agreement Maintenance screen This brings up the Status window as shown below Stats Agreement Id Status Change details 1of1 is ORACLE The following operations are allowed in this screen e New e Amend e e Delete e Authorize e Close e Reopen 3 3 4 Linking Customer Agreements to Employees Customer Agreements which have been set up between the Bank and the Employer must be linked to the Employees i e customers of the Bank You can link the Customer Agreements to the eligible employees via the Customer Information Maintenance screen 3 3 4 1 Maintaining the Employer Employee Relationship Type You can define the relationship Employer in the customer Relationship Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing CSDRELMT
273. mer Details for further details 8 4 2 3 Viewing Locker Details Click on the Locker Details button to invoke Safe Deposit Locker Details screen Here you can view the locker details of the customer Safe Deposit Locker Details C contract Reference SD Vault Code 50 Box Code Box Type Box Dimension Box Description Contract Currency Deposit Refer the section titled Viewing Locker Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 4 Viewing Director Details Click on the Directors button to invoke Directors screen Here you can view the director details of the customer Directors Director Details Permanent Address Director Name Address Customer No Address 2 Tax id Address 3 Mobile Number Mailing Address Address Address2 Address3 Address4 Here you can view the following details e Director Name e Customer No 995 ORACLE Tax ID Mobile Number E mail Mailing Address 1 to 4 Permanent Address 1 to 3 8 4 2 5 Viewing Customer Entities Click the Linked Entity button to invoke Linked Entity screen Here you can view details about customers who are linked to this customer accounts for which this customer is linked and loans which are guaranteed by this customer The screen is as shown below 101 CASA Details of Linked Customers Branch Code AccountNo Account Desc
274. mount e Penal Interest Amount 8 3 3 12 Viewing Joint holder Details Click Joint Holders button to view the Joint Holders screen In this screen you can view the joint holders details Here you can view the following e Joint Holder Code iind ORACLE e Description e Joint Holder Type e Start Date e End Date 8 3 3 13 Viewing Schedule Details Click Schedules button to view the Schedule Details screen In this screen you can view the schedule details of all components attached to the corporate deposit contract The screen is as shown below Schedule Details Webpage Dialog Component Component Description Schedule Type Frequency Here you can view the following details e Component e Component Description e Schedule Type e Frequency e Unit e of schedules e Start date e Amount 8 3 4 Viewing Loan Details Click Loans tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s loan mes ORACLE The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Retail Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments ls Deposits Is Financing External Products Commitment Details o Branch Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Bo
275. mount RN Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to specify the following details Limit Code Specify a unique code used to identify turnover limit Description Specify a brief description associated with the turnover limit Period Details You can specify the following details pertaining to the period for limit application Period Code Specify a unique code to identify the financial period for which you wish to maintain turnover limits he ORACLE 4 3 Start Date Specify the start date of the financial period using the adjoining calendar End Date Specify the end date of the financial period using the adjoining calendar You can maintain multiple period codes However the periods cannot overlap Limit Amount Details You can specify the following details pertaining limits applicable on the period code Limit Currency Specify the currency of the limit amount This adjoining option list displays all valid currency codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Limit Amount Specify the limit amount applicable of the financial period Note the following e You can increase or decrease the maximum turnover limit as part of record modification The modified limits will be applicable only for subsequent transactions e Unutilized limit amount does not get carried forward to the next period Maintaining Deposits Inst
276. n 360 Degree Customer Report Customer Details Customer Number Customer Name The details that can be viewed in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen is classified into 12 broad heads Summary You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and liabilities and off balance sheet asset and liabilities under the summary tab Profile You can view the details of the customer s profile Deposits You can view the details of the customer deposits Loans You can view the details of the customer s loan Events You can view the details of the upcoming events Schemes You can to view the details of the relationship schemes Alerts You can view the alerts for overdue loans matured deposits but not renewed or liquidated Locker Charges Overdue 8 3 ORACLE Details Cheques Returned Amount Block Details and Stop Payment Details Limits You can view the limits and collaterals of the customer Payments You can view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated Is Deposits You can view details about active CASA account and Term Deposit Is j i i i Financing You can view details about Islamic Account and Islamic Term Deposit External You can view external details about products like credit Products cards insurance and mutual fund 8 3 1 Viewing Summary Details You can view the address status Balance sheet asset and l
277. n view the following details oe ORACLE Branch Code Card Number Primary card Name On Card Card Expiry Date Dispatch Status Pin Mailed Status Card Status ATM Limit Unit ATM Count Unit ATM Amount Limit POS Limit unit POS Count Limit POS Amount Limit 8 3 3 8 Viewing Other Details Click Others button to view the Other Details Of Account screen In this screen you can view additional details about interest limit statement account and nominees Other Details Of Account Interest Details Credit Interest Accrued Amount Debit Interest Accrued Amount Statement Details Last Statement Date Last Statement Balance Last Statement Number Nominees Nominee1 Nominee2 Here you can view the following details Limit Details Temp OD Start Temp OD End Limit Currency Temp OD Limit Line Identification Account Status No Debit No Credit Stop Payment Dormant Frozen e Credit Interest Accrued Amount the system displays the credit interest accrued This value is arrived during query 8 25 ORACLE e Debit Interest Accrued Amount the system displays the debit interest accrued till date for an account This value is arrived during query e TOD Limit Start Date e TOD Limit End Date e Limit Currency e TOD Limit e Lind ld e Last Statement Date e Last Statement Balance e Last Statement Number e Debit e Credit e Stop Payment e Dormant e Frozen e Nomine
278. nality of the beneficial owner Office Tel Number Specify the telephone number of the beneficial owner s office Residence Tel No Specify the residential telephone number of the beneficial owner Mobile Tel Number Specify the mobile telephone number of the beneficial owner Fax Specify the Fax number of the beneficial owner ee ORACLE Purpose of Account Opening Specify the purpose of opening the account Others If you wish to provide any additional information about the beneficial owner use this field Account Type Specify the type of the account Power of Attorney Check this box to indicate that the beneficial owner holds a power of attorney Passport Number Specify the passport number of beneficial owner Passport Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of the passport Visa Number Specify the visa number of the beneficial owner Visa Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of visa KYC Amounts Ccy Specify the currency in which KYC amount is maintained Beneficially Owned Company Details You can specify the details of the beneficially owned company in the following fields Company Name Specify the name of the company Location Specify the location of the company Holding Specify the percentage of holding eve ORACLE Annual Income Specify the annual income of the company Line of Business Specify the line of business of the company Source of Income You can specify various sources of income in t
279. ncheck the same when you unlock such a record and make changes When you unlock such a record system throws up an override stating that the customer is a CRM customer and asks whether you want to continue modifying the record If you confirm the same Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to make changes If you choose to ignore the original record is saved Private Customer Check this box to indicate that the customer type is private Indicating Main Details CLS Participant Customers of your bank can settle their FX deals via the CLS Continuous Linked Settlements Bank to reduce the risks associated with such transactions To allow the customers to do CLS trades you have to mark the customer as a CLS Participant However you have to ensure that the branch at which the customer operates is also qualified to process CLS deals i e the branch should also be marked as a CLS Participant before allowing the same for the customer Further you can also capture currency restrictions for your customers by maintaining a list of allowed or disallowed currencies for CLS trading Click the CLS Restrictions button to maintain this list Note that currency restrictions will be allowed only for customers who are CLS participants Eis ORACLE Refer the Continuous Linked Settlements chapter of the Foreign Exchange User Manual for details on maintaining currency restrictions and other maintenances required for processing CLS deals in Oracle FLEXCUBE
280. ng H Halted Select the option Generate Balance Report from the Process option list All associated accounts of the particular branch that have been marked for generation of balance statements are procured by Oracle FLEXCUBE The debit and credit accounts considered since the previous issue of an MT 941 are picked for the current processing The previous messages are based on the parameters maintained for each account This processing produces details of the statement generation 4 2 19 4 Generation of Ad hoc Reports Balance reports for each account under an account class can be generated on an ad hoc basis The Ad Hoc report generation screen is used for capturing details of a balance report sent ad hoc You can invoke this screen by typing ACDADCRP in the upper right corner of the application toolbar and clicking the arrow adjacent it Balance Branch Code 000 Swift Message Type 941 Account ik Generate Statement View Exit ORACLE Branch Code The branch to which the account marked for balance report generation belongs is displayed you cannot change or modify this value Account Select the account which has been identified for generation of a balance statement from the option list The account balance of this account is generated as an outgoing statement Swift Message Type Select the type of message required to be sent As the message is a balance statement select MT941
281. ng details in this section Product Code Specify the product code from the adjoining option list which displays a list of product codes maintained in the system Internal Rate Specify the rate of interest of the loan Tenor In Days Specify the tenor in days of the loan Rate Code Specify the rate of interest of the loan from the adjoining option list which displays a list of rate codes maintained in the system Withdrawal Count Details Closure Preferences You can capture the following details in this section is ORACLE 4 2 30 Product Code Specify the product code from the adjoining option list which displays a list of product codes maintained in the system Internal Rate Specify the fixed interest rate to close the loan Tenor In Days Specify the tenor in days of the loan closure Rate Code Specify the rate of interest of the loan from the adjoining option list which displays a list of rate codes maintained in the system Notary Charge for UDE UDE Id Specify the UDE applicable for Notary Charge calculation Notary Charge Applicable Check this box to indicate whether notary charge will be calculated for the specified UDE Maintaining LOC Recovery Details for LOC Account Class You can maintain the details for overdraft and credit balance transfer in the Line of Credit screen You can also maintain the recovery details for the LOC account in this screen Click LOC button in the Account Cl
282. ng rejecting checks There are no limits on the charges for recalling a check but you can levy approval charges for a maximum of three transactions only The charges for each accept reject are computed on the basis of the IC Charge Rule linked to the customer account You will not be allowed to recall or unpay future dated transactions typically future dated fund transfers or standing orders The transaction will be initiated and entries posted passed only if the referral decision is to pay Each time you choose to reject a transaction you will have to indicate the reason for rejecting the transaction A list of Reason Codes is available in the option list You can select the appropriate A transaction is considered for charging only if the Waive Charge option has not been enabled for a particular Reject Code You can enable the option if the charge is to be waived Maintenance Required for Referral Processing For the successful processing of referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE you will need to maintain the following details Enabling Referral Required Option You will need to enable the Referral Required option in the following maintenance screens e Customer Account Class Maintenance Enabling this option would indicate whether a referral check should be performed on accounts belonging to the account class Consequently the system checks the available balance not the current balance while performing the referral checks for all transaction
283. nt External Reference Unique Identifier Value Full Name Advanced Search Customer Number 128 Short Name Unique Identifier Name EE National ID Q Search Records per page Customer Number External Reference Short Name Full Name Unique identifier Name Here you can query on the basis of any one of the following details Customer No Short Name Unique identifier Name National ID External Reference 8 1 Unique Identifier Value Reset dass ed Passport Number Teld ORACLE 8 3 e Full Name e Unique Identifier value On entering any one of the following details and clicking Search the system displays the following details e Customer Number e External Reference e Short Name e Full name e Unique Identifier Name e Unique Identifier Value e Passport Number e Telephone e Mobile Number Quien you double click on the customer record the system will launch either Retail view Screen or corporate view screen depending on the type of customer Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details You can invoke 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen if the customer is Retail by double clicking on the customer record in the 360Degree Customer View Entry Point screen or by typing STDRETVW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 360 Degre
284. nt here Credit The GL code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid GL code from the adjoining option list if needed Debit The GL code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid GL code from the adjoining option list if needed HO Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the Head Office reporting lines for your account here Credit The line code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed ORACLE Debit The line code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed CB Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the Central Bank reporting lines for your account here Credit The line code related to credit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed Debit The line code related to debit is defaulted here You can select a valid line code from the adjoining option list if needed 4 2 33 Processing Account Class Transfer Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the change of account class at the customer level without changing the customer account number Depending on the destination account class system defaults reports the reporting GL lines and IC related values 4 2 33 1 Processing EOD Batch During IC EOD process system considers interest accrual for the back value dat
285. nt Statement Parameters Secondary Account Statement Parameters Type 9 None Type None Summary Q Summary Detailed Detailed 18 On On E LE Offline Limit Tertiary Account Statement Parameters Document List Type None 1of1 ESESIE Summary i Document Type CustomerType Mandatory Detailed Resincuons Brann currency esci Cstomeratcotegones ws Preterences Rc ooosn auo nepos nes suns teme Nonce ess atonal Preferences Dormancy account sk Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status As part of specifying the account statement preferences you can indicate the following for each of the statements whether primary secondary or tertiary Type The first preference that you specify for each account class is to indicate whether the periodic generation an account statement is required If the generation of an account statement is necessary you have to specify the format in which it is to be generated The options available are e Detailed indicating that the statement should be a detailed account of all the customer transactions within the account class e Summary indicating that only a summary of the transaction details is enough e None indicating that neither a summary nor a detailed ac
286. nt which is not overdue for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Outstanding the system displays the amount which is due for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Advance the system displays the amount pre paid for a component as on the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Latest Interest rate the system display the current interest rate only for main interest component TES ORACLE Number of Days Overdue Component Schedule details Here you can view the following Component Name Schedule Due Date Due amount Settled Amount EMI Amount Accrued Amount 8 3 4 2 Viewing Collection Details You can view the collection details of a loan in the Collection Details of Default Loan screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Collection Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Collection Details of Default Loan Collection Reference Number Queue Id Asset Reference Number State Collection Agent Product Collection Creation Date Here you can view the following details Collection reference Number Asset Reference Number Collection Agent Collection Creation Date Queue ID State 8 32 ORACLE e Product 8 3 5 Viewing Events Details Click Events tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the details of the upcoming events The screen is as shown below 36
287. nts Convenios facility can be linked to the following kinds of contracts e Retail Lending e CASA 3 3 5 1 Linking to Retail Lending Contracts When creating a Loan account you can attach the required Customer Agreement Convenio as a Promotion To attach the Customer Agreement Convenio as a promotion specify the following under Promotions in the Account Details Main screen ep ORACLE e Promotion Type as Convenio e Promotion ID will be the Convenio Customer Agreement ID Promotions 1011 E Type Beencan Por L For more details on the Account Details screen refer the relevant sections in the Account Creation chapter of the Retail Lending user manual The schedule dates calculated and the interest rate applied to the contract will be as per the maintenances in the Customer Agreement This is done when you link the Customer Agreement ID to the contract For a Convenio linked loan the default schedules will be changed only if the Salary Processing check box has been checked for the Convenio The First Payment Date will be as per the Payment Day maintained in the Convenio The schedules are built based on the First Payment Date and the Frequency of installments Promotions cannot be applied during rollover of Loan contracts hence Convenio application during rollover of Loan Contracts will not be supported 3 3 5 2 Linking to CASA Contracts You can attach a Convenio
288. o invoke Linked Entities screen Here you can view other related customer details Linked Entities Customer No Relationship Linkage 10f1 Here you can view the following details e Customer e Description e Relations 8 3 2 3 Viewing Locker Details Click on the Locker Details button to invoke Safe Deposit Locker Details screen Here you can view the locker details of the customer The screen is as shown below i ORACLE Safe Deposit Locker Details Fi Contract Reference 50 Vault Code 50 Box Code Box Box Dimension Box Description Contract Currency Deposit Here you can view the following details e Contract Reference e 5 Vault Code e SD Box Code e Box Type e Dimension e Box Description e Contract Currency e Deposit Amount e Tenor e Issue Date e Closure date e Expiry Date 8 3 2 4 Viewing Professional Details of the Customer Click on the Professional button to invoke Customer Professional Details screen Here you can view the professional details of the customer The screen is as shown below ORACLE Customer Professional Details Employment Employment Employment Details Tenure Retirement Age Previous Designation Previous Employer Current Designation Current Employer Income Salary Other Currency of Amounts Official Address Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Country Contact Telex Expens
289. ocality where your customer stays For instance Silas Marner a customer of your bank is a Londoner Great Britain is his country of residence He lives in the northern part of London therefore North London becomes the location where he resides Location codes along with a brief description of the locality can be maintained through the Location Details maintenance screen Invoke the Location Maintenance screen by typing STDCULOC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Location Code 6j Description Fields Cancel Location Code You can capture a unique three character code to identify the locality where the customer resides Md ORACLE Q white maintaining customer information details and associating a location code with Customer and Country Code combination a list of all the valid location codes you have maintained in this screen will be available in the option list for the Location Code field You can select the appropriate code Description You can also associate a brief description with the location code This description is for information purposes only and will not be printed on any customer correspondence Q white maintaining the Customer Short Name in the CIF Details screen the system automatically appends the Location code to the customer short name when you associate the appropriate Location Code with the Cust
290. ociated with a location code The location is indicative of the place of residence of your customer The option list positioned next to this field contains a list of all the location codes maintained in the Location Details maintenance screen You can select the appropriate code to identify the place of residence of your customer Given below is an illustration of how a location code is associated with the CIF record of a customer Example You would like to maintain the CIF details of your customer Silas Marner Although Silas Marner is Irish he is a resident of London and lives in the northern part of London Your entries in the respective fields of the CIF Maintenance screen should be as follows Fields in Oracle FLEXCUBE Your entry Customer Code SILASO1 Nationality IRS Ireland ey ORACLE Fields in Oracle FLEXCUBE Your entry Location Code NL1 North London 2 2 2 2 Indicating Address for Correspondence Name In the lines that are provided you can enter the name of the customer The customer will be addressed by this name in all correspondence sent from the bank These characters should conform to SWIFT standards The number of characters that you can enter in this field is determined by the preference that you specified in the Bank Parameters screen However in the advices and statements that are sent to the customer only the first 35 characters of the name will be displayed
291. odation company provided and others Others include all types other than self owned and company provided You can select the appropriate option 2 2 8 Maintaining Professional Details of Individual Customers After having captured the Domestic details of the individual customer you can capture the professional details about the customer RES ORACLE These details include the customer s employment status employer details or the annual expenses that the customer incurs and so on Click on Professional button The Customer Professional Details screen will be displayed Professional Details Employment Employment Employment Details Tenure Retirement Age Previous Designation Previous Employer Current Designation Current Employer Employer Description Income Salary Other Currency of amounts Full Time permanent wv Official Address Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Country Contact Telephone Telex Fax E mail Expense Rent Insurance Loan Payments Other House Value No of Credit Cards Cancel You can capture the following professional details of the individual type of customer through this Screen Employment Details e The employment status of the customer full time permanent full time temporar
292. of these expenses are entered the following entries are passed entry Dr Misc debit a c for 10 000 Cr Cash a c for 10 000 reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 3000 canteen charges Cr Misc Debit a c for 3000 Il reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 2000 telephone charges Cr Misc Debit a c for 2000 Ill reconciling entry Dr expense a c for 5000 maintenance Cr Misc debit a c for 5000 Thus the entire amount that was debited from miscellaneous debit account has been reconciled The total amount of the reconciliation entries should add up to match the amount of the first transaction e Miscellaneous Credit as in miscellaneous debit account in the miscellaneous credit accounts you post each transaction with a reference number In a miscellaneous credit account a single credit entry is matched subsequently with debit entries with the same reference number e The system gives you a break up of the balance by reference numbers e Savings Account e Current Account Line Account This is used for creating accounts for charging limit fees Upon save of the account class with type as line account there will be an override specifying that the reporting GL s for the accounts should be contingent GLs There will not be any accounting entries passed into the accounts of line account type This will only be used as the calculation account for calculating the limit fees Hence the account balance of this account will always remain as 0
293. ok Date Value Date Maturity Date Produc 4 Component Details Loan Details Branch Code Account Number Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Book Date Cancel The loans details are classified as follows e Commitment Details e Loan Details e Mortgage e Leasing e Syndicate Loans details Under each of the loan details the system displays the following e Branch Code e Account Number e Description e Currency e Amount Financed e Amount Disbursed e Outstanding Amount e Book Date e Value date e Maturity Date oe ORACLE e Product Code e Account Status e User Defined Status 8 3 4 1 Viewing Component Details You can view details about the components linked to an account in the Component Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking the Component Details button in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen Component Details 10f1 O Component Name Component Currency Expected Out Standing lt Component Schedule Details 10f1 ComponentName Schedule Due Date Setteled Amount amount You can view the following component details e Component Name e Component Currency e Expected the system displays the amount which is not due for the present date This amount is arrived during querying e Overdue the system displays the amou
294. olicy validates the number of active loans of the customer Maintaining Customer Groups To track your credit exposure to a group of customers you should e Create Customer Groups and assign credit limits to it e Associate a customer with a group Maintaining Limits for Customer Group You can maintain Customer Groups and set up credit limits in the Customer Group Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDGROUP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button id ORACLE Customer Group Maintenance Group ID Group Name Limit Currency USD Limit Amount Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number ENS Cancel Authorized By Date Time E open Group ID You can assign a unique identification code to each customer group that you create You can also enter the detailed name of the group In the subsequent fields you can set up credit limits for the group While setting up a customer you can indicate the group to which the customer is associated It is important to note that in Oracle FLEXCUBE a customer group is different from a customer category You create customer groups only to set up group limits and report credit utilization by the customers that belong to the group Limit Amount and Limit Currency The limit amount indicates the maximum amount that customers under a group can utilize You can indicate the curr
295. ollowing e Monthly 3 6 ORACLE e Daily e Yearly Statement On If you have specified the statement generation frequency as Monthly then specify here the day of the month on which the statement must be generated If you have specified the statement generation frequency as Yearly then specify here the month of the year on which the statement must be generated 3 3 2 3 Specifying Product Restrictions In the Product Restrictions screen you can specify the products to be allowed disallowed for under the Customer Agreement These product restrictions can be specified for each customer segment Click the Product Restrictions button to invoke the Product Restrictions screen Product Restrictions Template Id Segments Products 1of1 EE 101 E ivi e 7 23 Allowed v Segments Segment Specify the Customer Segment for which you wish to maintain an Allowed or Disallowed list of products Products Allowed Select Allowed Disallowed depending on whether you wish to maintain an Allowed or Disallowed list of products oo ORACLE Products Product Code Select the product code of the product you wish to add to the allowed disallowed list you are maintaining Description The system will display the product description whenever you select product code 3 3 2 4 Specifying Rate Factors In the Rate Fact
296. ollowing heads 10 10 ORACLE Header The header carries the Customer Name Customer Address Account Class Account Number Opening balance Currency and Branch Body of the Report Date of transaction This indicates the transaction date Transaction Description This is the description of the transaction Reference This is the Reference of the transaction Credit This indicates the Credit amount Debit This indicates the Debit amount Balance This indicates the Balance Credit Total This indicates the credit total Transaction Code This indicates the code of the transaction Debit total This indicates the debit total 10 10Missing Signature Report This is an exception report listing all the customers of a specified branch whose signatures have not yet been captured in the system While opening accounts customer s signature photographs thumb impression are captured and linked to the account This facilitates the signature verification in the system at the time of making payment Branches can generate this ad hoc report and capture the missing signature in the system You can invoke Signatures not Captured screen by typing CIRSNREP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 10 11 ORACLE Signatures not captured Branch Code Specify the following details here Branch Code Select the branch code from
297. omer Uncollected Funds Limit On any given business day the credit transaction amounts that have not been collected Unposted Credits In a multi branch or online activity such as tele banking or Internet banking transactions that are posted into an account when the system is either not available or during End of Day run are stored to be posted into the system when the system is available Credit transactions of this nature are classified as unposted credits Unposted Debits In a multi branch or online activity such as tele banking or Internet banking transactions that are posted into an account when the system is either not available or during End of Day run are stored to be posted into the system when the system is available Debit transactions of this nature are classified as unposted debits ORACLE W 8BEN Form The W 8BEN form entitled Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding is used in the United States taxation system by foreign persons including corporations to certify their non American status The form issued by the Internal Revenue Service establishes that one is a foreign non resident alien or foreign national performing work outside the United States in order to claim tax treaty benefits such as a lower amount of tax withholding from dividends paid by U S corporations s ORACLE 10 Reports 10 1 Introduction Every action that results in a debit or cred
298. omer you have to specify the customer number in the space provided Customer Number If you wish to generate a report specific to one customer specify the customer number The option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the system Select the appropriate one Date Specify the date as of which you want to generate the report Once you have set the preferences click OK button The system displays the print option screen where you can set your preferences as to viewing and printing the report Netting Report You can generate a Customer Currency and Date wise report to retrieve details of contracts amounts that were netted You can specify the following preferences for the report e Report Type You can indicate whether the report should contain details of contracts amounts that have the same Value Date or whether the details should be generated as per the Netting Reference Number If you indicate that the report should be generated for a Netting Reference Number you will have to identify the number in the respective field 10 8 ORACLE e Date indicate whether you would like to generate the report for a specific date range or for all dates Depending on your specification the netting details report will be generated for all contracts that were netted within your branch for the given date range start and end date inclusive or it will be generated for all contracts regardless of the date on which the
299. omer Agreement has been blocked then this checkbox will be shown as checked You can also check this check box for manually blocking a Customer Agreement A blocked Customer Agreement cannot be linked to any contract account However the Customer Agreement stays valid and applicable for all those accounts to which has already been linked If the customer agreement was blocked by the system due to an overdue instalment then once the overdue instalment is paid the customer agreement will be un blocked Reason Specify here the reason for the blocking of agreement E ORACLE Number of Overdue Contracts An Overdue Contract is one whose re payment instalment remains unpaid post the Blocking Days You can set the system to block a customer agreement if the number of overdue contracts is equal to or exceeds a particular number This particular No of Overdue Contracts can be specified here 3 3 3 2 Specifying Preferences for CASA Accounts Click the CASA tab to specify preferences for CASA accounts Customer Agreements Maintenance Agreement Id Description Customer No Alt Customer Number Template Id Populate Start Date 5 End Date Po Last Review Date e Next Review Date F Salary Processing Lending CASA Currency Account Statement Frequency v Statement On v Product Restrictions Rate Factor status Maker Date Time
300. omer Code 4 2 41 Capturing Algorithm Details in Oracle FLEXCUBE In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can choose to generate check digits for Customer Accounts based on the algorithm of your choice You can define algorithms of your choice through the Algorithm Maintenance screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDALGMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Algorithm Maintenance Algorithm Name Algorithm Description Fields Input By DOC4 Date Time Modification Number Authorized By Date Time Open In this screen you should specify the following details e The Name of the Algorithm This will uniquely identify the algorithm in Oracle FLEXCUBE e brief description of the algorithm After you capture the details of a new algorithm you must write the algorithm through the Algorithm Procedure Generation screen 4 2 41 1 Generating Procedure for Algorithm For every algorithm that you define through the Algorithm Maintenance screen must write the algorithm generation rule through the Algorithm Generation Input screen Invoke this screen by typing CSDALGGN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button iis ORACLE The screen is as shown below Algorithm Generation Input Algorithm Name Function Type Check Digit Generation Algorith
301. omer account you need to specify details of the relationship for the account Click the Linked Entities button in the Customer Maintenance CIF screen The Linked Entities screen is displayed eres ORACLE Linked Entities Customer No 000001543 Relationship Linkage Customer x Description Relations Include Relationship C 000000001 a8 RELIANCE FRIENDS 000000118 3 l JPMorgan Chase Bank PRIMARY az v You must specify a customer code provide a description and ID for the relationship Customer Select the customer code from the option list You can link any number of customers to the primary holder the customer for whom you are capturing the CIF details through this screen by establishing a relationship between the two customers Description In this field the system displays the name of customer that you have selected in the previous field You cannot change this description Relationship You have to choose a relationship code to establish a relationship between the customer being selected and the customer primary holder you are maintaining By default the system will select the customer of the account as the Primary Holder This is a pre shipped relationship and you will not be allowed to change the relationship Include Relationship When you specify the relationship of the customer you can also choose to de
302. on 6 2 ORACLE LZ Group Code Maintenance Group Code Group Type Corporate Description O Retail Exposure Category E Charge Group Status Clearing Since pre Bank Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Each group code that you define is associated with an appropriate exposure category that must be used to track exposure due to loans issued to customers in the group as well as customer accounts with outstanding overdrafts The exposure category for a group is either derived from the logic maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance for the group type or explicitly specified If it is derived it is displayed in this screen by the End of Day batch program The type of the group indicates the type of customers that belong to the group retail corporate Charge Clearing or Tax If no logic has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage for the group type you can indicate the applicable exposure category for the group Group Type You could use this section to indicate whether the customer group you are defining is e Corporate e Retail e Charge e Clearing e Tax e Bank You can select the appropriate option 6 3 ORACLE Group Code When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for provisioning and status processing You must s
303. on list On selection of the product the product description will appear alongside s ORACLE Whenever a credit happens to an account with a track receivable option the system will check if the account has any receivable being tracked against it If yes the amount is blocked as a receivable and this process continues until the amount needed for liquidation becomes fully available The batch process run as part of EOD BOD will liquidate the loan contract or retail teller contracts If the amount received is not sufficient for full liquidation then depending on the minimum amount required for liquidation the system would initiate a partial liquidation for loans but for retail teller contracts liquidation will be initiated only when full amount is available The following example illustrates the manner in which the system will use the sequence for allocation of funds Assume that you have maintained the following product sequence for funds allocation Sequence No Product 1 ADBN 2 LDBD 3 ABCD The liquidation schedule dates for the various loan contracts are as follows Contract Liq Schedule Dt Amt in USD LDBDOO1 1 January 2002 1000 1080002 1 January 2002 500 ADBNOO1 2 January 2002 1000 ABCDO01 2 January 2002 500 Further all contracts are marked for auto liquidation and the settlement account for all contracts is A1 The balance in
304. on list if the Status Processing Basis is defined as Contract Account for all branches in the Branch Parameters If the Status Processing Basis is defined as Group CIF level for any branch then the statuses of type Both are available In this case it is mandatory to link all the statuses defined On selection of the status the associated description will be displayed alongside Specifying Reporting line Details Dr and Cr GL Lines Select the debit GL account to which all debit balances within a specific account class will report to when it moves to the status being defined You can identify the debit GL from the list of existing GLs Likewise all credits within a particular account class will report to the GL account that you have identified to track credits Dr and Cr Central Bank Lines Select the Central Bank Debit line to which all debit accounts belonging to an account class should report to when it moves to the selected status You have maintained Central Bank Debit lines in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen You can select the appropriate CB Debit Line from the available option list Similarly all accounts belonging to an account class if in credit should report to a Central Bank Credit Line for the selected status You can identify the CB Credit Line that should be associated with the status from the option list available Dr and Cr Head Office Lines This is the Debit Head Office GL maintained in the
305. on specified for the account class in the Prn Readj Elg Days field Additionally for an account to be eligible for principal readjustment the number of withdrawals by the customer should be lower than the limit specified in the Max Withdrawal Count For Prn Readj field for the account class The system calculates the credit and debit principal re adjustment amounts and then derives the net principal readjustment amount To facilitate the computation of principal readjustment the following Interest rule Formula and SDEs are used Interest Rule Formula Formula Booking Debit Periodicity Accruals Liquidation Case Result Flag Credit 1 Non Periodic N N MON_DR_CNT READJPRN Booked lt MAXPRADJCN T 1 Non Periodic N N MON DR CONT 0 Booked gt MAXPRADJ CNT 2 Booked Credit Periodic Y Y Formuali gt 0 Formulat a ORACLE Debit Periodic Formual1 lt 0 Formula1 1 SDEs e READJPRN which will pick up the net of credit and debit readjustments e User defined SDE MON DR ONT which will have the total count of debit withdrawals done for the current period The count has been rescheduled automatically after the month end The readjustment is calculated only if the MON DR ONT is lesser than the Max Withdrawal Count for Prn Readj value The credit and debit readjustment amounts are computed based on the following formulae resp
306. or Escrow transfer from the adjoining option list The option list displays only those transaction codes which are not enabled for Escrow processing at the Transaction Code Maintenance screen This is a mandatory input if Escrow transfer is enabled for the account class Transaction Code for Reversal Select the transaction code to be used for Escrow Reversal transactions from the adjoining option list The option list displays only those transaction codes which are not enabled for Escrow processing at the Transaction Code Maintenance screen ORACLE During account class amendment the system does not allow you to disable Escrow process for an account class if a Project account has been created using that account class Cash Deposit Limit on Trust Account If you have checked the box Escrow Transfer Applicable you will have to specify the maximum cash that can be deposited in the Trust accounts under this account class 4 2 13 Maintaining Status Codes for Account Class Current and Savings accounts that have not generated any interest over a specific period or have remained inactive with interest overdue may be identified as NPAs Non Performing Asset In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can assign different status codes to an account class which will be applicable to all the accounts under it The accounts will move from one status to the other based on the number of days they have remained inactive in the system The s
307. ors screen you can maintain interest rate factors for different products against each customer segment This means that you can maintain the rate factor for each product for each segment To invoke the Rate Factors screen click the Rate Factors button Rate Factors Rate Factors Id Customer Segments 1of1 y EE 1of1 v Product Code Rate Factor m 11 Customer Seqments Segment Specify here the customer segment for which you wish to maintain rate factors for different products Select the customer segment from the list of options available here Rate Factors Product Code Specify here the Product Code for which you wish to maintain a rate factor ORACLE Rate Factor The main interest rate applied to all contracts accounts under this product can be reduced by a pre specified Rate Factor You can specify this Rate Factor here Consider that the Rate Factor maintained for a Product1 is 0 95 The Interest Rate for the Product1 is 4 Then the effective rate would be 4 95 100 3 85 for Product1 loans that are linked under this Customer Agreement Convenio This rate factor will be applied only on the main interest component for the product The following operations are allowed in the above screen e New e Amend e e Delete e Authoriz
308. ou can view the following details Instruction Reference Number Product Code Product Category Customer account Branch Counter Party Account Number Counter Party Name Transaction Currency Transaction Amount Next Generation date Execution days Execution Months Execution Years End date 8 3 3 4 Viewing Transactions Click Transactions button to view the Customer Account Transaction Query screen In this screen you can query the transactions of an account during a given period 8 21 ORACLE Customer Account Transaction Query Query Criteria Contract Reference Transaction Code Event Code Value Date Related Reference From Date Query Account Details 2012 03 22 Branch Code 00 Starting Balance Currency Debit Credit Balance Account Number GBP 00000210501 Debit Credit Currency Module Code Transaction Date Related Account To Date 2012 03 14 Contract Reference Entry Serial No Module Code Transaction Code Event Code Transaction Date Value Date GIR Debit Credit Refer the section Querying Accounting Entries under Core Services module for more information 8 3 3 5 Viewing Cheques Click Cheques button to view the Cheque Details screen In this screen you can view the details of the cheques which are issued for a given period The screen is as shown below
309. ough the Manual Status Change screen These screens are discussed in detail in the subsequent sections of this document This specification will be defaulted to all the accounts reporting to this account class ied ORACLE 4 2 6 Exclude Same Day Reversal transaction from Statement If you do not wish transactions booked and reversed on the same day to be reflected in the account statement you can specify the preference here This feature is applicable only for the customer account legs and not for the related GL legs Also reversals made through the DE module will not be considered for exclusion Your specification for this at the account class level defaults to all accounts involving the class You can change it for a specific account For comparing transactions the System will look for similarity of reference number and date Consolidation for Inward Clearing You need to indicate whether or not consolidation is required for inward clearing transactions in a batch at the Account Class level The indication for this option is carried forward to the Customer Account Maintenance screen If this option is unchecked here it cannot be checked in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Maintaining Cheque Book Preferences Oracle FLEXCUBE provides you with the facility to automatically trigger the reorder of Cheque Books for all accounts reporting to a specific account class However you have the option of changing your pr
310. oup Code Maintenance STDGROUP Customer Group Maintenance STDKYCMN KYC Maintenance ORACLE Function ID Function Description STDKYCTP KYC Type Maintenance STDLEDMT Lead Maintenance STDQRDFR Query Free Amount Utilization STDREFQU Referral Queue STDRELMT Relation Maintenance STDRETVW 360 Degree Retail Customer View STDRKMNT Risk Category Maintenance STDSDNMN Specially Designated Nationals Maintenance STDSRQST Service Request Input STDSTMNT Manual Status Change Input STDTAXWV Tax Waiver Maintenance STDTOLMT Turnover Limit Maintenance STSACTFR Account Class Transfer STSCUSVW 360Degree Customer View Entry Point STSREFQU Referral Queue Summary STSSRQST Service Request Fetch CODTYPES Credit Rating Category Maintenance STDCSEMP Employment Details STDARLMT Authorization Rule Maintenance STSCIF Customer Summary STDRCLOS Request For Account Closure ISDSRCMD Multimode Settlement Maintenance STDPASBK Transaction Print Status ORACLE ORACLE Core Entities April 2014 Version 11 3 83 02 0 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashira 400 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 Fax 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2005 2014 Oracle and or its affiliates All r
311. p Rate Flag Pool Code Ref Rate Code Contract Level Pool Code A I L Reference Rate A Li Transaction MIS Code Cost Codes COS CENTR LOAN TYPE LOAN TERM OFFICER fur m wp a m w la m M u M n i Composite MIS Codes i a ACC_OFFCR a I u M u m m Cancel All the parameters are defaulted here You can change the values if needed The following parameters are maintained Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account No The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer MIS Group Select a valid MIS group from the adjoining option list Aa ORACLE Link to Group Check this box if you need to link MIS group to the account Any changes to the MIS group would be automatically applied to the linked account Ref Rate Code Specify a valid reference rate code for the account Calculation Method Select a method to calculate the rate from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e 30 Euro
312. pecify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers Description You can describe the group code here Group Status All loans and overdraft accounts issued to customers in the group will be assigned the same status which will be the status of the loan overdraft account with the worst status among those issued to customers in the group The Group CIF and the loan contracts and overdraft accounts are all updated with this worst status if they have been marked for automatic status processing The individual status for the accounts and loan contracts apart from assigning the worst status is also captured and displayed In the Group Code Maintenance screen and the CIF Maintenance screen the status for the group is displayed as well as the date since which the current status came into effect Customer Group When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can specify the customer group to which the customer belongs for e Provisioning and status processing Group Code You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers e Classifying the customer as a Clearing customer e Categorizing the customer for levy
313. port Expiry Date PEP Remarks Residence Tel No Visa Number Local Address Mobile Tel Number Visa Expiry Date Fax Amounts CCY Purpose Of Account Openin 9 Others Home Country Address Beneficially Owned Company company Name Location Holding Annuallncome Line Of Business Source of Income Salary 1of1 1of1 Rental Related Companies Acoounts with Bank investment Company Account Number 21 Personal Accounts Number FF Business Concern FF Professional Bussiness The system displays the following details of the retail customer Beneficial Owner Information e Whether the beneficial owner is declared as a resident e Whether the beneficial owner is declared as politically exposed person e Remarks on the politically exposed person e Local address of the beneficial owner e Home country address of the beneficial owner e Birth date of the beneficial owner e Place of birth of the beneficial owner e Nationality of the beneficial owner e Telephone number of the beneficial owner s office SS ORACLE Residential telephone number of the beneficial owner Mobile phone number of the beneficial owner Fax number of the beneficial owner Purpose of opening the account Other details Type of account Whether power of attorney is given to beneficial owner Passport number of beneficial owner Expiry date of the passport Visa number of t
314. ption deposits of a deposit account The screen is as shown below Redemption Details Webpage Dialog Redemption Date Redemption Amount Principal Amount Interest Amount Penal Interest Amount TRE ORACLE Refer the section titled Viewing Redemption Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 12 Viewing Schedule Details Click Schedules button to view the Schedule Details screen In this screen you can view the schedule details of all components attached to the corporate deposit contract Schedule Details Webpage Dialog 14 No ot El L1 Component Component Description Schedule Type Frequency Unit Oo Refer the section titled Viewing Schedule Details under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 4 Viewing Loan Details Click Loans tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of the customer s loan The screen is as shown below dm ORACLE 8 4 4 1 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number Short Name Reporting Currency Branch Full Name Summary Profile Deposits Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Commitment Details Li Branch Code Account Number Description Currency Amount
315. quest from a customer to close the account e Decision of the bank to close the Request from a customer to close the account When a customer approaches the bank with a request to close his savings account you need to make the account balance as zero After this you need to check Request for closure option and specify the Reason Code as Customer in Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The date for closure will be the system date The system will automatically check No Debits and No Credits options Once the account is marked for No Debit and No Credit no further transaction will be allowed on the account The system will reverse all the accruals done on the account and hence the interest is not liquidated during closure All the outstanding Standing Instructions on the account will be updated as closed in the SI module during the account closure process During EOD stage the Account closure batch ACCLOEOD will close the savings account I ORACLE 4 2 21 The system will not allow you to close a Savings account if e account has uncollected funds e there exists an amount block in the account e there exists a deferred withdrawal request e the available balance is non zero e the account is blocked Decision of the bank to close the account When your bank decides to close a Savings account you need to check the Request for Closure option and specify the Reason Code as Bank
316. r full Name and mailing address of the customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Plan Number The reference number of the plan involving the transaction Plan Type The plan type involving the plan Period of the The period for which you are generating the statement statement Statement The statement number of the statement Number Plan Balances The balances in the plan at the beginning and end of statement period Current and Previous Years Note The current balance is reflected for the current year and the year ending balance after considering contributions and distributions done during the current year for the previous year for the previous year Total Contributions Excess Contributions Total Distributions Total Employer Contributions where applicable Excess Employer Contributions Transaction Information Transaction type Contributions Distributions Monetary Account Interest Transaction Reference Number Amount and Currency Transaction Year Monetary Account Breakup Account Branch Account Currency Amount and Currency Withholding Tax information where applicable Tax Withheld Amount and Currency Transaction Remark if any 10 2 ORACLE Customer Information The CIF Number full Name and mailing address of the customer as recorded in the CIF Maintenance screen Plan Balance after the transaction current and previous year balances
317. r Account Class Linked Customer Query Linked Account Accounts rm AccountNumber Currency CurrentBalance Available Balance Unutilized Line Amount Available Balance Uncollected Funds Amount Blocked Branch You can indicate whether only customer accounts in the current branch should be displayed or customer accounts across branches should be displayed Check this box to view customer accounts pertaining to the current branch Indicating whether to include Relationship While querying for the customer position you can choose to include all the accounts loans or deposits where the customer is not the primary holder To indicate this choose the check box Include Relationship The summary screen displays the customer number or primary holder of the account the customer s name and the relationship that the customer has with the account If you leave this box unchecked system will display the account details of primary account holder only 7 2 ORACLE Linked Customer Check Linked Customer and provide Customer Number then click Query button to view all the Account Numbers of the customer and its linked customers Linked Account Check Linked Account and provide Account Number then click Query to view all account numbers of the customer of the account The displayed values are based on the query fields provided The following account balance details
318. r record A record is not used until a user other than you authorizes it ORACLE To authorize click Authorize button in the toolbar If any modifications were made the old and the new values will be displayed After which an alert box will indicate that the change will be authorized You will be prompted to conform To confirm click OK button The change will be authorized Your User ID the date and time at which the authorization was made will be displayed in the Auth ID and date and time fields at the bottom of the screen The status of the record will be updated to Authorized If you do not want to authorize the change then click Exit icon you will be returned to the screen from where you invoked the authorization function Remember that you cannot authorize an event that you have input Only another user who has the requisite rights can authorize the event To exit click Exit icon You will return to the Application Browser 2 3 5 2 Maintaining Retail Lending Preferences You can maintain retail lending preferences in the Retail Lending Preferences screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Retail Lending Preferences button in Customer Categories Details screen Retail Preferences Maximum Number Of Active Loans Amount Outstanding for Waiver Customer Category Clearing Details Currency Minimum Loan Amount Maximum Loan Amount Max
319. rds having due amount not equal to zero from the SOD debit interest due data store The system updates the SOD Overdue Days with the number of days since the last debit interest payment done for the account Oracle FLEXCUBE provides an account status called DIDF for an SOD account which is available as part of Status Rule Screen If the SOD Due Count or SOD Overdue Days satisfies the condition specified in the status change rule then the system changes the status for the account to DIDF While running the status change batch the system updates the No Debit flag as Y for DIDF status account If payment for the debit interest happens on the SOD account against the utilized amount and if on recalculation the value of SDE SOD Due Count or SOD Overdue Days is not met the status batch changes the status of the OD account from DIDF to the previous account status and updates the No Debit flag as N Note the following Ta ORACLE e Amount block is not considered because of the possibilities of simultaneous utilizations of the SOD e Any credit transaction towards the SOD account is tracked under interest due for the SOD e Any impact on account status after the execution of account status change batch for the day gets reflected in the next EOD execution 4 2 17 1 Modifying Account Status Manually For status movements that have to be performed manually on a
320. re as follows e Frozen e Dormant e Nodebits 4 34 ORACLE e Nocredits e Stoppayment e Current Status e n addition the following elements will also be available for processing e OD overdraft Days e Inactive Days e Overline Days e TOD Temporary Overdraft Days e Customer Classification e Customer Category e Cust Risk Category e OD Since Months e OD Since Days e Det Since Months total number of months between current date and deterioration date e Det Date Deterioration Date e loc acc e classtype e current date application date Based on the above listed elements the system maintains different rules for moving the customer to different statuses During the STSTBUPD batch system will evaluate the rules and move the customer account to different status accordingly For OD Accounts you can maintain the following rules for CROF and SUSP WOFF statuses of Write off processing Status Rule Remarks CROF OD_DAYS gt 150 If the account is overdraft for more than 150 AND days then you can change the account OD_DAYS lt 1095 status as write off SUSP WOFF OD_DAYS gt 1095 If the account is overdraft for more than 1095 days then you can change the account status as suspended Logical Operators Logical Operators are indicators of certain conditions that you specify while building a rule These operators are used in combination with the elements discussed earlier The following is a list o
321. recovery should begin from the adjoining drop down list This list displays all months in a year This field will be disabled for Daily and Monthly type of frequencies Day Specify the day on which the amount should be recovered as per the frequency This field will be disabled for Daily type of frequency The system will recover the credit amount on the specified day based on the frequency Minimum Transfer Amount Specify the minimum transfer amount from the current account to the LOC account Minimum Balance in CA after Recovery Specify the minimum balance to be maintained in the current account after recovery If you do not specify the value here system will process recovery according to the currency wise minimum balance specified in the Account Class Currency Preferences screen Automatic Credit Balance Transfer Check this box to indicate that the credit balance amount should be transferred from the current account to the LOC account automatically If you leave this box unchecked the system will check for recovery details maintained in this screen If these details are maintained the system will perform recovery based on the same However if the box is unchecked and recovery details are also not maintained the system will not perform automatic recovery You will have to manually initiate transfer of credit balance from current account to the LOC account Notifications Notification Days Sp
322. remaining details in the Manual Status Change screen Manual Status Change Input Status Type Account Status Branch 000 Customer Account Number Account Status Since 2011 12 01 New Status No Debit C Stop Payment C Credit Unknown Address O Frozen Temporary Closed Posting Allowed Cheque Delivery Blocked Status Change Automatic C Deceased C Dormant Block Reason Code Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Status Type System defaults a status type at manual status change to indicate whether the status change is for Account Status or Dormant Status Provide the following details in this screen to facilitate a manual status change Customer Account No Select the customer account for which you are marking a manual status change from the option list provided On selection of the account the system will display the current status of the account as well as the date on which the account moved to the current status New Status Specify the new status of the account You can select the appropriate status from this list If Status Processing Basis specified in the Branch Parameters for all the branches is Contract Account only status codes maintained with status type Account in the Status Codes Maintenance screen will be available in the option list If Status Processing B
323. rest Type By default the Latest value maintained at Interest and Charges Rule Maintenance Screen will be displayed in this field However you can modify it Select one of the interest types to segregate interest rule from the following options e Simple Interest e Compound Interest 4 2 32 3 Maintaining Account Level Charges Conditions Click Charges button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account level charges conditions screen Account level charges conditions Account Details Branch Code 000 Account 00000007501 Product Detail Product Code UDE Currency Minimum Maximum Free Items Waive Charges Open 1of1 Slab Amount Slab Amount Charge Amount Cancel The following details are captured here Account Details You can maintain the account details here TR ORACLE Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Product Detail You can specify the parameters related to product here Product Code Select a valid product code from the adjoining option list UDE Currency The system generates the user defined currency type defined for the selected charges product Minimum Specify the minimum charge that can be applied for the ac
324. rieve information on customer accounts can be made Chapter 8 Glossary contains a list of important terms used in the manual Chapter 9 Reports provides a list of reports that can be generated in this module and also explains their contents 1 4 Related Documents e The Procedures User Manual e The Settlements User Manual 1 5 Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons Icons Function New Copy Save B Delete G Unlock Print D Close zi Re open p Reverse R Template S Roll over ORACLE Icons Function ti Hold E Authorize Liquidate Sign off Help Delete row Option List Ed le Add row e Confirm Enter Query t 2 0 Execute Query Refer the Procedures User Manual for further details about the icons us ORACLE 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 Maintaining Customer Information Files Introduction In the Customer Maintenance screen you maintain various personal and business details of the customers of your bank The CIF details are maintained at the branch level by the sign on branch These details can be accessed by all branches and therefore a duplicate customer record for a customer in two different branches need not be maintained Invok
325. ription Current Balance Available Balance Blocked Uncollected Debit Interest Accrued Amount i Credit Interest Accrued Ar 1of1 Retail Deposits of Linked Customers Branch Code AccountNo Description TermDeposiAmount Maturity Date Interest Start Date TenorinDays InterestRate interest Effective Date 10 1 Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers Contract Reference Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date Maturity Date Interest Rate Contract Status Product No of Times Rollover Relate lt gt 101 Loan Details of Linked Customers E Branch Code Account Number Product Description Currency Amount Financed Amount Disbursed Outstanding Amount Booking Dated Value Date Maturity Dat L L m _ 1 s M 1 _ _ rni Misc K Cancel Refer the section titled Viewing Customer Entities under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 2 6 Viewing KYC Details Click the Details button to invoke Maintenance screen Here you can view details of the customer The screen is as shown below Tog ORACLE KYC Maintenance KYC Reference Full Name of Customer Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Mod
326. rization Status e Record Status e Instruction Details This facility is generic for all the screens but you can make modifications for these instructions 4 2 37 Maintaining Lead Details You can capture details of products and offers that are rendered to a customer and the response of the customer to the same in the Lead Input screen To invoke this screen type STDLEDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button aoe ORACLE Lead Maintenance Lead Id Customer No arct Address1 Address2 E mail Address3 Telephone ress First Name Address4 Last Name Area of Interest Remarks Product Code Offer Details Product Code Product Description Interested Flag Maker Date Time Mod No Record Status Checker Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details Lead Id The system displays the lead identification number Customer No Specify the customer identification number whose request is being maintained The adjoining option displays all the customer numbers that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one E mail The system will display the customer s email address based on the customer number selected Telephone The system will display the customer s contact number based on the customer number selected First Name The system will display the
327. rmal generation of Form 5498 on say January 20 2003 all transactions entered during 2002 and pertaining to the financial year 2002 will be reported 10 4 ORACLE 10 5 2 Generating Form 5498 after Tax Filing During corrected generation post the date of tax filing the system will include apart from all the transactions included in normal generation such transactions which are entered in the current year for the previous year The report shows the total contributions for the year 10 5 3 Details printed on Form 5498 10 6 Oracle FLEXCUBE generates Form 5498 customer wise and plan wise that is for each customer for each type of plan held by the customer The type of plan can be Traditional IRA Roth IRA SEP SIMPLE etc The form contains the following details Your bank s name and address The customer s name social security number and address The plan product type for which the form is being generated The year for which the report is being generated Total rollover contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with Rollover as the contribution code Roth IRA conversion amount while usually applicable for Roth IRAs this in the general case is the total contribution into plans of the selected type with Conversion as the contribution code Total re characterized contributions this is the total of all contributions into plans of the selected type with
328. roduct code of the product you wish to add to the allowed disallowed list you are maintaining Description The system will display the product description whenever you select product code 3 3 3 4 Specifying Rate Factors In the Rate Factors screen you can maintain interest rate factors for different products against each customer segment This means that you can maintain the rate factor for each product for each segment To invoke the Rate Factors screen click the Rate Factors button Rate Factors Agreement Id Customer Segments Rate Factors 1of1 E 1of1 Product Code Rate Factor Customer Segments Segment Specify here the customer segment for which you wish to maintain rate factors for different products Select the customer segment from the list of options available here ud ORACLE f Product Code Specify here the Product Code for which you wish to maintain a rate factor Rate Factor The main interest rate applied to all contracts accounts under this product can be reduced by a pre specified Rate Factor You can specify this Rate Factor here Consider that the Rate Factor maintained for a Product1 is 0 95 The Interest Rate for the Product is 4 Then the effective rate would be 4 95 100 3 85 for Product1 loans that are linked under this Customer Agreement Convenio This rate factor will be applied only on the
329. rofile screen displays profile details for financial customer Click Corporate Customer tab in the KYC Maintenance screen KYC Financial Profile Bank Address Country Amounts CCY GBP 1011 1011 ShareHolders Details Holding Address City Country The system displays the following details e Address of the bank e Country of the financial customer e Currency of the KYC amounts Transaction Products e Name of the transaction product e Rating of the product e Number of monthly transactions e Monthly amount Management Details e Name of the manager e Designation id ORACLE Share Holders Details e Name of the share holder e Holding of the share holder e Address of the share holder e City of the share holder e Country of the share holder 2 2 15 5 Viewing User Defined Fields User Defined Fields screen displays the all UDFs defined using Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by clicking Fields tab in the KYC Maintenance screen User Defined Fileds 1of1 UDF Details TE Fieid Name Value The system displays the following details e Name of the user defined field e Value of the user defined field 2 2 16 Maintaining Joint Venture Details You can maintain the joint venture details for a customer on Joint Venture Details screen Click Joint Venture button to invoke the screen ene ORACL
330. rop down list displays the following e Blocked e Yes Not blocked e Retain Old value of Blocked will be retained TERM ORACLE Deceased Specify the whether the account is blocked or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following Blocked e Yes Not blocked e Retain Old value of Blocked will be retained Stop Payment Specify the whether the Stop Payment order is issued or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following Stop Payment order is not issued e Yes Stop Payment order is issued Hence no activity will be allowed on the account e Retain Old value of Stop Payment will be retained Replacement Block Specify the whether the replacement is allowed or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following Replacement is allowed e Yes Replacement is not allowed e Retain Old value of Replacement Block will be retained Unknown Address Specify the whether the address is known or unknown for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e No Address is known e Yes Address is unknown Hence no activities will be allowed on the account e Retain Old value of Unknown Address will be retained
331. rouping of similar operations within a module in Oracle FLEXCUBE The service names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can consider FCUBSCustomerAccountService This service is exposed by the FCUBS Interface Gateway to do a permissible operation on a customer account e Operation Name This is the name of the operation that the external system wishes to perform within the service These operations names are published by Oracle FLEXCUBE As an example you can consider ModifyCustomer which is for modification of a customer e External Operation Name This is the specific area of operation that an external system is performing on its side within the broad context of the Oracle FLEXCUBE s amendment In an external system if the personal details of a customer are changed this has a unique name by which it is identified within Oracle FLEXCUBE Similarly if the limits related details of a customer are modified it also has a unique name It is through the Amendment Maintenance screen that you maintain a set of amendable fields which can amend in Oracle FLEXCUBE whenever a request for the same will be send from an external system Based on this maintenance the amendment request is addressed by Oracle FLEXCUBE Invoke this screen by typing STDAMDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button sa ORACLE The screen is as shown below Amendment Mainten
332. rporate entity which is also your customer When maintaining customer details of the corporate entity you can capture names and shareholding percentages of your individual customers who hold shares in the corporate entity When you query in Oracle FLEXCUBE for limits utilizations for any such individual customer your exposure to the corporate entities is also displayed Example Silas Marner and Keith Butler are individual customers and they have contracts and accounts with your bank Parivallal Express Limited Gem Granites Limited and Assorted Chemicals Limited are your corporate customers Silas Marner has a shareholding in Parivallal Express Limited and Gem Granites Limited Keith Butler has a shareholding in Gem Granites Limited and Assorted Chemicals Limited em ORACLE While querying limits for Silas Marner your exposure to Parivallal Express Limited Gem Granites Limited is displayed along with your exposure to Silas Marner You can choose to drill down any of the exposures to see the specific line details and contracts However if you query for exposure to Parivallal Express Limited or Gem Granites Limited your exposure to Silas Marner is not displayed Click Ok button to save the details that you specified Click the windows Close icon to exit the screen without saving the entries that you made 2 3 9 Maintaining Type of Relationships 2 4 You can maintain the different types of relationships that can exist b
333. rrent status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances In case of contracts the provision amount is not re computed when a contract amendment value dated amendment or automatic or manual payment is done but only as part of the provisioning batch On maturity of the contract the provision amount is reversed Similarly in the case of accounts the provision amount is written back when the account is closed 6 1 7 2 Computation of Provision Amount When status processing is done at a group or CIF level The worst status among all contracts and accounts under a specific customer group or CIF is arrived at All accounts and contracts with automatic status processing involving the customer group or CIF are then moved to the worst status that was arrived at The total exposure of customers in a group or CIF is considered as the sum of all outstanding overdrafts in respect of accounts belonging to the group CIF as well as the loans issued to the group or CIF This total exposure is considered for deriving the provision percentage and computation of the provision amount The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The current status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances The provision amount is computed for each account using the provision rule defined for the account class that the account uses Typicall
334. rrent status in the Status Details 6 17 ORACLE If the Rebook Provision has not been set there is no reversal of the old provisioning amount and the differential provisioning entries are be passed as usual into the GLs maintained for the current status When there is a status change between two provisioning cycles the Rebook Provision option is set for the status with the higher sequence number For instance while moving from status NORM Normal to PDO1 Past Due Obligation the Rebook Provision option is set for the status PDO1 and while moving from PDO1 to NORM the Rebook Provision option is set for the status PDO1 again If manual provisioning has been done the entries for the differential amount are passed or written back into the GLs associated with the NORM normal status 6 1 7 4 Maintaining Accounting Entries for Provisioning The computed provision amount is stored and displayed in the Amount Tab in the Customer Account Maintenance The current status and exposure category of the account is also stored along with the balances For account provisioning accounting entries are passed for the following e Changes in provisioning amount without status change e Reversal of provisioning amount as a result of status change Accounting Entries for Changes in Provision Amount without Change in Status The entries passed for new provisions or increase of provision amount Dr Expense GL Cr Provisioning GL Entries for
335. rsement Days e Loan Linkage Flag System will derive this flag based on the loan details of a bill e Interest Rate Current Interest Rate of a bill System picks up during query eee ORACLE e Interest Accrued Interest accrued till date System will derive this value during query Discrepancy Details Here you can view the following details e Discrepancy Description e Resolved Loan Details The loans which are related to Bills will be displayed here The following fields will be displayed e Account e Currency e Amount e Down Payment 8 4 5 2 Viewing Additional LC Details You can view additional details about LC in the LC Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on LC Other Details button The screen is as shown below dias ORACLE LC Addtional Details Operation Code Commision Details 10f1 T3 Component Description Component Currency lt Issue Date Closing Date Effective Date Amount Bill Linkage Details 101 BC Reference Currency Amount Good Until Date Loan Details 10f1 Account Currency Here you can view the following details e Operation Code e Issue date e Closing Date e Effective date Commission Details Here you can view the following details e Component e Currency e Amount e Good Until Date Down Payment 8 70 ORACLE e Event Sequence Number Bill Linkage details Here you can view
336. rtiary statements the frequency for each must be different and unique for instance if you define a monthly primary statement you cannot define a secondary or tertiary statement with a monthly frequency e Offline limit is maintained only for primary level e Document Check List Specify the following details Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one ORACLE 4 2 3 4 2 3 1 Customer Type Specify the customer type The adjoining option list displays all the customer types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Mandatory Check this box to indicate that the document specified here is mandatory A Note on Readjustment Readjustment entries are passed on savings accounts to give customers the benefit of the fluctuations in UF These are computed for both principal and interest The process is explained in detail below Computation of Principal Readjustment Principal readjustment is done on e Initial Balance of the period e Non readjusted deposits made in the last period e All deposits made during the current period which are eligible for readjustment and all the withdrawals done in the current period that do not affect the deposits The current period deposits are considered eligible if they have been held in the account for a period greater than the durati
337. ructions You can maintain deposits instructions for auto created deposits The values you specify here will override the parameters you have maintained in the Account Class maintenance Invoke the Deposits Instruction screen from the Application Browser to maintain the deposits instructions specifically for the auto created deposits To invoke this screen type ICCINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below ORACLE LZ Deposit Instructions Branch Code Account Account Class Customer Currency Sweep Branch Deposit Currency Sweep To Account Sweep Amount Seq No Tenor Sweep Multiple Of Minimum Required Balance SCode External Reference Number Retry Till Date Start Date You can set the terms and a condition for a deposit as follows e Account Number This is the account number of the deposit e Account Class This is the account class to which the account is linked e Customer Number The customer for whom you are maintaining the deposit instructions e Sweep to Account Indicate the account to which the sweep is carried out e Amount This is the deposit amount e Minimum Required Balance The minimum balance indicates that only the amounts above this limit will be used for auto creating deposits e Source Code The code a
338. s External System Details External System Response t Black Listed Customer User Remarks Here you can view capture the following details External System Response The response from the external system regarding the black listed customer is displayed here User Remarks Specify your remarks regarding the black listed customer here 2 2 15 Viewing KYC Details KYC refers to know your customer You can view the KYC details maintained for a customer on Maintenance screen Click Details button to invoke the screen KYC Maintenance KYC Reference No Full of Customer KYC Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Mod No Record Status Checker Date Time Authorization Status Sm ORACLE The system displays the following details e reference number e Full name of the customer e of customer e Risk level of the customer 2 2 15 1 Viewing KYC Details of Retail Customers You can view the KYC profile details for retail customers on KYC Retail Profile screen Click Retail Customer tab in the Maintenance screen Retail Profile Beneficial Owner Information Birth Date Account Type Declared Birth Place Power Of Attorney Resident Nationality Passport Number X Politically Exposed Person Office Tel Number Pass
339. s Specify the eligibility of a deposit for principal readjustment in the current period On withdrawal when the transaction affects a deposit with less than the Principal Readjustment Eligibility days then the system will display the following Override error You need to choose an option to continue further This withdrawal will affect a deposit with less than 90 days and therefore you will lose the readjustments Do you want to proceed In this message 90 days is the principal readjustment Eligibility days maintained at account class level Interest Readjustment Eligibility Days Specify the eligibility of a deposit for Interest readjustment in the current period OD Loan Details You can capture the following details in this section eS ORACLE Product Code Specify the product code to create the loan from the option list The adjoining option list displays all the valid product codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Internal Rate Specify the fixed interest rate to create the loan Tenor in Days Specify the tenor days to create the loan Rate Code Specify the floating rate code to create the loan from the option list The adjoining option list displays all the valid rate codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Loan Written off Status Specify the loan written off status identify the written off loans Agreed OD Loan Details You can capture the followi
340. s Limits Payments is Deposits is Financing Is Trade is Treasury External Products Foreign Exchange Details Contract Reference Buy sell Book Date Bought Currency Bought Amount Bought Value date Sold Currency Sold Amount Sold Value Date Deal Rate Money Market Details Branch Code Contract Reference Currency Amount Tenor Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Foreign Exchange Details Here you can view the following details e Contract Reference e Buy sell e Book Date e Bought Currency e Bought Amount e Bought Value date e Sold Currency e Sold Amount e Sold Value date e Deal Rate Money Markets Details Here you can view the following details e Branch Code e Contract Reference Number e Related Customer e Currency ORACLE Amount Tenor Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Type Borrowing or Placement Security Portfolio Here you can view the following details Portfolio reference Portfolio Description Currency Auto Liquidate for corporate Actions Corpus Account Short Position Allowed Accrue Withholding Tax for Coupons Bankers Acceptance Derivatives Here you can view the following details Contract Reference number Buy or Sell In Leg Currency Out Leg Currency In Principal Amount Out Principal Amount Book Date Value Date Maturity Date Type 8 74 O
341. s Since Related Customer Account Class Retail Deposits of linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Code Account No Account Description term Deposit amount Maturity Date Interest Start Date tenor in Days Interest Rate Last Interest Effective Date Interest Accrued Account Status Since 8 13 ORACLE account Class Recurring Deposit Corporate Deposits of Linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Contract Reference Product Description Currency Booking Date Value Date maturity date Interest Rate Contract Status Product No of Times Rollover Related Customer Loan Details of linked Customers Here you can view the following details Branch Code Account Number Product description currency Amount financed Amount Disbursed outstanding Amount Booking Dated Value Date Maturity Date 8 14 ORACLE 8 3 2 8 Viewing Details Click on the KYC Details button to invoke KYC Maintenance screen Here you can view KYC details of the customer KYC Maintenance KYC Reference Full Name of Customer KYC Customer Type Risk Level Retail Customer Corporate Customer Financial Customer Fields Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Exit Authorization Status Refer Core Entities for more information about the Maintenance screen 8 3 2 9 Viewing User D
342. s involving the account e Customer Accounts Maintenance The Referral Required option is defaulted from the account class linked to the account However you can change it for a specific account If an account is marked for referral the details of transactions resulting in the account moving into Overdraft will be referred to the Referral Queue e Product Preferences screens of the Funds Transfer Standing Instructions Payment and Collections modules and the Product Definition screen of the Clearing module While maintaining the details of an FT SI PC or CG product you can indicate whether transactions involving the product need to be considered for referral checks Enabling this option indicates whether the product needs to be considered for referral If a product is marked for referral the details of transactions resulting in the account involved in the transaction moving into Overdraft will be sent to the Referral Queue 5 2 2 Specifying Referral Cut off Time In branch parameter you have to specify the referral cut off time for accepting rejecting transactions in the referral queue In case a transaction is rejected from the referral queue after the cut off time then system displays the following override message Rejected after cut off time ue ORACLE 5 2 3 5 2 4 Transactions are accepted into the Referral Queue even after cut off time if account goes into overdraft Enabling Netting Required Option If linke
343. s prevalent when the process was previously executed If so the old provisioning amount is reversed ifthe Rebook Provision option has been set in the Status Details and the entries for the new provisioning amount are booked into the provisioning and write back GLs maintained for the current status in the Status Details If the Rebook Provision has not been set there is no reversal of the old provisioning amount and the differential provisioning entries are passed as usual into the GLs maintained for the new status Specifying Account Status Details The system allows account class level linking of the defined account block status in the GL Lines screen For every account under the account class you can specify the applicable transaction related statuses No Credit Specify the whether the credit is allowed or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e Credit is allowed e Yes Credit is not allowed e Retain Old value of No Credit will be retained No Debit Specify the whether the debit is allowed or not for the customer belonging to this account class The adjoining drop down list displays the following e Debit is allowed e Yes Debit is not allowed em ORACLE e Retain Old value of No Debit will be retained Frozen Specify the whether the customer account is frozen or not The adjoining drop down list displ
344. s should be manually modified if required Click Accept if you wish to continue The system will display the following Information Message Request Successfully Processed Click Ok to continue The following GL details are defaulted based on the values maintained at the Account Class level e Status Tum ORACLE e Credit Debit Effective Date The effective date of account class transfer can be based on either next liquidation cycle or effective value date Next Liquidation Cycle Check this box to indicate that the account class transfer should be effective from the earliest liquidation date of the products mapped to the account Effective Date Select the effective date for account class transfer from the adjoining calendar System displays an error message in the following conditions e fthe specified date coincides with a holiday e Ifthe effective date is not provided and the transfer is based on actual date e f the selected customer account has an unprocessed record GL Details The reporting GL details of the account selected is defaulted here when you click Default button Preferences You can specify preferences for your account here Cheque Book Check this box if you need a cheque book to be issued for your account Passbook Check this box if you need a passbook to be issued for your account ATM Check this box if you need to avail an ATM facility for your account Status Change Au
345. s the criteria to establish the customer s identity In Oracle FLEXCUBE this is known as Unique Identifier Name Name Enter the identifier name in not more than 20 characters Value You have to capture the serial number or any number of significance that is to be associated with the document which can help in identifying the document You can use a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters to capture the identifier value 2 2 2 4 Indicating Customer Customer Account Status As part of indicating the personal status of the customer or the customer s account you have to specify whether the customer has e Deceased e The customer s whereabouts are unknown e customer s account is Frozen either an order passed by law or any of the above mentioned reasons For each customer you will be allowed to mark one or more statuses For example if the customer has deceased then the customer account will be declared frozen Therefore for the particular customer both the statuses Deceased and Frozen will be applicable If none of the statuses is marked it suggests that this customer s status is normal Customer Category Each customer that you maintain can be categorized under any one of the categories that you have maintained in the Customer Category Maintenance screen Select from the list and indicate the Category under which the particular customer is to be categorized Cheque Book Withdrawal Tax Exempted If this
346. screen refer chapter The Settlements Service in Settlements User Manual under Modularity ee ORACLE 4 1 4 2 4 Maintaining Mandatory Information Introduction As part of capturing customer related information in Oracle FLEXCUBE you need to maintain Customer Information Files CIF records for each entity who is a customer of your bank Apart from creating CIF records for each entity you need to maintain separate accounts for each customer The features of these two screens have been discussed in detail in the preceding sections While defining CIF records and Customer Accounts you would have noticed that many of the fields have option lists positioned next to them While some option lists contain pre defined values for some option lists to be populated you need to capture data through separate screens For instance while maintaining CIF records you need to associate each customer with a customer category For this purpose you will need to maintain customer categories before you begin to maintain CIF records Similarly each customer account needs to be associated with an account class Therefore you will need to maintain account classes before you start defining customer accounts All such screens have been documented in the subsequent sections Maintaining Account Classes In the Oracle FLEXCUBE system you can classify the customer accounts of your bank into different groups and assign each an identifying code For instan
347. ser User Roles Role Function Back office managers officers Authorization functions Product Managers Product definition and authorization End of day operators Processing during end of day beginning of day Financial Controller Product Generation of reports Managers 13 Organization This manual is organized into the following chapters Chapter 1 About this Manual acquaints you quickly with the organization audience glossary of icons and related documents for this user manual Chapter 2 Maintaining Customer Information Files explains the maintenance of various personal and business details of the customers of your bank Chapter 3 Maintaining Mandatory Information explains how you can classify customer accounts into different groups known as account classes and how to maintain specifications for account classes Chapter 4 Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE details the maintenance required and the processing done in Oracle FLEXCUBE when customer transactions force the accounts ORACLE involved the transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Chapter 5 Provisioning for Customer Accounts explains the process of provisioning for customer accounts in Oracle FLEXCUBE Chapter 6 360 Degree Customer View explains how you can view and analyze personal and business details of the customers Chapter 7 Customer Information Query explains how queries to ret
348. shall pay the nominal interest from Nov 11 till Dec 31 diis ORACLE Example Scenario 4 When principal readjustment is quarterly and interest readjustment is annual Consider the same account as in the scenario above Principal readjustments will be of frequency Mar June Sep and Dec The account does not exceed the withdrawal count till Nov11 Customer requests to change from Re adjustable to nominal on 11 Nov 2006 System would have paid the principal readjustment on Sep 30th When the request for change comes system should calculate the Principal readjustment from Oct 1 till Nov 10 Interest readjustment including nominal from January till Nov 10 On Dec 31 system should liquidate the nominal interest from Nov 11 till Dec 31 4 2 4 1 Processing Automatic Reordering of Cheque Books The automatic reordering of Cheque Books is processed at EOD by executing a batch function The following conditions should be satisfied for initiation of automatic reordering e Auto Reorder of Cheque Book option is turned on at the account level e The number of unused check leaves for the account is less than or equal to the reorder level maintained at the account level The system will pick up the number of leaves to be reordered from the field Reorder Number of Leaves maintained for the account The numbering of cheque leaves for the new Cheque Book will depend on the Cheque Number Unique for Branch option in the Bank
349. signed to this account class check the small square box alongside 4 To add a row click the Add icon To delete an extra row click the Delete icon diis ORACLE 5 disallow Midas Bank click on Banks under available categories Click the adjoining arrow against Customers to display a list of all the customers under this category Select Midas Bank Since you would like to disallow this customer do not check the square box against it Check the square box to allow a customer the parameters assigned to this account class Leave the box unchecked to disallow a customer from being assigned to this account class 4 2 28 Maintaining Notice Preferences You can specify the notice preferences for the withdrawal of amount through the Notice Preferences screen Click Notice in the Account Class Maintenance screen The Notice Preferences screen is displayed as follows Notice Details x Account Class Account Description F Advance Interest Notice Days Validity Period Free Withdrawal Amount Frequency Daily Currency Free Amount The following fields are displayed in this screen e Account Class The unique code assigned to the account class is displayed e Description A short description of the account class is displayed The following are the notice preferences that you can specify for an account class Advance Interest Check this field to levy the
350. sit a placement a swap foreign exchange deal or a funds transfer you may want to restrict access to the product to a set of customers For this the customers are classified into broad categories the code of which is input against this field A category consists of a group of like customers For instance if you create a category called Financial Institutions all financial institutions who are customers of your bank will come under this category Likewise all customers of your bank belong to some category It should be noted that at the product level specifications made for a customer overrides the specifications made for the category For example if all financial institutions are allowed access to a particular product you have the option of restricting the access of one or a few individual financial institutions to his product Input the customer category you want to create using not more than 10 characters alphanumeric The category code should be unique For Example for Financial Institutions category you can input the code as Finln Description This is the description of the customer category input above Enter the description of the customer category input above in not more than 35 character alphanumeric Taking the above example you can enter financial institutions Maintain Customer Log Check this box to indicate that customer information has to be tracked After you have made the inputs click the Save icon to save you
351. sits Reporting Currency Is Financing Is Trade Is Treasury External Products Islamic Accounts Branch Code Account Description Currency Current Balance Available Uncollected Blocked Limit Currency Temp OD Limit lt Total Credit Balance Total Debit Balance Summary of Islamic Accounts To enter Period From Date To Date Account Signatory Standing instructio 8 4 12 1 Viewing Additional Islamic Bill Details gt You can view additional details about the bill from the Bills Other Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on Other Bill Details button The screen is as shown below 8 80 ORACLE Bills Other Details Base Date Loan Linkage Flag Value Date Interest Rate Liquidaliuri Dale Interest Accrued Tenor Operation Reimbursement days Discrepancy Details 10f1 B Loan Details 10f1 Refer the section titled Viewing Additional Bill Details under Viewing 360 Degree Corporate Customer Details for further details 8 4 12 2 Viewing Additional Islamic LC Details You can view additional details about LC in the LC Additional Details screen You can invoke this screen by clicking on LC Other Details button is ORA
352. special services to the Company The concessions or special services may be as follows e Concessions in pricing of products and services This also involves gt Concessions in Commissions charged for a product kit gt Concessions in commissions charged for other individual products e Concessions in Transactions e Special products offered for specific customer segments under a Customer Agreement 3 2 Linking Convenios to Contract A customer of the company which has a Convenios agreement with the bank must be linked to the Convenio This is achieved by linking the product service done for the person with the Convenio E g When aLoan contract is created for a person and he wants it to be under the Convenio entered by his company then the Convenio number must be attached to the Loan contract Then during booking the Loan contract system defaults validates the parameters maintained for the Convenio Offerings to individuals under a Convenios also depend on the Customer Segment Category they belong to 3 3 Setting up the Customer Agreements Facility You need to follow the steps given below to setup the Customer Agreements Facility in the system e Customer category customer segment maintenance e Relationship maintenance e Customer maintenance employer e Customer maintenance employee e Customer agreement template maintenance e Customer agreement maintenance Linkage of Customer Agreement to Contracts Q9 While linking th
353. ssigned for the sweep e External Reference Number e Start Date The instructions will be valid from this date e Branch Code The branch code of the branch which is to be associated with the account e Sequence Number The system generated sequence number for the instruction you are maintaining e Currency Code The Currency of the particular account e Deposit Currency The currency in which the deposit is made e Tenor The tenor for the deposits that are opened under an account class e Sweep Multiple of The sweep can only be in multiples of the sweep specified 109 ORACLE e Retry Till Date The instructions specified will be invalid after this date Any failed sweeps after this date will not be picked up for processing the next dayReprinting Transactions for New Passbooks After issuing a new passbook for a customer who has lost his existing one you can specify the transactions that need to be re printed in the Transaction Print Status screen To invoke this screen by type STDPASBK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Transaction Print Status Branch Code Account From Date Query 1ofi Transaction Date EntrySerial Number DebitiCredit LCYAmount PrintStatus Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Using this screen you can mark printe
354. st of a maximum of four characters Depending on the customer account mask maintained the value in the account code field would be used during the generation of customer account numbers through the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen If you have decided to include account code as part of the customer account number in the account number mask then at the time of creating a new customer account number you will need to select the account class for the account number being generated In the option list provided the account class is displayed along with the associated account code When the account number gets populated it is the account code that forms a part of the customer account number Start Date Specify the date from which the account class should become active using the adjoining calendar You will be able to create accounts under this account class from this date End Date You can also specify the life span of the account class by indicating the end date The end date for an account class refers to the termination date after which creation of new account under the account class is disallowed Consequently the option list for Account Class in all further transactions screen in Oracle FLEXCUBE will not display the expired account class as of the system date However the existing accounts for the account class will be active even after the end date ORACLE If you do not specify an End Date for the accoun
355. stomer Position screen Click the FT tab The screen appears as shown below 7 11 ORACLE 7 2 9 Customer Information Query Customer Information Customer Linked Customer Current Branch Only Relationship Customer ID Accounts Loans Deposits FX FT Funds Transfer Details Branch Product Description Currency Balance Debit Credit Indicator Transaction Date Value Date The Balance amount displayed here is the incoming cash flow amount or credit balance for the FT product Double clicking a record in the Customer Position screen displays the corresponding FT Contract Summary screen Double clicking a record in the FT Contract Summary screen displays the corresponding FT Contract Detail screen comprising the transaction details Viewing Collaterals Details You can view the collateral details for the selected customer through the Customer Position screen Click the Collateral button The Collateral Summary View screen appears for all collaterals linked to the customer liability Double clicking a record in the Collaterals Summary screen displays the details of the selected collateral 7 12 ORACLE Collaterals Maintenance Summary Authorization Status Record Status Collateral Code Collateral Description Collateral Value lr Limit Contribution 5 i End Date a _ 4 Charge Type R
356. t Required Readj EE Principal Readjustment Eligibility Days 5 Interest Readjustment Eligibility Days Withdrawal Count Details OD Loan Details Maximum Number of Product Code Withdrawal Per Day Maximum Withdrawal Internal Rate CountForPrincipal Readjustment Maximum Withdrawal Count For Interests Tenor In Days Rate Code Loan Written off Status Agreed OD Loan Details Beferred Withdrawal Product Code Credit GL Debit GL Internal Rate Product Tenor In Days Rate Code Closure Preferences Technical Reserve ProductCode EE Credit GL Debit GL Product Internal Rate Tenor In Days Technical Reserve Days Rate Code Notary Charge For UDE 101 M UDEId Notary Charge Applicable The following are the preferences that you can specify for an account class e Limit Check you can check this box to indicate that a limit check for sufficient availability of funds in the account will be made for all accounts belonging to the account class e Overdraft Facility if checked indicates that all accounts belonging to this class would be allowed an overdraft facility facility to draw a specified amount over and above the balance in the account e Interest Charges if chec
357. t class the account is taken to be an ended account class Line of Credit Account Check this box to indicate that the account class is for creating Line of Credit LOC accounts This box will be enabled only if the account type is Current An LOC account is a current account backed by a limit line or an overdraft It is meant to hold negative balances of the current account to which it is linked The LOC account retains the same customer branch currency and the opening account date as of the current account For LOC accounts you can set the Interest and Charges booking account as the current account Oracle FLEXCUBE calculates the debit charge based on the average utilization of the limit amount This charge is calculated at EOD or during IC online calculation and liquidation on a monthly basis The average utilized balance is calculated as the sum of utilized balances on each day divided by the number of days the line is utilized during the period i e Average balance Balance Number of days the balance is utilized Whenever the current account linked with LOC account becomes overdraft Oracle FLEXCUBE will put an amount block which is equivalent to overdraft amount on the line of credit account If the overdraft amount goes beyond LOC it will be backed by TOD limit If the overdraft amount still goes beyond TOD limit the system will reject the transaction At EOD the system will trigger a batch which sweeps the overdraft
358. t code from the adjoining option list if needed Maintaining Account Status Click Account Status button in the Account Class Transfer screen to invoke Account Status screen Account Status Account Branch Code Account Account Status Status Description GL Lines Credit Debit HO Lines Credit Debit CB Lines Credit Debit 000 100000014001 ASD Normal Status 111100004 131120002 HO0000000 HOO000001 CBOO00001 CB OO00001 Cancel All the parameters are defaulted here You can change the values if needed The following parameters are maintained Account You can maintain account details for your account here Miis ORACLE Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account The system generates the account number maintained in the Main screen of Account Class Transfer Account Status You can maintain account status details for your account here Status The current account status is defaulted here You can select a valid account status from the adjoining option list if needed account class transfer is processed only if the account status is NORM Description The description of the account status is defaulted here GL Lines You can maintain the credit and debit details of the general ledger reporting lines for your accou
359. t currency will be defaulted from here while opening the account Generate Balance To indicate that accounts under certain account classes are to be considered for generation of their balance messages check this box The valid values for this action are Y and N Of Select the mode of message for balance generation form the option list Report Transaction Since This is a list of all the transactions the accounts under a class have undergone in the interval of balance messages generated for the accounts under the respective classes You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT940 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 940 in the current balance report e Previous MT941 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 941 in the current balance report e Previous MT950 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 950 in the current balance report TUS ORACLE You can synchronize the time instance by hours for generation of balance messages by clicking the Times button Generation Time Generation Time O Generation Time Cancel This screen is employed to indicate the the time instance in hours for the generation of the balance reports Message Generation Time Specify the timing for generation of the MT 941 MT942 messages You can specify t
360. tail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 4 Viewing Transactions Click Transactions button to view the Customer Account Transaction Query screen In this screen you can query the transactions of an account during a given period Customer Account Transaction Query Query Criteria Contract Reference Transaction Code Event Code Value Date Related Reference From Date Query Account Details Branch Code Starting Balance Currency Debit Credit Balance Account Number 2012 03 22 GBP 00000210501 Debit Credit Currency Module Code Transaction Date Related Account To Date 2012 03 14 Contract Reference Entry Serial No Module Code Transaction Code Event Code Transaction Date Value Date Debit Credit 8 58 ORACLE Refer the section Querying Accounting Entries under Core Services module for more information 8 4 3 5 Viewing Cheques Click Cheques button to view the Cheque Details screen In this screen you can view the details of the cheques which are issued for a given period The screen is as shown below Cheque Details Cheque Book Number Cheque Number Status Presentation Date a Refer the section titled Viewing Cheques under Viewing 360 Degree Retail Customer Details for further details 8 4 3 6 Viewing Statement Generat
361. tails Line Identification Main Line Limt Currency Limit Amount Available Amount Revolving Line Line Start Date _ Line Expiry Date 1of1 pl Collateral Details zz Collateral Code Collateral Description Collateral Currency Collateral Value Lendable Margin Limit Contribution Start Date End Date amp gt ORACLE Collateral Details Here the system displays the following collateral details e Collateral Code e Collateral Description e Collateral Currency e Collateral Value e Lendable Margin e Limit Contribution e Start Date e End date 8 3 9 Viewing Payment Details Click Payments tab in the 360 Degree Retail Customer View screen to view the FT and PC contracts of the customer which is not liquidated 360 Degree Retal Customer View Funds Transfer Details Here you can view the following Funds Transfer details e Contract Reference Number e Product Description oo ORACLE Credit Account Branch Credit Account Credit Currency Credit Amount Credit value date Debit Account Branch Debit Account Debit currency Debit amount Debit Value Date By order of Ultimate Beneficiary Product Code Payments and Collection Details Here you can view the following payments and collection details Contract Reference Number Product Description Account No Customer Account Branch Counterparty Bank code Cpty account number Cpty Name Transaction currency
362. tails of all transactions processed during the day due to which the account has moved into overdraft For example Silas Marner s savings account has a balance of 1000 Euro with no O D facility There are five checks of 300 Euro each drawn on the account on the same day On double clicking on Silas Marner s account number in the Referral Queue the details of all five checks will be displayed for your perusal in the Referral screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDREFQU in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Referral Queue Account Number Current Balance TOD Limit Start Date Available Balance Tod Limit End Date Overdraft Limit Customer Name Posted UnPosted Posting Date Contract Reference Number Referal Description Dr Amount UnpayFlag Waive Charges Reason ACCOUNT STATISTICS You will be able to view the following details about the entries which have been posted and those that are not to post e Posting Date e The Contract Ref No DD Reference Number e brief description about the Referral e The amount which is to be debited from the customer account e xm ORACLE 5 2 5 2 1 The default option is to approve Pay the check DD amount On occasion you may want to unpay or reject a check DD You will be allowed to levy charges both for approving as well as recalli
363. tatement monthly e Fortnightly Select this option if you need to generate the statement fortnightly e Weekly Select this option if you need to generate the statement weekly e Daily Select this option if you need to generate the statement daily On Select a month a date or a day to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list The drop down list displays following values e Displays names of the months when Annual Semi Annual and Quarterly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays numbers from 1 to 31 when Monthly is selected at the Cycle level d ORACLE e Displays names of the week days when Fortnightly and Weekly are selected at the Cycle level e Displays a blank list when Daily is selected at the Cycle level Tertiary A c Statement You can generate account statement periodically for tertiary account type Type Select the statement type to be generated from the options The following values are available for selection e None Select this option if you do not need an account statement e Summary Select this option if you need a brief account statement e Detailed Select this option if you need a detailed account statement Cycle Select the frequency to generate statement from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Annual Select this option if you need to generate the statement annually e Semi Annual Select this option if you need to generate the
364. tatus of an account will determine whether the account should be marked as an NPA or not Further you can also specify the reporting lines for GL Central Bank and Head Office to which accounting entries should be passed when an account moves from one status to the other You can post all debit and credit balances of one account class to a single General Ledger account Conversely you also have the option of posting debits and credits to separate GLs The status codes and the reporting lines for each status may be defined in the Status Details screen Click the GL Lines button in the Account Classes screen to invoke it The screen is as shown below GL Lines Account Class Description Status Description Rebook Provisioning on Status Change Debit Reporting Lines _ Credit Reporting Lines Debit Credit Status Details 1of1 Status No Credit Stop Payment No Debit Unknown Address Frozen Temporary Closed Dormant Cheque Delivery Blocked Deceased e ORACLE 4 2 14 You can specify the following details in this screen Status You can select the different status codes applicable to the account class in this field Use the Add icon to define each status and the attributes for the same You can use the navigation icons to move from one status to the other Only status codes with status type Account will be available in the opti
365. te the record status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values e Open e Closed Branch Code The system displays the branch code where the debit card has been issued Request Reference Number The system displays the request reference number of the card issuance record Card Number The system displays the debit card number of the card holder Multiple cards can be issued to a customer Viewing OFAC Check Response OFAC check enables the application to call an external web service to perform black list check for customer and customer accounts and give warnings appropriately while transacting with black listed customers You can also capture your remarks before overriding the black list warning Click OFAC Check button in Customer Account Creation screen to view the OFAC check response the External System Detail screen On clicking OFAC Check button system will build the request XML and call the web service The External System details screen displays the response is received from the external system and you will be also allowed to enter your remarks in this screen The response received will also be sent to Oracle FLEXCUBE Database layer for any further interpretations of the same eve ORACLE This button be made visible while carrying out the actual customization Request building response interpretation in the database layer needs to be done as part of customization to enable thi
366. that are not in the Regular status The provision amount computation could be done as follows according to the following categories All Corporate customers regardless of exposure and Retail customers with exposure exceeding BGN 5000 The expression used for this category could be PA BVE RV RFC x PP Where PA Provisioning Amount BVE Balance Value of Risk Exposure Outstanding Overdraft amount which is Principal Balance Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral RV Recoverable Value PP Provisioning Percentage The recoverable value could be computed by applying the discount percentage to the balance expected cash flow as shown Status Minimum Limit Accepted discount Watch 10 25 Substandard 30 50 Doubtful 5096 7596 Loss 10096 10096 The resultant amount could be discounted using the overdraft interest rate For loans in status LOSS the recoverable value is zero An example for the provision amount calculation for accounts in impairment loss For an account in respect of which the balance value of exposure is BGN 700 and the balance overdue interest is BGN 100 the outstanding overdraft amount 700 100 BGN 800 If the account is in WATCH status the applicable discount or loss percentage for the account is 25 Therefore the recoverable value of the exposure 800 800 25 BGN 600 6 16 ORACLE If the risk free collateral is BG
367. the customer The following fields can be viewed in this screen 4 92 ORACLE Customer Number e Customer Name e Instruction Id e Instruction Date e Instruction Expiry Date e Instruction Description 4 2 36 2 Viewing the Instructions Summary You can view the summary of instructions in the Instructions Summary screen It displays the status of the records maintained whether it is authorized unauthorized or rejected You can invoke this screen by typing CSSINSTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Instructions Summary Records per page 15 Authorization Status Record Status Authorized Open Authorized Open Authorized Open Authorized Open Authorized Open Authorized Open Authorized Open Advanced Search Refresh Customer Number E01100040 E03000115 E03000118 E03000120 E03000121 E03000234 001000130 To view the summary of instructions you can perform a search based on any of the following Authorisation Status Select the authorisation status of the instruction as e Authorised 4 93 ORACLE e Unauthorised Record Status Select the record status of the instruction as e Open e Closed Customer number Select a Customer number from the list to view the instructions maintained for that customer The following details of the record get displayed e Autho
368. the Customer s Liability ID Multiple Relationships The credit facility granted to any customer is tracked against the Liability Number of the customer You can also track the liability of a customer child against a different customer parent Thus the liability number emphasizes only one kind of relationship that of the parent with the child However a customer of your bank can have relationships with other customers of your bank i e there is a possibility of one to many relationships between customers Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to define different types of relationships that can exist between two customers For eg Business Husband Wife and Partners etc You can link two customers by specifying the relationship that exists between them The advantage being that when you generate the exposure report for a customer it will display the total exposure of the bank to every customer linked to the liability in question as well as the exposure of every customer who is related to any customer within the liability The example given at the end of this section will further illustrate this concept id ORACLE 2 5 1 2 5 2 Maintaining Types of Relationships You can maintain the different types of relationships that can exist between customers of your bank in the Relation Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDRELMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow
369. the customer number from ELCM system 2 2 2 1 Specifying Geographical Details As part of specifying the Geographical details of the Customer you have to capture the following details dis ORACLE Language As part of maintaining customer accounts and transacting on behalf of your customer you will need to send periodic updates to your customers in the form of advices statement of accounts and so on You have to indicate the language in which your customer wants the statements and advices to be generated English is defaulted as the language of correspondence you have the option to change the default The list positioned next to the language field contains all the language codes maintained in the SMS module You can select the appropriate Country This is the country as given in the address of correspondence of this customer Click on the option list positioned next to this field a list of countries maintained in the Country Codes screen is displayed You can select the appropriate Nationality Specify the nationality of the customer The list of country codes maintained in the Country Codes Maintenance screen are available in the option list positioned next to this field You can select the appropriate Exposure This is the country of exposure of this customer It is maintained for Central Liability tracking For instance for Toyota in the USA the country of exposure is Japan Location Each customer code should be ass
370. the status processing for accounts The Provisioning Batch For accounts for which provisioning has been indicated a batch process is run subsequent to the following processes to perform provisioning e Status processing for accounts e Interest and Charges IC batch process e The Automatic Daily Contract Update process in the Loans module To trigger the provisioning batch you can use the Provisioning Batch screen When the batch is triggered the provisioning events SPRO provision and SPWB write back are executed Specifying Frequency at which Provisioning Batch is Executed To recall provision processing depends upon status processing for accounts and contracts The provisioning batch executes after the status processing batch as explained in the previous section If status processing is indicated to be processed at group CIF level you can indicate the frequency at which the provisioning batch is to be executed for your branch You can specify the provisioning frequency in the Branch Parameters Preferences screen The frequency options available are daily and monthly To view the Branch Parameters Preferences screen refer the Core Services user manual The Provisioning Process If status processing for your branch is done at customer group CIF level as specified in the Branch Parameters the provisioning process executes according to the frequency defined in the Branch Parameters The process executes as described below
371. tify a customer It is referred to as the customer CIF Number This code should be unique across branches It can be 9 characters long Example Assign a code using a maximum of 9 characters alphanumeric For example assume your customer is DOW Corporation US You can assign him a code which could either be a number representing the customer s serial number or an alphabetic code like DowCorp or an alphanumeric code like Dow1000US or DowUS1000 1000DowUS if he is the 1000th customer to approach your bank Short Name Along with the Customer Code you have to capture the customer s abbreviated name The description that you capture is unique for each customer It helps in conducting a quick alpha search or generating queries regarding the customer Enter the abbreviated name of the customer using a maximum of 20 characters alphanumeric Taking the same example assume your customer is DOW Corporation Its short name could be DOWCORP 2 3 ORACLE At the time of processing of transactions and in any activity which requires entry of the customer identification in addition to the customer code the short name of the customer that you enter here will be available in the options list from which the customer is selected Alt Customer Number You can specify an alternate customer number or the RUT for the customer during customer creation and maintenance Unlike the Customer Number Customer CIF ID this alternate customer number can
372. ting Details rettet tiet aeter LU edu e dee E VE ERE Duk SENE eae s 7 2 7 2 2 Viewing Interest ACCHUdls ENEE EAE 7 3 7 2 3 Viewing ACCOUNE Statistics RE 7 4 7 2 4 Viewing en THTEBII TA PR 7 6 7 2 5 View trig Loans Details T NE 7 7 7 2 6 Viewing Deposit Details zt dedere iret i pibe e IO Eie patito us 7 8 7 2 7 MATHIE SET T 7 10 7 2 8 FT Details T 7 11 7 2 9 Viewing Collaterals Details iet aeterno theta dL SEE eee S 7 12 7 2 10 Viewing Assets Liabilities Details esee eene rennen nennen nennen 7 13 ORACLE 7 2 11 Viewing Limits Detail sss ete erint re it Rte eter uter entra EP HE EE eee P RES Eye 7 15 7 2 12 Viewing MIS Details ettet eee nero Pit Ent teer ea Letto e EE EM HER eerte EP 7 15 7 2 13 Viewing Projections iie 7 16 7 214 Viewing Accounting Entries 7 17 7 2 15 Overdrawn Accounts QUETY ccccesecesnceenseceestecssecesneecsaeceeceecsaeceneecsueessatecsueceeaeecaeeeeatecsaeeeeneecsaeeesnes 7 17 7 2 16 Uncollected Funds Query eese eene E tenere 7 19 7 3 QUERYING FREE AMOUNT UTILIZATION cccssssceceessececssseececeeeeecesuececsesa
373. tion by checking it Your specification will be made applicable to all customers linked to the account class You will be allowed to change this option for a specific account IBAN Account numbers for specific customers can be captured while defining a specific account through the IBAN Sub screen of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Dual Ccy Deposit Check this box to enable the account class for Dual Currency Deposit DCD type Dual Currency Deposit DCD is a short term currency linked deposit that allows you to earn a higher interest rate than regular time deposits You will be allowed to check this field only for Deposit Account Type If this box is checked for other Account types system throws an error OD Loan Creation Check this box to indicate whether overdraft loan creation is required or not for staff accounts d ORACLE 4 2 2 Natural GL The reporting of all turnovers of the particular account class will be directed to the GL that you identify as the natural GL Based on the characteristic of the account balance you can specify whether the turnover is to be posted to the Debit GL or to the Credit GL For instance if the account class is for overdrafts the balance is normally a debit whereas current accounts normally do not have a debit balance Applicable Customer Status Specify the applicable customer status from the drop down list The available options are e Major e Minor e Both
374. tment this account stays eligible for interest readjustment i e withdrawals are lower than the limit specified After the third quarter the number of withdrawals exceeds the specified limit The interest benefit will therefore not be allowed In this case readjusted interest benefit given so far will be reversed and nominal interest will be computed For readjustable saving accounts on liquidation date system should liquidate the following ORACLE e Principal Readjustment accrues only after satisfying principal readjustment eligibility days from last liquidation date or deposit date whichever is later Interest from last liquidation date Interest Readjustment of Matured Deposit e Only Interest for unmatured deposit of current cycle e Interest Readjustment amp Principal Readjustment related to unmatured deposit of last liquidation cycle e readjustment using back dated liquidation based on the current date index rate and Initial credit date rate e Ifthe index currency rates are maintained for holidays in Index Rates Input screen then system picks up that rate for holiday accrual and not the last working day rate Note the following e All movements in the accounts including system generated entries charge entries etc are considered for readjustment calculation e readjustment savings accounts need to be in local currency e Incase there are un reconciled entries for the account the system wi
375. to a customer s CASA account by specifying the Agreement ID in the Customer Accounts Maintenance Auxiliary screen dis ORACLE kustomer Accounts Maintenance Branch Code Account Currency SD User Reference Account Status Customer No Customer Name Account Class Insured Main Auxiliary Nominee Check List Positive Pay Provisioning Details Alt Customer Number Private Customer Escrow Transfer Details Stale Days Fund Branch Funding Account Validation Digit Cheque Book Preferences Positive Pay Funding Mod 9 Validation Required Exposure Category Risk Free Exposure Amount Provisioning Currency Deferred Reconciliation Auto Provisioning Required Branch Code Escrow Account Escrow Percentage Account Local Escrow Transfer Applicable Agreement Details Agreement Id Options Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Euro Cheques MT210 Required Lodgment Book Consolidated Certificate Required Back Period Entry Allowed CRS Statement Required MT110 Reconciliation Required Reorder Cheque Level Reorder No of Leaves Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 Max No of Cheque Rejections ATM Details Account Facilities Cheque Book Passbook CAS Account Linked To Line Of Credit Account Branch ATM Account Number Daily Amount Limit Daily count Limit Initial Funding Charges Consolidated Charges 1
376. tomatic Check this box if you need automatic status change for your account T ORACLE 4 2 32 1 Auxiliary Tab Specify the auxiliary details by clicking Auxiliary tab in the Account Class Transfer screen Account Class Transfer Branch Code Old Account Class Account Account Class Currency Main Cheque Book Preferences Options Remarks Auto Re order Cheque Lodgment Book Required Consolidated Cert Reqd Processed Status Reorder Cheque Level Back Period Entry Allowed Reorder Number Of Leaves Referral Required Check Book Name 1 Track Receivable Check Book Name 2 ATM Preference Atm Account No Daily Amount Limit Daily Amount Count lt Date Time Mod No Record Status Checker Date Time Authorization Status Cheque Book Preferences Maintain the following cheque book preferences if you have opted for a cheque book for your account in the Main tab Auto Re order Cheque Required Check this box to automatically reorder cheque books for all accounts belonging to this account class Reorder Cheque Level Specify the level at which you need a cheque book for the account Reorder Number Of Leaves Specify the number of cheque leaves you need in the reordered cheque book Cheque Book Name 1 Specify the name used for opening savings account A1 This name will be printed on the cheque book and will be used for all cheque transactions Cheque Book Name
377. tomer Beneficiary Current Available Amount Liability Contract Status Expiry date Islamic Bank Guarantee Details Here you can view the following details relating to guarantees Branch Code Contract reference number Product Code Product Type Product description Currency Contract Amount Customer Beneficiary Current Available Amount Liability Contract Status Expiry date 8 86 ORACLE e Guarantee 8 4 15 Viewing Islamic Treasury Details Click Is Treasury tab in the 360 Degree Corporate Customer View screen to view the details of Islamic Treasury The screen is as shown below 360 Degree Corporate Customer View Customer Number 001001745 Short BANK LIMITED Reporting Currency GBP Branch 001 FullName BANK LIMITED Reports Summary Profile Deposits Loans Trade Treasury Events Schemes Alerts Limits Payments Is Deposits s Financing Is Trade MERIETE External Products 1of1 Islamic Money Market Details Branch Code Contract Reference Currency Amount Book Date Maturity Date Value Date Tenor Type 1011 Islamic Derivatives Contract Reference Buy In Leg Currency In Principal Amount Out Leg Currency Out Principal Amount Book Date Value date Maturity Type Cancel Islamic Money Market Details Here you can view the following deta
378. tstanding amount is displayed as an override while saving the transaction involving the account e While closing an account closure the System verifies whether there is any outstanding debit interest or charges on the account You will need to liquidate these before Account Closure e Anerror log is created to store the error details of accounts for which liquidation could not be performed due to the following reasons e Verify Funds option is enabled and partial liquidation is performed Tem ORACLE e The Verify Funds option is enabled and the account has insufficient funds e Accounting entries do not get passed successfully irrespective of whether the Verify Funds option is set or not Refer the End of Day processing for Debiting Receivable GLs section in the Daily Processing of IC chapter of the IC User Manual for details on end of day processes on Auto and Manual liquidation 4 2 9 Maintaining Details for Free Banking For account classes for which a free banking period is being provided you can indicate the free banking parameters These include e The number of days after the account opening date for which no charges would be levied on the account This is the free banking period Charging for the account would commence when the free banking period has elapsed e Whether an advice charge start advice is to be sent to the customer indicating the commencement of charging on the account e The number of days before t
379. tus Customer No B Type Name B Short Name Customer Category H Country Nationality Branch Code Alt Customer No B Value Advanced Search Records per page 15 14 4 1 of 1 ML Authorization Status Record Status Customer No Short Name Customer Category Country F In this screen you can query based on any combination of the following fields e Authorization Status e Customer No e Name e Customer Category e Nationality e Alt Customer No e Value e Record Status e Type e Short name e Country Branch Code After specifying the parameters for the query click Search The system displays all the records matching the parameters specified e Authorization Status a ORACLE e Record Status e Customer No e Short Name e Customer Category e Country e Nationality e Branch Code e Language e Address e Frozen e Deceased e Exposure e Location e SSN e Whereabouts Unknown e Account Number e Swift Code e Alt Customer number e Value 2 4 1 Relationships for Customers A customer of your bank can have relationships with any other customer of your bank Also a customer of your bank could be a joint account holder with another customer of your bank You can capture these details when you set up the CIF or customer account For linking a cust
380. u associate with the CIF ID If you change the default the system displays an override message Future dated Funds Transfers FT Entries are not passed for future dated FTs and Sls in case of insufficient funds Such transactions are moved to the Referral Queue for Approval pay Rejection un pay The pool balance defined in the LM Structure Maintenance is the balance which is considered for OD Status If accounting entries have not been passed Resulting Action Accept the accounting entries are passed and the IC Charge counter is updated Reject No resulting action If you have not performed any action on the contract the transaction is resubmitted for processing the next day Standing Instructions SI Standing instructions are sent to Queue when sufficient funds are not available in the customer s account is ORACLE 5 2 7 5 2 8 Status If accounting entries have not been passed Resulting Action Accept the accounting entries are passed and the IC Charge counter is updated Reject No resulting action Payments and Collections PC If you have enabled the Override Overdraft option as a preference while defining Outgoing Payments or Incoming Collection products the transactions involving the products will be processed regardless of the overdraft status Else such transactions will be sent to the Credit Exception queue and to the Referral queue as well Upon Accepting or Rejecting a transaction in the
381. u can specify the branch and currency preferences through the Account Class Branch and Currency Preferences screen Click Branches Currencies in the Account Class Maintenance screen The Account Class Branch and Currency Preferences screen will be displayed The screen is as shown below Branch Currency Account Class Branch Details Currency Details Branch Restrictions Allowed Disallowed Available Branches Branch Code Currency Preferences Cancel In this screen you can specify the following for an account class e Those branches to which all parameters defined for this account class should be available e Those currencies in which all customer accounts linked to this account class can operate ae ORACLE 4 2 25 Maintaining Branch Preferences Customer accounts maintained in any branch can be linked to any account class However you have the option of restricting the linkage of customer accounts in a particular branch or branches to an account class Example Your bank has a total of 25 branches Branch 001 and 004 handles only Corporate Customers For an account class say SAV IND savings accounts of individuals you would like to disallow linkage of all customer accounts of branch 001 and 004 To specify this click on disallowed since the disallowed branch list is smaller than the allowed branch list From the list of Available Branches select 001
382. u define here is only applicable if you have indicated individual account wise status processing for accounts in the Branch Parameters If you have indicated status processing at Group CIF level then the provisioning batch process executes at the frequency maintained in the Branch Parameters screen for your branch and not at the frequency maintained in the Account Classes screen e The currency in which the provisioning amount must be calculated either account currency or local currency e Default exposure category for accounts using the account class e Event class for which the provisioning accounting entries would be defined e specifications you make here are inherited by any account that uses the account class e n addition to these preferences you must also indicate e The accounting roles and heads representing the GLs to which the accounting entries for provisioning must be passed for each account status e Whether provisioning entries for an account must be rebooked when provisioning is done after an automatic status change for the account You can maintain these details for each account status in the Status Details screen 4 2 12 Maintaining Escrow Details The following Escrow details can be maintained for the account class Escrow Transfer Applicable Check this box to enable Escrow transfer for the accounts belonging to the selected account class Transaction Code Select the Transaction Code to be used f
383. ul 2010 This field is enabled only if Exempted field is checked Reason for Exemption Specify the reason for GMF exemption This field is enabled only if Exempted field is checked oe ORACLE 2 2 18 Maintaining Employer Details In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can maintain details regarding the employer of a customer You can maintain the employer details in the Employer Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDEMPMT the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Employment Detail Maintenance Employment Description Maker Date Time Checker Date Time You can maintain the following details here Employer Code Specify a unique code for the employer The employer code can be an alphanumeric character with a maximum length of nine characters Employer Description Enter a small description for the employer code entered 2 2 19 Maintaining Employment Details In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can maintain the employment details in the Employment Details Screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCSEMP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button xus ORACLE Employment Details Employment Description Monthly Transaction Limit Maximum Account Allowed For Exemption
384. ular entry was passed Account Due This is the account to which the netted amount is either debited credited Combined Statement Reports This report is an ad hoc combined statement of accounts for a customer generated for a particular period This report is grouped account class wise This report helps in providing a single statement to the customers who own multiple accounts 10 9 ORACLE You can invoke Statement of Combined Generation screen by typing CIRCSTAD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Combined Statement Generation Branch Code Customer Number From Date To Date Specify the following details here Branch Code Select the branch code from the adjoining option list The list displays all valid branch codes Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list This list displays all valid customers maintained in the system From Date Select the From date for statement generation By default the current application date is displayed here To Date Select the To date for statement generation By default the current application date is displayed here Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser 10 9 1 Contents of the Report The contents of the report are discussed under the f
385. unt which can be drawn Blocked The amount that is blocked for other transactions which the customer has entered into and not executed At any point of time the account balance cannot be less than the blocked amount Corporate Parameters Information captured under customized parameters for corporate customers Customer Category A group of customers with logically similar features or attributes Dormancy Days The period following which customer accounts under a class are made inactive Exposure Country This is the country of exposure of a customer This information is maintained for Central Liability tracking i ORACLE Identifier Name The name of the identification document furnished by the customer to the bank as proof of identity Identifier Value The serial number document number or any identification number by which the identifier name document can be uniquely identified Joint Holder Code The account identifier codes given to joint holders of any customer account Legal Guardian If the account holder is a minor this is the legal guardian of the customer Liability Number A code used to keep track of the credit limit facility granted to a customer Limit Check A validation maintained for all accounts in an account class to see if there are adequate funds in the account Loan Repayment The amount paid towards loan repayment MTD Month to Date Indicates the turnover on an account for the current month and up to th
386. unt from Re adjustable to Nominal For this you need to un check the Readjustable check box in Customer Accounts Maintenance STDCUSAC dx ORACLE In the above case the system will calculate the Interest Nominal Readjusted and readjustments till the date of conversion Accounts can be changed from Readjusted to Nominal but not the other way around When a customer places a request for change from readjustment type to nominal the liquidation of principal and interest readjustments and nominal interest happen online The system checks the number of withdrawals on the account till that date If the count of withdrawals is within permitted levels then the system calculates the readjustments till the previous day on the previous day balance These readjustments are then credited to the account online The principal interest readjustment calculation will be based on the withdrawal count specified at the Account Class Maintenance STDACCLS till the pervious date During the conversion of a Readjustable account to a Non Readjustable account the system liquidates the accrued amount till the current day Once the account loses the readjustment benefit the system reverses the amount re adjusted till date and calculates the nominal interest Examples Scenario 1 When both the readjustment and interest frequency are annual Consider an account with anniversary date 31 Dec 2005 Customer requests to change from Re adjustable to Nominal on 11
387. ure incurred on re payment of loans availed The customer s current annual expenditure incurred on payment of expenses other than rent insurance premium or loans The number of credit cards the customer has subscribed to The value in terms of money of this customer s house in case he owns one The Other Details Include The name of your customer s previous employer and the designation that the customer held in the previous job The customer s current designation and the full name of the customer s employer The complete mailing address of your customer s employer The telephone telex fax numbers and E mail address of your customer s current employer or business partner After having captured all the relevant details you can save the record You will be returned to the Personal Details section of the CIF Maintenance screen 2 2 9 Maintaining Credit Rating Category for Customers You can create credit rating categories in the Static Type Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing CODTYPES in the field at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button ORACLE Static Type Maintenance Type Type Name Value Input ByDOC111 Authorized By Modification Authorized Date Time Date Time Number Open You can maintain the following details here Type Specify the static type to be maintained Type Name Specify the static type name
388. urrency is enabled for the old account class e fthe account is already linked ILM structure e Ifthe old account class is deposit type e fthe new account class has customer or currency restriction on the selected customer and account currency respectively 4 2 34 Viewing Account Class Transfer You can view a summary of Account Class Transfer maintained at the Account Class Transfer level using Account Class Transfer summary screen You can invoke the Account Class Transfer summary screen by typing STSACTFR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Transfer Records per page 15 Authorization Status Record Status Authorized Authorized Authorized Unauthorized Authorized Authorized Authorized Authorized m a Oo Oo o Authorized Branch Code 005 N Advanced Search Refresh Account Class Old Account Class CACIN SAVIN SAIR SA Account 1111111124 00100008601 1111111121 00100010502 1111111120 1111111126 00026402 00100042902 You can view records based on any or all of the following criteria 4 88 Next Liquidatio NO NO ORACLE Authorization Status You can view records based on the authorization status of the account class transfer by selecting an option from the adjoining drop down list This list provides
389. verdrafts Customer Classification When you specify CIF details for a customer in the Customer Information Maintenance screen you can also specify the appropriate classification for the customer Description Enter a description for the classification 6 1 4 Setting up Exposure Categories You can maintain the different categories under which you wish to track total exposure due to loans issued to customers in customer groups or CIF s as well as due to total overdraft in accounts belonging to customer groups or CIFs for the purpose of ascertaining the amount of provisioning required You can maintain such exposure categories in the Exposure Category Maintenance screen by specifying the name of the exposure category and a short description Invoke this screen by typing LDDECMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Exposure Category Description Fields Cancel 6 5 ORACLE You can view the summary of the exposure categories in the Exposure Category Maintenance Summary screen 6 1 4 1 Specifying Status wise Provisioning Percentages for Each Exposure Category After you have maintained exposure categories you must maintain the appropriate provisioning percentages to apply to each exposure category for contracts as well as accounts in each of the statuses You must also maintain the applicable discount percentages You can do this in the
390. vided up to the previous working day Printing of this information for an account is possible only if the Account Statistics option has been enabled in the Account Class Maintenance for the account class used by the account If account statistics has been enabled an accounting End of Day EOD process updates the statistics table both period wise and according to financial years The book dated balances are used for computation of statistics and the balances are maintained according to accounting periods 7 5 ORACLE 7 2 4 Viewing Account Details You can view the accounting entries passed for a selected customer account through the Customer Account Balance Query screen Click Account Details button The screen appears as shown below Accounting Entry Retrieval Query Criteria Debit Credit v Contract Reference Transaction Code Event Code Value Date Related Reference Currency Module Code Transaction Date Related Account Date 2011 11 30 From Date 2011 11 23 oven Account Details Branch Code Starting Balance Currency CLP Debit Credit Balance Account Number 000000003000000007 Transaction Details Li Contract Reference Entry Serial No Module Code Transaction Code Event Code 0001324113330001 30363 DE 1 0001324113330001 30405 DE 1 0006541113330001 30435 DE 1 000CBC1113330465 30487 CB 1 000CB11113330021 31108 CB 1 000CBC1113330465 30486 CB 1 000CB11113330021 31107 CB
391. voke this screen by typing STDSDNMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen is as shown below Fields Date Of Birth E Country of Origin az Remarks e Names FEE Sequence Number Alias Name Address E o Sequence Number Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Name lt The following details have to be captured Name of the Specially Designated National Date of Birth of the SDN Specify the Date of Birth of the SDN in YYYYMMDD format Country of Origin You can specify the SDN s country of origin by selecting the same from the option list provided Remarks Any additional remarks if required can be specified Alias Names of the SDN You can specify a maximum of fifteen alias names Addresses of the SDN You can specify a maximum of fifteen addresses of address line 1 to address line 4 fora SDN 4 2 5 Specifying your Preferences for Account Class Preferences are the options or attributes that uniquely distinguish an account class You can specify the preferences of an account class in the Preference screen To invoke this screen click Preferences button in Account Class Maintenance screen TUE ORACLE The screen is as shown below Additional Preferences Account Class Readjustment Preferences Readjustmen
392. whom the netted FX message shall be sent For customers not belonging to any group the FX netting customer will be the same as the customer of the maintenance Withholding Tax Pct Specify the percentage of tax that should be withheld from the interest that is paid to the bank by the customer This witholding tax percent is dictated by the country of the customer This is applicable for Bearing and Amortized loan contracts also KYC Reference Number Specify the KYC Reference Number The option list displays all valid KYC reference numbers generated Choose the appropriate one The system will link the KYC details of the selected reference number to the customer CIF refers to Know Your Customer details for customers are maintained using KYC Details screen The system generates a KYC Reference Number during this maintenance 2 2 2 6 Specifying Exposure Category and Provisioning Details for Customers When you maintain CIF details for customers in the Customer Maintenance screen you can specify the following exposure category details Customer group to which the customer belongs for provisioning and status processing You must specify a group code defined for a group type that is the same as the customer type for instance if the customer is a retail customer you must specify a group defined for retail customers Exposure category under which exposure due to loans issued to the CIF and the accounts of the CIF wil
393. xceeds USD 2500 with in a seven day working period the system displays an override message informing you of the same Example Let us assume that on the 24 of September 2001 Mrs Wendy Klien a customer of your bank initiates an outgoing FT for USD 2000 Since all weekends are considered as holidays at your bank while processing the transfer all debits against her account for six working days preceding the 24 i e up to the 16 September will be tracked against her SS number Again on the 1 of October 2001 she initiates another outgoing transfer which necessitates a deduction of USD 700 on her account While processing the transfer the system checks for all debits upto the 21 St of September An amount of USD 2000 has already been tracked against her SS number on the 24 of September However since the current debit exceeds the maximum limit of USD 2500 for a running seven day working period the transfer will be processed only if you confirm the override sus ORACLE FX Nett Customer Oracle FLEXCUBE provides the facility of netting currency wise or currency pair wise and sending messages to the head office or a designated branch for a group of counterparties belonging to the same group All transactions meant to be settled on a particular day that are made before cut off day are collated netted and a single payment message is sent which called Netting days in Oracle FLEXCUBE Here you specify the FX netting customer to
394. y part time self employed retired pensioned retired non pensioned unemployed e The number of years the customer has been in his her current job e The age at which the customer is due to retire from his her current job or business e designation this customer held in his her previous job or employment e The name of the previous employer of this customer e designation held by this customer in his present job e The name address country telephone telex fax and E mail address of the customer s current employer The name address and country of the employer should conform to SWIFT standards o The Current Employer field is used by the system to map the user to his current employer Click the adjoining option list to display all the authorised and open employer codes maintained in the system ORACLE Income Details The annual returns that your customer earns through salary and other sources of employment if any If your customer earns revenue through other source apart from a monthly salary you have to capture the customer s combined income from all other Sources The annual expenses that your customer incurs from sources other than the annual salary The currency in which the customer s financial details like annual salary annual rent expenses annual loan repayment etc is expressed Expenditure Pattern The customer s annual expenditure on rent premium on insurance The customer s current annual expendit
395. y the computation could be done according to the following guidelines Status of the Accounts For instance let us suppose the statuses for accounts belonging to a CIF are derived according to the following guidelines Delay Period Debtor Up to 30 Between 31 Between 61 Between Beyond Financial days 60 days and 90 days 91 and 180 Standing 180 days 6 13 ORACLE days Good Regular Watch Substandard Doubtful Loss Unstable Watch Substandard Doubtful Loss Loss Not Good Substandard Doubtful Loss Loss Loss Deteriorate Doubttul Loss Loss Loss Loss Bad Loss Loss Loss Loss Loss Provision for General Credit Risk General Credit Risk includes all contracts and accounts in Regular status The provision amount computation could be done as follows according to the following categories Exposure to Corporate Customers The expression used for this category could be PA OD RFC x where PA Provisioning Amount OD Outstanding Overdraft Amount Principal Overdue Interest RFC Risk free Collateral PP Provisioning Percentage The provisioning percentage could be computed as shown Loan Type Categorization Provision Corporate Small CS Exposure lt BGN 50 000 1 596 Corporate Intermediate Exposure gt BGN 50 000 and lt BGN 2 0 Cl 500 000 Corporate Large CL Exposure gt
396. y were netted e Customer indicate whether the report should contain details of all customers whose contracts were netted or for a single customer For a single customer you will have to identify the CIF ID of the customer from the option list e Currency You can indicate whether the report should be generated for all currencies or for a specific currency Identify the currency for which the report should be generated in case of a single currency o Note e If you fail to specify a date the generated report will return data for the Current System Date e f you indicate that the report should be generated for a specific Currency and fail to specify the Currency the report will contain details of all currencies Similarly if you indicate that the report should be generated for a specific Customer and fail to identify the customer the report will be generated for all customers 10 8 1 Contents of the Report 10 9 The report options that you selected while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the report are discussed below Body of the Report Counterparty This is the name of the counterparty whose netted contract details are being displayed Contract Reference This is the reference number of the contract which was Number netted Component This is the name of the component Amount Tag involved in the transaction Amount This is the amount for which the partic
397. ype If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved 4 2 19 Maintaining Details of Account Statements Generation To receive the details of account balances you need to capture the relevant information in the MT 941 MT942 message The account balance details can be linked to the message by employing the statement screen To invoke this screen click on the Statement button in the Account Class Maintenance screen You need to specify the details for an MT 941 MT942 message The screen is as shown below Interim Transactions and Balance Report Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Generate Message only on Movement Report Transactions Since v Interim Report Type v 10 1 1of1 Minimum Debit Amount Minimum Credit Amount Currency x Amount Fi Currency Amount Balance Report Generate Balance Report Report Transactions Since v Times Interim Transactions Report Times Balance Report This screen contains the details necessary for the account generation parameters The message details the balance of an account or group of accounts under a particular account class The account balances indicate the condition of the account for an identified time period 4 2 19 1 Specifying Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Check this box to indicate that the accounts belonging to the account class are to be considered for periodic interim statem
398. ys all valid businesses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Product Traded Specify the name and details of the product traded during the course of the business Main Source of Funds Specify the main source of funds Borrowing Account Group Specify the borrowing account group Annual Turnover Specify the annual turnover of the company e ORACLE Details of Key Person You can specify the details of the key person in the following fields KYC ID Specify a unique identification for the KYC details of the key person Name Specify the name of the key person Relationship Specify the relationship between the key person and the corporate customer The adjoining option list displays all valid relationships maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Nationality Specify the nationality of the key person The adjoining option list displays all valid nationalities maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Position or Title Specify the position or title of the key person Share Percentage Specify the percentage of share for the key person Company Details You can specify the details of the company in the following fields Details of Company Branches Specify the details of the company branches Number of Person Employed Specify the number of person employed in the company Mode for Salary Specify the mode of salary payment in the company The adjo

Core Entities user manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents